Sefton Unitary Adopted June 2006 PAGE 11

Sefton 2006 About the Plan

What is the Sefton Unitary What is the Plan used for? Development Plan? The Plan looks ahead for a period of about Every local authority has a duty to prepare a 15 years and sets out the Council’s policies development plan for its area. For Sefton this and proposals for how land should be used was in the form of a unitary development and developed. It has a number of functions: plan (UDP) up until 2004. Since then all • it helps to co-ordinate new development authorities are required to prepare a Local with the infrastructure it requires Development Framework (LDF). However as the Sefton UDP was at an advanced • it provides a framework for regeneration stage, we have been able to complete it. • it helps create certainty both for The policies in the UDP will be ‘saved’ for 3 developers and the local community about years from its adoption in June 2006, during what kind of development will be allowed which time they will gradually be replaced by where other documents in the Local Development Framework. You can follow progress on the • it sets out the considerations which Local Development Framework by visiting influence planning decisions our website at www.sefton.gov.uk/ldf When was the Plan produced?

Stage When Notes

Start preparing Spring 1998 Consultation with organisations and members of the public Plan on ‘key issues’.

First Deposit July 2002 Plan was available for comment for a six week period. Draft

Revised Deposit April 2003 Plan revised to take account of comments received at previ- Draft ous stage.

Local Public In- May-September A Public Inquiry was held into objections which had not quiry 2004 been resolved.

Modifications to June 2005 Further changes made to the Plan mainly as a result of the Plan Inspector’s recommendations.

About the Plan Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 12 Sefton Sefton Unitary UnitarySefton Development Development Unitary DevelopmentPlan Plan About Chapter the Plan plan 1 PAGE PAGE 13 13

How do I find my way around the Policies in context Plan? Decisions about a particular development The Plan consists of 2 main parts – the Figure i proposal will often require consideration of written statement and the Proposals Map. Structure of the Plan a number of the Plan’s policies. So, policies The written statement (this document) should not be read in isolation, but in the consists of 4 sections as shown in figure i. context of the Plan as a whole. At the end SECTION B of the explanation to each policy is a section There is also a Proposals Map. To be Core Strategy 1: called ‘policy links’. This refers to other understood properly this needs to be closely related policies (including some in the Providing for the Borough’s development read together with the written statement. Regional Spatial Strategy) which are likely to and infrastructure needs to 2016 in It does two main things: be relevant. locations where it will do most to assist urban regeneration. How will the Plan be put into • allocates sites for different types of practice? development Chapter 4 Urban Priority Areas • shows areas where particular In a number of different ways – these are policies apply. Chapter 5 Economic Development & set out in a section at the end of each policy Tourism called ‘Implementation’. The map covers the whole Borough in Chapter 6 Housing & Neighbourhood • one key way is through supplementary four sheets as shown in figure (ii) Renewal guidance which explains in greater detail Chapter 7 Retail Development how the policies will be used. Examples SECTION A include Supplementary Planning Chapter 8 Transport Infrastructure Guidance (SPG) Notes on ‘Design’ Chapter 1 Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals & Waste and ‘New Residential Development’. Aims & Objectives Appendix 1 provides a list of supplementary guidance which has This chapter sets out the overall been produced and further guidance purpose of the Plan SECTION C still to be prepared. Core Strategy 2: • the Plan will also be put into effect Chapter 2 Restraining development in locations through the development control where it would cause harm to the Context process, when the Council takes environment or regeneration. account of the policies in the Plan in This provides a regional, making decisions on particular types of and local context to development. the development of the strategy of Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside the Plan Chapter 11 Nature Conservation How will we know if the Plan is working? Chapter 12 The Coast Chapter 3 Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace & • aims and objectives are set out in Recreation Strategy Chapter 1 (figure 1.1). These say what it This section sets out the core Chapter 14 Heritage Conservation is intended that the Plan, together with strategy of the Plan in 3 policies other plans and strategies, will achieve. (called Core Strategy Policies 1-3) The objectives for each chapter are SECTION D repeated at the front of that chapter. Core Strategy 3: • the key indicators to be used to measure progress are also set out Sets out the principles to be taken at the front of each chapter. Where account of in all development proposals. possible they draw on established regional and national indicators and on Chapter 15 Accessible Development Sefton’s Community Strategy. Some are general indicators of social, economic Chapter 16 Design & Environmental and environmental conditions, where Quality the implementation of the Plan’s Chapter 17 Environmental Protection policies is one of a large number of influences at work. The majority relate Chapter 18 Miscellaneous Development to more specific outcomes which are directly influenced by the Plan.

About the Plan Sefton UDP 2006 Sefton Sefton Unitary UnitarySefton Development Development Unitary DevelopmentPlan Plan About Chapter the Plan plan 1 PAGE PAGE 13 13

Figure ii How the Proposals Map works

• further work to refine the indicators How is this document referred to? and, where appropriate, to define performance targets is being carried Throughout the written statement this out in parallel with the development of document is simply referred to as ‘the Plan’ the Community Strategy. Government or ‘this Plan’. The text tries to make it clear if guidance on indicators will also result in other plans and strategies are being referred changes to the list of indicators. to. • performance against a range of indicators Glossary and Footnotes will be monitored and reported each year through an Annual Monitoring Technical terms which are used a number of Report (AMR). times throughout the Plan are defined in the Glossary e.g. sequential testG. Phrases are in Notes bold type if it is not clear exactly which words the symbol refers to. Where a term is only Regional Spatial Strategy used once, an explanation is normally given in footnote. The Plan contains many references to Regional Spatial Strategy. This is a document produced by the Northwest Regional Development Agency that sets out strategic policies for the North West. It was adopted in 2003 as Regional Planning Guidance and became the Regional Spatial Strategy in September 2004 with the changes to the planning system.

About the Plan Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 1 Aims and Objectives of the Plan PAGE 17

‘Sefton 2000+’ ‘SAVE’ – a Region which uses its resources through the services it provides and by wisely, makes full use of renewable implementing its own policies. The Council’s 1.1 The starting point in the preparation of alternatives, produces minimal waste and current priorities are set out in its Corporate this Plan was the 1998 consultation document conserves its historic environment. Plan 2006/07-2008/09, which identifies the Sefton 2000+. It proposed that the broad aim adoption of this Plan as a target to support of the new Plan should be: ‘GROW’ – a thriving, prosperous and the promotion of sustainable development. attractive region of high employment with ‘To make a positive contribution to the the necessary infrastructure to support it and The Contribution of the Plan to prosperity and quality of life to all Sefton’s which uses land efficiently. Sustainable Development communities by promoting sustainable development.’ Sefton’s Sustainable Development 1.9 The particular role of the Plan is to Objectives promote sustainable development in a 1.2 Sustainable development, in simple long-term land use strategy and through terms, means achieving a better quality of 1.5 The Local Government Act 2000 policies for development and environmental life for everyone, now and for generations places a duty on the Council to prepare a improvement. In these respects it shows how to come. The contribution of the Plan to Community Strategy to ‘promote or improve the objectives of other related plans can be sustainable development was summarised in the social, economic or environmental well- achieved. Where necessary the Plan will be three themes: being’ of the Borough and ‘contribute to the used to guide choices if there are competing achievement of sustainable development claims for the use of land, buildings and • Promoting urban regeneration; in the UK’. In addition to the Council, many environmental resources. The law says that public, private, community and voluntary the Plan should be the primary consideration • Caring for the environment; organisations will have a part to play in in making these planning decisions, but other achieving improvements in the quality of life. • Reducing disadvantage. relevant plans and strategies may be taken into account as ‘material considerations’. 1.6 The Sefton Borough Partnership has 1.3 These were endorsed during the been formed to bring the contributions of the consultation programme and remain valid. 1.10 Figure 1.1 on the following pages gives Council and its partners together. Following However, since the conclusion of consultation an overview of how the Plan will contribute extensive consultation the Partnership has on Sefton 2000+ there have been further to sustainable development. It starts with the approved its third Community Strategy, A policy developments nationally, regionally and overall aim and three key principles referred Vision for Sefton 2006 –2011, based on four locally which must be taken into account. to in paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2 and relates these main themes, with sustainable development to the planning strategy and policy objectives and neighbourhood renewal as central Action Plan for Regional Sustainability set out in the following chapters of the Plan. principles.

1.4 In July 1999 the Government Office Sefton’s Community Strategy for the North West published Action for – Themes Sustainability. It was prepared by a regional partnership of agencies and local authorities • Children and young people and establishes four basic principles for creating a more sustainable Region, supported • Safer and stronger communities by indicators and targets to measure performance. In particular, this framework has • Economic development and influenced the preparation of the Regional sustainability Spatial Strategy for the North West, the • Healthier communities and older importance of which is explained in the next people chapter. These regional principles are now being carried forward and given a local focus 1.7 In preparing the Community Strategy, to meet Sefton’s needs. and setting its priorities and targets for sustainable development, the Sefton Borough Partnership have built on the Local Agenda North West ‘Action for Sustainability’ 21 Action Plan. This was prepared by the Principles Council in consultation with its partners and the general public and published in 2001. ‘LIVE’ – a healthy, safe and socially It is Sefton’s local action framework for responsible region where all people have sustainable development and contributes to access to basic necessities and are enabled to the Government’s commitments made at the improve their quality of life. Rio Summit in 1992. ‘PROTECT’ – a distinctive, clean, tree-rich region which safeguards its wildlife, habitats 1.8 The Council will make an important and landscapes and acts to limit the local contribution to meeting the aims and impacts of climate change. objectives of the Community Strategy

Chapter 1 Aims and Objectives of the Plan Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 18 PAGE 19

Aim Principles Core Strategy Chapter 3

Development and Regeration

Promoting urban regeration

To make a positive Caring for Restraint contribution to the the environment on Development prosperity and quality & Protection of of life of all Sefton’s Environmental Assets communities by promoting sustainable development

Reducing disavantage

Development Principles

FIGURE 1.1 Aims, Principles & Objectives of the Plan

Chapter 1 Aims and Objectives of the Plan Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 19

Policy Objectives Chapters 4-18

Urban Priority Areas Housing and Neighbourhood Transport Infrastructure • to promote regeneration in the Renewal • to safeguard and promote an integrated, Development Urban Priority Areas by concentrating • to ensure that adequate provision is made sustainable transport network. and Regeration development and infrastructure investment for additional housing, including Energy, Minerals & Waste in support of strategies agreed by local affordable housing, having regard to partnerships. Regional Spatial Strategy. • to increase the provision of renewable energy infrastructure to reduce reliance on Promoting Economic Development & • to identify area for clearance and fossil fuel. urban regeration Tourism replacement of homes which are unfit or where improvement is no longer practical. • to ensure that the winning and working • to ensure that land and premises are of minerals minimises any adverse available to maximise inward investment • to encourage innovative design, the social and environmental impacts and is opportunities and meet the needs of efficient use of land and maintain consistent with national policy guidance local businesses. residential amenity. and the strategic policy guidance for the • to promote development and employment Retail Development North West. in key economic sectors and strategic • to ensure that where there is a need for • to ensure that waste is dealt with in a locations. major retailing development, it is located manner that does not allow any net losses • to consolidate and enhance ’s role where it will contribute to the vitality and to social and environmental interests. as a major tourist destination. viability of existing town, district and local shopping centres. To make a positive Caring for Restraint contribution to the the environment on Development Green Belt & Countryside positive management of Sefton’s sites, amenities urban greenspace provide to the prosperity and quality & Protection of habitats and species of nature conservation local people are maintained. Environmental Assets • to support urban regeneration and a of life of all Sefton’s sustainable pattern of development and value. • to protect existing recreational open communities by physical change by restricting development The Coast space and facilities from inappropriate promoting sustainable in the Green Belt. development. development • to ensure that development within the • to protect from development the best Sefton Coastal Planning Zone is limited to • to protect and enhance the opportunities and most versatile agricultural land as a land uses dependent on a coastal location for countryside recreation in Sefton. national resource. and which maintain or enhance the special Heritage Conservation characteristics of the Sefton Coast. • to enhance the environmental quality of • to ensure that the historical and Sefton’s rural area. Urban Greenspace and archaeological resource of the Borough Nature Conservation Recreation is protected, preserved and, where Reducing • to protect, enhance and encourage the • to protect and improve urban greenspaces appropriate, enhanced. disavantage within the urban area and ensure that the

Accessible Development Design & Environmental Quality Miscellaneous Development Development • to ensure that there is a realistic choice • to ensure that all development is well • to ensure that development does not harm Principles of access to all development sites, for designed and makes positive contribution amenity, and enhances the visual and other everyone. to Sefton’s environment and to quality of character of the surroundings. • to reduce the adverse traffic impacts life for residents and visitors. of a development by promoting more Environment Protection sustainable alternatives to single occupancy • to reduce the impact of development car use, especially for trips to and from on the environment and people and to work. minimise environmental risk.

Chapter 1 Aims and Objectives of the Plan Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 20

1.11 The strategies and plans referred to in Sustainability Appraisal of the Plan, which is this chapter cover the whole range of actions available as a separate document. Summary required to promote sustainable development comments are included after most policies - social, economic and environmental. Whilst in the Plan to indicate how the policy some of these actions lie outside the scope of was amended, if at all, as a result of the this Plan, its policies and proposals will have a sustainability appraisal. direct or indirect role in implementing many of them. The main influences on the Plan’s aims, objectives and policies are illustrated in Figure 1.2.

Sustainability Appraisal

1.12 During the course of its preparation the Plan has been tested to see how well its policies meet the sustainable development objectives and targets of Action for Sustainability and the Local Agenda 21 Action Plan. The results are published in the

Figure 1.2 Promoting Sustainable Development – Key influences on the Plan

Action for Sustainability (1999) Regional Spatial Strategy - framework for a more (2003) sustainable region

Sustainability Appraisal of UDP (2002) - a review of the strategy Sefton Unitary and policies of the draft plan Development Plan against objectives of Action for Sustainability

• Community Strategy Local Agenda 21 Strategy ‘A Vision for Sefton’ …(2001) (2006-2011) … for local action to achieve sustainability in Sefton • ’s Corporate Plan (2006/07 –2008/09)

Chapter 1 Aims and Objectives of the Plan Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 2 Strategic Context PAGE 21

Strategic Context Green Belt and safeguarded to meet significant progress in regional planning and long-term economic development other national and local policy developments. ‘Sefton 2000+’ and the Initial Stages of needs, but not to be allocated or Plan Preparation released before the next Plan Review. Regional Context

2.1 An important focus of the Sefton • to make no provision for the release of Regional Spatial Strategy for the 2000+ consultation document was the land from the Green Belt for housing. North West & Regional Economic strategic land use issues and choices that Strategy would need to be addressed in the new Plan. • to consider options for dealing with a 2.6 Part 1 of the Plan must have regard to The central questions were 'worst case' gap between housing need the Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) prepared and capacity in the long term. • how much development should take by the North West Regional Assembly place in Sefton to meet strategic and and approved by the Secretary of State. local needs over the next 10-15 years? 2.3 In the twelve months following the This was approved in 2003 as Regional publication of Sefton 2000+ these issues Planning Guidance (RPG) but became RSS • how best to provide for this to were the subject of public consultation and in September 2004 under the new planning meet the objectives of sustainable further consideration by the Council. The system. The RSS sets out a framework for development and urban regeneration? outcome was that: the preparation of Development Plans by the • does the Green Belt need to be North West’s local authorities up to 2021. changed to meet future needs? In The draft RSS (“The North West Plan”) was • there was support for the new Plan’s submitted to the Secretary of State in January particular, should land be removed proposed aims and objectives from the Green Belt and safeguarded 2006 and it is anticipated that a replacement to meet possible long term economic • the justification for removing a RSS will be approved in 2007. development needs? site from the Green Belt to the east of to meet strategic 2.7 The overriding aim of the RSS is 2.2 The consultation document identified economic development needs was to “promote sustainable patterns of the provision of land to meet the Borough’s not considered sufficiently strong to development and physical change”. The housing and economic development needs overcome public objection. strategy is expressed through a number of as key issues. The capacity for additional core development principles and a spatial house building within the urban areas of the • with that exception, the Preferred development framework which establishes Borough was estimated to be broadly equal Strategy was agreed as the basis for guidelines for the regional distribution of to the projected need up to 2016. However, developing the Plan. development and allocation of resources. The allowing for the uncertainties of long-term planning strategy is supported by the Regional • a detailed study was to be undertaken projections, in the worst case a significant Transport Strategy incorporated in the RSS. to test the development potential of gap could open up between housing capacity Further references to the RSS policies and the proposed economic development and need. On economic development, it was targets are included in the explanation of site in the Green Belt to the east of  concluded that by 2011 there could be a policies in the rest of the Plan . Throughout Southport. In the event, the study shortage of strategic investment sites and, in this plan regional guidance is referred to as concluded that it would cost too much the North of the Borough, sites to meet the RSS despite much of the plan being prepared to develop the site because of poor needs of local businesses. These issues, and under the old system of RPG. ground conditions and difficulties with the most appropriate long-term strategy for access. It was agreed that the proposal addressing them, was an important focus of 2.8 In June 2000 the North West was not feasible and should not be the consultation. Development Agency (NWDA) published pursued further. its Regional Economic Strategy which has ‘Sefton 2000+’ Strategy Proposals and provided the economic context for this Plan. 2.4 A key conclusion from this initial stage Options The Regional Economic Strategy has been of the process was, therefore, that the Green updated on several occasions, most recently Belt should remain unchanged and that the in 2006, but the broad priorities remain valid. • to continue with current policies to objective of future planning strategy should The Strategy sets out the region’s priorities encourage modest intensification be to meet development needs by re-using for economic development and regeneration, of housing development in existing land and buildings within the existing urban and the NWDA uses it to prioritise its £500 residential areas. areas. However, it was also recognised that million annual budget. the review of Regional Planning Guidance, • to pursue measures to realise the which was then just commencing, would 2.9 The spatial policy aspects of the Regional potential supply of 'brownfield' sites set out a regional and Merseyside strategic Economic Strategy are incorporated in the and conversions of existing buildings. framework for the timing of Green Belt RSS. The following aspects are of particular reviews. significance for the Plan: • to consider locations (to the east of Southport and to the east of Maghull) 2.5 The subsequent development of the where land could be removed from the Plan strategy has taken into account the . The approved Regional Spatial Strategy, from 2003.

Chapter 2 Strategic Context Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 22 PAGE 23

• potential sectors of economic growth low demand. South Sefton was included as sectors are identified. These, together 2.12 Merseyside Local Transport Plan part of the Merseyside Pathfinder along with with established sectors of regional (LTP): The LTP is a statutory plan prepared the inner core of and inner Wirral significance, are the focus for targeted and agreed jointly by the five metropolitan because of the severity of weak housing action. Reference to relevant sectors councils and . The second markets. The New Heartlands Prospectus will is included in the explanation to LTP was approved in 2005 and sets the combine each authority’s Strategic Integrated the policies in Chapter 5, ‘Economic transport strategy for Merseyside for the Investment Frameworks (SIIF) and establish Development and Tourism’. period 2006-2011. This is the basis on which the pathfinder wide investment framework, Government funding is allocated and it delivery and funding plan. • a portfolio of 25 existing and potential influences the investment programmes of the Regional Inward Investment Sites has major providers of transport infrastructure. 2.16 These plans highlight some key links been identified to meet the needs of The LTP has been further endorsed in the between Sefton and other parts of the these economic sectors. Government’s identification of Merseyside conurbation which have influenced Sefton’s as a ‘Centre of Excellence for Integrated planning strategy. In particular: • the Region's metropolitan areas will be Transport Planning’. Like the UDP, the LTP the focus for targeted, co-ordinated strategy and programme have as a core • the , and the cluster regeneration programmes. objective the promotion of sustainable of industries related to it, has a strategic influence both physically • revitalisation of the coastal resorts is a development. This integration of land use and and economically across Merseyside. high priority. transport planning has played an important part in shaping the strategy and policies of Together with the other Mersey • tackling the problems of low housing this Plan. ports it is an economic and transport demand and poor quality housing gateway of regional and national is a major priority, particularly in the 2.13 Merseyside Objective 1 Single importance. metropolitan core areas, and will Programming Document (SPD) 2000-2006: • the environmental, ecological and include clearance programmes if The Objective 1G SPD sets out the strategy recreational importance of the Irish improvement is not viable. and programme areas which will guide the Sea coast and Mersey Estuary has allocation of £808 million of EU funding for • the pivotal economic role of the Port been recognised by Sefton and the Merseyside. In particular it will direct major of Liverpool is recognised, in particular other coastal authorities in developing funds for the regeneration of defined priority finding sustainable solutions to a common approach to planning areas within Merseyside. Details of these improve strategic transport access and and management within the Coastal areas and the implications for the Plan are accommodate growth related to the Planning Zone. In particular, Southport included in Chapter 4 ‘Urban Priority Areas’. Port. Seafront is recognised as a major tourism and leisure opportunity area 2.14 Action Plan for the City Region within the coastal zone and the Mersey 2002-2005: The Action Plan was agreed by EU Regional Policy Waterfront . The Mersey Partnership in October 2001. Its purpose is to identify the region’s major • there are major economic links with 2.10 The significance of Sefton’s maritime economic development priorities and to help the conurbation core and Liverpool location, including the regionally important shape the medium-term investment strategy City Centre, reflected in the volume of Port gateway, coastal habitats and tourism, of the North West Development Agency. travel across the boundaries to work, has been recognised in EU regional planning Building on Regional Economic Strategy and for shopping and leisure. This has an and development initiatives. In particular, the the Objective 1 Strategic Investment Area influence on policies for town centres Port has been identified as an important programme, the Action Plan identifies the and transport. hub in the North European Trade Axis Mersey Waterfront Regional Park as a key (NETA) linking Ireland to the North West, regeneration priority. The Mersey Waterfront • housing markets cross local authority the Humber ports and northern Europe. This Park will embrace the Coastal Planning Zone, boundaries, as revealed by local has influenced the development of land use, including Southport Seafront. The key themes migration statistics. This has to be taken transport and coastal planning policies for of the Action Plan have been integrated into into account in policies for new house Merseyside and Sefton. a new Development building and the renewal of existing Plan published in 2005 in response to the homes. Merseyside Context Government’s “Northern Way” initiative. • the land use planning implications of 2.11 RSS emphasises the importance of managing waste must be addressed at 2.15 Merseyside Housing Market Renewal the Merseyside authorities working together the regional and Merseyside level. Pathfinder – New Heartlands Prospectus: using a consistent approach in implementing In 2002 the Government announced major and monitoring the planning, housing and The main features of the North West and steps to tackle housing abandonment and transport strategies for the metropolitan Merseyside planning context are illustrated in run down housing areas with the launch of area. There is already a strong foundation for Figure 2.1 the housing market renewal initiative and the this and four documents were of particular designation of 9 pathfinder areas which were significance in setting the context for this Plan. selected on the basis of the prevalence of

Chapter 2 Strategic Context Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 23

2.20 The Plan has an important role to FIGURE 2.1 play in supporting the implementation of the Regional / Sub-regional existing programmes and influencing future context map regeneration initiatives. This is expanded in Chapter 4 ‘Urban Priority Areas’ and the other chapters in Section B of the Plan. The key policies and proposals arising from the South Sefton Regeneration Strategy are set out in Chapter 6 ‘Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal’.

Conclusion

2.21 The starting point for the development of the Plan’s strategy was the ‘Sefton 2000+’ consultation document, as described in paragraphs 2.1 - 2.5. Whilst the overall aims and many of the issues considered in that document remain valid, the subsequent developments described in this chapter have influenced the Plan’s strategy in the following important ways:

• Major new resources for economic development and regeneration, including the creation of the North West Development Agency, have significantly reduced the risk that insufficient suitable sites will be brought forward to meet long-term economic development requirements. This is confirmed by RSS.

• RSS makes it clear that, at least until the preparation of the Core Strategy as part of the Local Development Framework, housing requirements should be met by realising the existing and potential capacity within the urban Regeneration Initiatives framework. The South Sefton Regeneration areas of the Borough. This has been Strategy, published in May 2003, provides reinforced by the Housing Market 2.17 In addition to the EU Objective 1 this framework for both public and private Renewal Initiative. programme referred to above, a number investment. It provides the strategic • RSS proposes that the need, if any, for of regeneration initiatives are under way regeneration direction for South Sefton over substantial change to the Merseyside which will have a significant impact on the the next 15-20 years and includes proposals Green Belt should be established pattern of development in Sefton in the for comprehensive urban renewal and through a sub-regional study, the results short and medium term. These include restructuring. The strategy informs the South of which will be incorporated in future Single Regeneration Budget (SRB)G and Sefton input to the Merseyside Pathfinder reviews of RSS and the Core Strategy. Neighbourhood Renewal Fund (NRF)G “New Heartlands” Prospectus. programmes targeted on the most deprived areas, mainly in the south of the Borough. 2.19 A key objective of the South Sefton Most of the current programmes run until Regeneration Strategy is to ensure that 2007, and the North West Development investment in housing areas is co-ordinated Agency will play a key role in shaping future with improvements to local retail and programmes. community facilities, open space, transport, education, health and employment 2.18 Housing renewal in the South of opportunities. The framework is sufficiently the Borough must be integrated within a flexible to ensure that it can respond to wider regeneration, economic and planning market conditions and community aspirations.

Chapter 2 Strategic Context Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 3 Strategic Policies PAGE 25

‘Part 1’ of the Plan Figure 3.1 Part 1 policies 3.1 The law prescribes that the Plan should distinguish between policies which set out The strategic policies together form ‘Part 1’ of the Plan, as defined in legislation. the general principles and strategy of the Plan (referred to as ‘Part 1’) from the more Part 1 policies are incorporated in the chapters to which they relate. They are highlighted detailed policies and proposals through which to distinguish them from other policies, and each concludes with the statement: it will be implemented (referred to as ‘Part 2’). Part 1 of the Plan comprises the Core This is a part 1 policy Strategy policies set out below and related strategic policies included in the following The part 1 policies are: sections of the Plan. This is illustrated in figure SECTION A 3.1. Chapter 3 CS1 Development and Regeneration Spatial Strategy and Development Chapter 3 CS2 Restraint on Development and Protection of Principles Environmental Assets Chapter 3 CS3 Development Principles 3.2 The Council’s planning strategy is based on the sustainable development aims and objectives set out in Chapter SECTION B 1, and the regional and strategic planning Chapter 4 UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas context described in Chapter 2. The basic principles are set out below in three Core Chapter 5 EDT1 Strategic Employment Locations Strategy policies (CS1-CS3). They will Chapter 5 EDT2 Provision of Employment Land guide the Council in its consideration of all development proposals. Chapter 5 EDT10 Central Area – Development Principles Chapter 5 EDT13 Southport Central Area – Development Principles 3.3 The Plan’s strategy and policies seek to realise its overall aim by achieving social, Chapter 6 H1 Housing Requirement economic and environmental benefits as a Chapter 6 H7 Housing Renewal, Clearance and Regeneration result of development. However, in relation to individual development proposals, especially Chapter 7 R1 Retail Development Strategy for large development, it may not always be Chapter 8 T1 Transport Network Priorities possible to achieve gains across the board. Sometimes decision-makers will have to Chapter 9 EMW1 Prudent Use of Resources weigh the gains and losses that would result Chapter 9 EMW6 Waste Management Strategy from development - both within and between the social, economic and environmental interests affected. Regional Spatial Strategy SECTION C refers to these interests as ‘quality of life capital’ and sets out two basic principles Chapter 10 GBC1 The Green Belt which should guide such decisions. Chapter 10 GBC6 Landscape Character Chapter 12 CPZ1 Development in the Coastal Planning Zone Weighing social, economic and environmental objectives - guiding principles SECTION D Chapter 17 EP1 Managing Environmental Risk • development should show a net gain (or at least a neutral effect) when measured against all the aspects of economic, social and 3.4 Policies CS1-CS3 and the other Part 1 Spatial Strategy environmental capital affected policies are intended to assist in making these • there should be no significant judgements by identifying the most important 3.5 Policies CS1 and CS2 establish the loss of or harm to any identified economic, social and environmental interests, principles of the spatial strategy to promote elements of capital which are of including those which should be protected a sustainable pattern of development and particular significance from harm. change in the period up to 2016. The spatial strategy is illustrated in the Key Diagram (Figure 3.2) and consists of two strands:

Chapter 3 Strategic Policies Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 26 PAGE 27

Figure 3.2 Key diagram

Major Housing Site Strategic Employment Site District Centres Town Centres Transport Corridors (Merseyside LTP)

Strategic Employment Locations

Coastal Planning Zone Site of International Nature Conservation Importance

Urban Priority Areas

Green Belt

© Crown copyright

Chapter 3 Strategic Policies Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 27

• providing for the Borough's 3.6 This aspect of the core strategy is development and infrastructure needs supported by the following Part 1 strategic Policy CS2 to 2016 in locations where it will do policies in Section B: Restraint on Development most to assist urban regeneration and Protection of (Policy CS1), which is the theme of • Policy UP 1: Environmental Assets Chapters 4-9 in Section B. Development in Urban Priority Areas Development will not be permitted • restraining development in locations • Policy EDT1: where it would cause significant harm to where it would cause harm to the Strategic Employment Locations any of the following: environment or regeneration (Policy • Policy EDT2: CS2), which is the theme of Chapters (a) the purposes of the Green Belt and Provision of Employment Land 10-14 in Section C. its open character • Policy EDT10: (b) rural landscape character Bootle Central Area – Policy CS1 Development Principles (c) the best and most versatile Development and agricultural land Regeneration • Policy EDT13: Southport Central Area (d) the dune aquifer and associated Development should be consistent with – Development Principles coastal ecology the following priorities for physical and (e) the effectiveness of the open coast economic regeneration in the period • Policy H1: 2001-2016: Housing Requirement in forming a natural sea defence

(a) the implementation of regeneration • Policy H7: (f) sites and species of nature conservation importance programmes within the defined urban Housing Renewal, Clearance and Regeneration priority areas. (g) urban greenspace (b) safeguarding existing employment • Policy R1: Retail Development Strategy (h) sites of archaeological, historic or and ensuring a choice of employment cultural importance. sites and premises to meet the needs of • Policy T1: existing businesses and maximise inward Transport Network Priorities Unavoidable losses must be compensated investment. for by equivalent benefits, and in all • Policy EMW1: (c) ensuring that provision is made for cases development proposals and/or Prudent Use of Resources management regimes should seek to new and improved housing to meet the enhance the above assets. needs and aspirations of existing and new • Policy EMW6: households, having regard to Regional Waste Management Strategy This is a Part 1 policy Spatial Strategy. Sustainability Appraisal (d) safeguarding the economic, No changes made as wording reflects chapter 3.7 This aspect of the Core Strategy is commercial, retail and local service role of order and Regional Spatial Strategy advice. supported by the following Part 1 policies in established town, district and local centres. Section C: (e) ensuring that development is located • Policy GBC1: The Green Belt appropriately in relation to other land uses and to the transport network so • Policy GBC6: Landscape Character that the need to travel is reduced and car and lorry traffic is minimised. • Policy CPZ1: Development in the Coastal Planning Zone (f) securing the re-use of existing buildings or previously developed Sustainability Appraisal (“brownfield”) land, in preference to Sites of geological or landform interest covered undeveloped (“greenfield”) land, so under criterion (f). Other minor wording changes that housing and all other significant made for clarity. development needs can be mainly

accommodated within the existing urban

areas at least until 2011.

This is a Part 1 policy

Chapter 3 Strategic Policies Sefton UDP 2006

Policy CS2 Restraint on Development and Protection of Envi- ronmental Assets

Development will not be permitted where it would cause significant harm to any of the following:

(a) the purposes of the Green Belt and its open character

(b) rural landscape character

(c) the best and most versatile agricul- tural land

(d) the dune aquifer and associated coastal ecology

(e) the effectiveness of the open coast in forming a natural sea defence

(f) sites and species of nature conserva- tion importance

(g) urban greenspace

(h) sites of archaeological, historic or cultural importance.

Unavoidable losses must be compensated for by equivalent benefits, and in all cases development proposals and/or manage- ment regimes should seek to enhance the above assets.

This is a Part 1 policy PAGE 28

Development Principles 3.9 This aspect of the core strategy is POLICY CS3 supported by the following Part 1 policies in DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES 3.8 The Council determines on average Sections B and D respectively: about 2,000 applications for planning The following general principles will permission a year. Whilst the majority of be applied in the consideration of all • Policy EMW1 these are for small scale development, the development proposals: Prudent Use of Resources cumulative effect on the environment can be (a) Development will provide for • Policy EP1 considerable. In areas of significant change a choice of means of transport to Managing Environmental Risk. like the urban priority areas, the quality of and within the site, giving priority to new development can be a major factor in pedestrians, cyclists and public transport Sustainability appraisal the success of regeneration initiatives. Policy users. No change made as sustainable design of sites CS3 sets out the key principles for sustainable and buildings issues are dealt with in Section development that will guide the Council’s (b) Development would not be C and D policies and future Supplementary decisions. This is the theme of Chapters 15-18 permitted if it would: Planning Documents or Information Notes. in Section D. Policy EMW1 ‘Prudent Use of Resources‘ in Chapter 9, Section B, is also (i) compromise road safety by site 3.10 The following three main Sections of relevant. access or internal circulation issues; the Plan expand on these principles, including or further strategic policies and more detailed policies and site specific proposals. (ii) cause significant harm to amenity, or to the character or appearance of the surrounding area; or

(iii) create risk to people and property as a result of flooding, air or water pollution, land contamination, or noise or light nuisance; or

(iv) prejudice the comprehensive development of the area.

(c) Significant weight will be attached to the quality of building and site design and layout, in particular for development which would be prominent because of its scale or location. The design of development shall have regard to:

(i) the needs of people who have disabilities;

(ii) the need for efficiency in the use of water, land and of non-renewable resources, including natural resources and energy; and

(iii) the need to make the proposal as sustainable as practicable.

(d) Planning conditions and legal agreements will be used where appropriate to make the most of the social, economic and environmental benefits of development.

This is a Part 1 policy

Chapter 3 Strategic Policies Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 4 Urban Priority Areas PAGE 31

Objective Introduction FIGURE 4.1 • to promote regeneration in the Urban Priority Areas & 4.1 Many communities in the South of urban priority areas by concentrating Programmes the Borough experience comparatively high development and infrastructure levels of social and economic deprivation. investment in support of strategies Area Additionally there is a smaller concentration agreed by local partnerships. Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment of deprivation within the central area of Area Southport. Indicators Programme Duration 4.1 Percentage of Urban Priority Area Objective 1 000-2007 4.2 National and EU regeneration residents finding it easy to access key local programmes have been targeted towards services, compared to the percentage in Area these areas for over a decade. Completed the rest of the Borough. Pathways: Dunningsbridge – Bootle/ programmes and those in progress will result Seaforth/Orrell in £600 million of investment in social and 4.2 Percentage of Urban Priority Programme Duration economic regeneration in the priority areas. Area residents satisfied with their Objective 1 1996-2006 The main programmes currently in progress neighbourhood as a place to live, are summarised in Figure 4.1. compared to the percentage in the rest of Area the Borough. South Sefton Partnership – including 13 4.3 There is a complex pattern of Priority Neighbourhoods regeneration activity in the South of the 4.3 The number of Super Output Programme Duration Borough, where the boundaries of different Areas (SOAs), and percentage of Sefton’s SRB6 001-2007/8 initiatives overlap, as shown in Figure 4.2. population, that rank within the most deprived 10% of SOAs nationally and the Area 4.4 There is a distinction between those most deprived 25% of SOAs nationally. Neighbourhood Renewal – , , programmes which are derived from and , Netherton and Orrell, St funded by the EU Objective 1 programme 4.4 The percentage (by area) of land Oswald, , , and parts of for Merseyside, and those which are funded developed for employment uses in and wards through national and regional programmes. schemes of 1000m2 floorspace or more Programme Duration The North West Development Agency which are in Urban Priority Areas. Neighbourhood 001-2008 has a key funding role in these domestic Renewal Fund programmes, with a total budget of about £1 Key partners billion up to 2003 including the current Single North West Development Agency Area Regeneration Budget (SRB) programme. Sefton Borough Partnership Mersey Waterfront Regional Park Local Partnership Boards Programme Duration 4.5 Although regeneration programmes NWDA 001-2007 are funded from a variety of sources, each with its specific focus and targets, Area they are nevertheless being co-ordinated Housing Market Renewal, Pathfinder Area - particularly through the Community Programme Duration Strategy - to achieve fundamental Housing Market 002 improvements in social, economic and Renewal Fund onward environmental conditions in the Urban Priority Areas. The UDP will support the Area implementation of these programmes and, Southport Seafront Master Plan equally important, will provide a framework Programme Duration for physical development and environmental Objective 1/ 002 improvement over a longer period. LTP/NWDA onward

Chapter 4 Urban Priority Areas Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 32 PAGE 33

Figure 4.2 Urban Priority Areas and Regeneration Programmes

Urban priority Areas All wards eligible for Neighbourhood Renewal Fund

Housing Market Renewal Fund Pathfinder Area

© Crown copyright

South Sefton Partnership Wards (Single Regeneration Budget-SRB6) 1. Linacre 2. Derby 3. Litherland 4. Netherton and Orrell 5. Church 6. Ford 7. St. Oswald 8. Dukes 9. Cambridge

Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment Area (Objective 1)

Dunningsbridge and Bootle/Seaforth/Orrell Pathways Areas (Objective 1)

Chapter 4 Urban Priority Areas Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 33

the policy are more geographically focused POLICY UP1 (d) Maintaining and where appropriate and local partnerships have been formed increasing the quantity and quality of to approve their strategies and action plans. DEVELOPMENT IN URBAN accessible green open areas All these plans have some implications for PRIORITY AREAS (e) Reducing the adverse effects of land use and development, but three have 1. The Urban Priority Areas, where there air and noise pollution and derelict and particular significance for this UDP: is a combination of social and economic contaminated land on living and working - The Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment deprivation and poor environment, conditions. Area, which includes major economic comprise: development and land reclamation (a) In the South of the Borough - proposals; Linacre, Derby, Litherland, Netherton and This is a Part 1 policy. - The Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Orrell, St Oswald, Ford and Church wards Area, for which the South Sefton (b) In Southport - Regeneration Strategy provides the The Southport Central Area as defined Explanation development framework. Within this area on the Proposals Map; Neighbourhood Development Plans for 4.6 The definition of Urban Priority Areas major physical renewal and improvement The areas of housing stress surrounding is largely based on the Government’s Indices are being prepared in an area which the central area. of Local Deprivation (2000). This ranks local contains 22,500 homes; authorities and wards against a range of 2. Development will not be permitted indicators of social and economic deprivation. - A Vision for Southport Seafront: Final if it is inconsistent with the objectives Nine wards in Sefton rank amongst the most Masterplan, which includes proposals of any strategy or action plan approved deprived 25% of wards in the country, as for large-scale new tourism facilities and by a local partnership responsible for shown in Figure 4.2. This includes seven wards improvements to the public realm and regeneration programmes within these in the South of the Borough. In Southport, transport access. areas, including the following programmes: Dukes and Cambridge wards are included because of the concentration of social and 4.8 The local partnerships involve business, (a) Neighbourhood Renewal Fund economic problems in the central area of the voluntary and community representatives, as well as the Council and other public (b) Housing Market Renewal, Pathfinder town, and it is this part which is included in sector partners. Their strategies and action Area the Urban Priority Area. In addition, there are areas of poor housing adjacent to the central plans are approved by a Partnership Board, (c) South Sefton (SRB 6) area of Southport where problems are less following extensive public participation concentrated but where Housing Renewal and consultation. As one of the partners, (d) Atlantic Gateway Strategic Areas were declared to target investment the Council has been able to advise on Investment Area and assist in recovery and stabilisation. The the planning policy context during their preparation. Whilst the plans of the local (e) Dunningsbridge Pathways Southport Housing Regeneration Area is identified in Appendix 2 of Supplementary partnerships do not over-ride the policies (f) Bootle/Seaforth/Orrell Pathways Planning Guidance ‘Regulating the Supply of and proposals of this Plan, they are material G Residential Land’ which was adopted by the considerations in making decisions, in as (g) Southport Seafront Action Plan Council in July 2003. In addition, there are much as they can give local emphasis and areas of poor housing adjacent to the central priority to the more general criteria set out in 3. Development proposals within Plan policies. the Priority Areas in the South of the area of Southport where problems are less concentrated but where Housing Renewal Borough should have regard to the 4.9 Although the regeneration programmes following key criteria: Areas were declared to target investment and assist in recovery and stabilisation. The currently in progress in the South of the (a) Safeguarding existing sources of local current programmes for planning and funding Borough (Section 2 (a) – (f)) differ in focus, employment and increasing opportunities regeneration in the Urban Priority Areas are it is possible to identify a set of criteria for for new locally accessible employment described in the Introduction. development in these areas that will be most likely to support their combined objectives. (b) Maintaining and where appropriate 4.7 The Neighbourhood Renewal Fund was These are listed in Section 3. Specific increasing the choice of good quality introduced by the Government in 2000 to guidance on development in the Southport housing to meet the needs of current and support integrated plans of social, economic Seafront area is given in Policy EDT15. future households and physical regeneration in the most deprived urban areas. The NRF programme 4.10 Accessibility to the facilities and (c) Maintaining a choice of local operates in all the areas identified in Policy opportunities within and nearby the urban convenience shopping, and accessible UP1. The Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy priority areas is a fundamental aspect of facilities for primary health care, social and for the NRF area is approved by the Sefton social inclusion. In accordance with the recreational activities and pre-school and Borough Partnership - which is the Local Merseyside Local Transport Plan, the Council primary education Strategic Partnership for the whole of Sefton. and Merseytravel will continue to improve The other programmes listed in Section 2 of transport choices within the urban priority

Chapter 4 Urban Priority Areas Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 34

areas, in particular public transport, cycling ‘Bootle/Seaforth/Orrell Pathways Action Plan and walking facilities. The UDP will also 2000-2006’, Pathways Partnership Board, 2000; play an important role in ensuring that ‘Dunningsbridge Pathways Action Plan 2000- development is both located in accessible 2006’, Pathways Partnership Board, 2000; locations and accessible by a choice of ‘South Sefton Partnership: A comprehensive bid travel, including by walking, cycling and public for neighbourhood regeneration’, SMBC, June transport. 2000;

4.11 The boundaries of the priority ‘Atlantic Gateway SIA Integrated Development areas defined for the various regeneration Plan Parts 1 and 2’, Partnership Board, March programmes may change during the life of 2001; the Plan as the present programmes come ‘Southport Seafront Action Plan’, Southport to an end and new national and regional Partnership Board, May 2002; regeneration initiatives are introduced. ‘South Sefton Regeneration Strategy’, GVA Changes to the programme areas and any Grimley for SMBC, May 2003; new plans approved by local partnerships ‘NewHeartlands Prospectus 2003’, which may be relevant to planning decisions NewHeartlands Partnership, October 2003; will be incorporated and kept up to date in supplementary planning documents, as well as ‘A Vision for Southport Seafront: A Final any review of the Plan itself. Masterplan’, Scott Wilson URBAN for SMBC, June 2003. Implementation This policy will be implemented through the Action Plans of the Sefton Borough Partnership and local partnerships, the capital programmes of the Council and Merseytravel and the development control process.

Sustainability Appraisal Policy not changed as it already states that development will be judged in terms of its economic, social and environmental sustainability merits.

Policy Links RSS Policies - SD1 The North West Metropolitan Area; SD3 Key Towns and Cities outside the North West Metropolitan Area; EC7 The Regeneration Challenge: Bringing the Benefits of Economic Growth to Areas of Acute Need UDP Policies - EDT1 Strategic Employment Locations; EDT2 Provision of Employment Land; H7 Housing Renewal, Clearance and Regeneration; H8 Redevelopment within the Pathfinder Area; H9 Hawthorne Road / Canal Corridor Background Documents ‘A Vision for Sefton - The Community Strategy 20002-2007’, Sefton Borough Partnership, April 2002; ‘Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy’, Sefton Borough Partnership, 2001;

Chapter 4 Urban Priority Areas Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 5 Economic Development and Tourism PAGE 35

STRATEGIC CONTEXT OTHER ECONOMIC Objectives DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL EDT1 Strategic Employment Locations (Part 1 policy) EDT16 Mixed Use Areas • to promote development and employment in key economic sectors EDT2 Provision of Employment EDT17 Employment Opportunity and strategic locations Land (Part 1 policy) Sites • to ensure that land and premises are available to maximise inward investment EDT3 Strategic Employment Sites EDT18 Retention of Local opportunities and meet the needs of in the Dunnings Bridge Employment Opportunities local businesses Corridor • to consolidate and enhance Southport’s role as a major tourist destination. EDT4 Southport Commerce Park Indicators

INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT 5.1 The percentage increase or decrease in the total number of VAT registered EDT5 Primarily Industrial Areas businesses.

EDT6 Development Sites within 5.2 Area (hectares) of land and floorspace Primarily Industrial Areas (m2) developed for business and industry (Use Classes B1, B2, B8) and the number EDT7 Improvement of Primarily of jobs generated: Industrial Areas - in Sefton as a whole EDT8 Business and Industrial - within Strategic Employment Locations Development Outside and on Strategic Sites on other Primarily Industrial Areas allocated sites - in the Maritime and Tourism sectors - in other Regional Economic Strategy THE PORT AND MARITIME ZONE Key Sectors. - in Urban Priority Areas EDT9 The Port and Maritime Zone 5.3 Proportion of new business and industrial development (Use Classes B1, B2, THE CENTRAL AREAS OF BOOTLE B8) using previously developed land and AND SOUTHPORT buildings.

EDT10 Bootle Central Area - 5.4 Amount of employment land on Development Principles allocated sites, or within primarily industrial (Part 1 policy) areas, lost from business and industry (Use Classes B1, B2, B8): EDT11 Development in the Bootle (a) in Sefton as a whole; Office Quarter (b) in Urban Priority Areas; (c) to housing uses. EDT12 Bootle Central Area Opportunity Sites 5.5 Floorspace (m2) of new office developments of 2,500m2 or above, and the EDT13 Southport Central Area - percentage of this which is in town, district Development Principles or local centres. (Part 1 policy) Key partners EDT14 Southport Resort Area North West Development Agency; Mersey Docks & Harbour Company; EDT15 Southport Seafront Area South Sefton Partnership; Atlantic Gateway Steering Group; Central Southport Partnership; North West Tourist Board; Private sector developers.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 36 PAGE 37

Introduction difficult to attract major new employers. The  Road frontage of the site in the regeneration strategies for the Urban Priority area which is outside the Green Belt subject Areas (Policy UP1) are helping to address to any proposal satisfying the tests of need 5.1 Economic development is essential to these weaknesses. and the sequential test as set out in PPS6. the regeneration of Sefton, particularly in the Urban Priority Areas. The Plan can make 5.6 Most economic activity is concentrated 5.10 Over 5000 jobs are directly reliant a positive contribution to the regeneration in a few strategic locations, notably the Port on tourism. The Council and its partners initiatives undertaken by the Council and and Maritime Zone; the Dunnings Bridge are committed to establishing Southport as its partners by establishing a framework Corridor in Bootle and Netherton; the ‘’s Classic Resort’, developing the to guide development and environmental central retail and commercial areas of Bootle potential of Sefton’s Natural Coast and improvements. and Southport; and the Southport Seafront supporting other key elements of the visitor leisure and tourism area. The Southport economy with the objective of increasing jobs, 5.2 The Plan’s main role is therefore to Commerce Park, on the eastern edge of the visitors and spend. ensure that sufficient land is made available town, is emerging as another main focus of for industrial and business development in employment. 5.11 In addition to the more traditional the right locations, in order to encourage forms of tourism, there is a need to develop economic activity. There is a legacy of 5.7 Tourism is a highly important part of growth sectors including golf tourism, dereliction and contamination resulting Sefton’s economy with potential for growth. special interest breaks, green tourism such from previous industrial and commercial The Council is working proactively with as birdwatching, conferences and event uses, much of it concentrated in the south private sector partners to regenerate tourism, based tourism. There is potential for further of the Borough. Many sites are in need of particularly in the resort town of Southport. development along the whole of Sefton’s reclamation and treatment before they can Key strengths have proved to be short coast to provide enhanced sporting, leisure be re-used. Some businesses and sites also stay leisure holidays and greatly improved and tourism opportunities. Such development cause significant environmental problems to events and business tourism, especially the must, however, be compatible with the area’s nearby housing areas, which regeneration conference market which has bucked the green belt status, and recognise the special initiatives are seeking to reduce. national trend by increasing at a rate of character and nature conservation value of 33% a year. Whilst existing hotels continue the undeveloped parts of the coast which 5.3 The unemployment rate in Sefton to be up-graded, this needs to be matched need to be preserved and enhanced. has fallen from 13% in 1991 to 5% in 2001 by the provision of new hotels to cater for and 2.9% in 2006. Although this is below all sectors of the market. However, further 5.12 Over half the area of Sefton is the Merseyside rate, it is slightly above growth is constrained to a degree by the agricultural land, a high proportion of which the national figure of 2.6%. The situation is poor transport links to and from Southport. has a very high capacity, yielding high-value significantly worse in parts of the Urban horticultural crops. Though not a major Priority Areas. 5.8 The Northwest Development Agency employer, the agricultural economy is an published ‘A New Vision for Northwest efficient, high output local industry which 5.4 There are approximately 8,200 Coastal Resorts’ in 2003 which sets out a is at risk from urban encroachment. The businesses in Sefton which provide over long term vision and strategy for the region’s Council wishes to ensure that this sector of 102,500 full and part-time jobs. Around 90% resorts. It recommends that Southport should the economy remains diverse and vibrant, of these businesses in Sefton are small firms seek to become a premier location within and that its current role as a steward of the with fewer than 25 employees. Employment the region for high quality shopping and countryside is encouraged and supported. is concentrated in a few key sectors including should aspire to excellence in its restaurant public services, port-related services and catering provision. It also recommends 5.13 Farm diversification may be necessary (including distribution and transport), food that Southport should secure high quality in some individual cases to maintain the products, tourism (particularly in Southport), hotel development to strengthen its position strength of the agricultural and rural economy retail, information and communication in the conference market and as a special- and maintain farm incomes. The fact that technology, and financial services. Employment interest holiday destination. Lord Street and Sefton’s agricultural land is in the Green in the manufacturing sector has declined the Promenade are identified as key areas for Belt limits the type, scale and range of farm by approximately 10% between 2001 and public sector led regeneration. The Council diversification proposals which are acceptable. 2004. However, Sefton has concentrations of has also produced a Masterplan ‘A Vision for employees in the financial and professional Southport Seafront’ which will guide future 5.14 Proposals for farm diversification will services and information and communication development and investment in the Seafront be allowed if they are appropriate in scale, technology sectors that are above the area. help to maintain farm viability, are integrated regional average. within the existing farm enterprise and do not 5.9 Another significant tourism attraction adversely affect the agricultural operation of 5.5 The main threats to the future growth is racecourse, which not only hosts the farm. Such proposals must also meet the of the Sefton economy include low skills prestigious race meetings including the Grand requirements of the Green Belt levels, relatively few knowledge-based National, but has also developed a role as an industries1, low productivity, a weak important conference centre. There is scope 1 export base and few large private sector Industrial and commercial activity which requires a for further development related to tourism high level of technology, particularly information and employers. The lack of large sites available and recreation, including hotels, towards the communications technology (computer software and for development and investment has made it services, biotechnology, creative industries)

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 37

and Countryside policies in this Plan, FIGURE 5.1 particularly Policy GBC2. POLICY EDT1 NWDA Regional STRATEGIC EMPLOYMENT Strategy/RSS 5.15 Economic development relies upon a LOCATIONS Key Economic Sectors safe and efficient road network to support it. The following strategic employment Trunk roads are a national asset supporting Established Sectors - important locations are priority areas for the economy of the country. It is also because of their existing scale and development and regeneration funding essential that the provision of employment contribution to the regional economy: opportunities is linked to the provision and to support key economic sectors and improvement of pubic transport, as well as • chemicals safeguard local employment: locations which are presently well served by • textiles means of transport other than the private (a) The Port & Maritime Zone in car. This is particularly important in the • aerospace Bootle: the priority will be port-linked main employment locations and as a result development in the distribution and of the development of the strategic sites, • mechanical and other engineering manufacturing sectors where access to where special requirements or developer industries, including marine engineering docks, rail freight facilities and the strategic contributions may be sought. For further highway network is an advantage. guidance see Chapter 15. • energy (b) The Dunnings Bridge Corridor and • automotive Strategic Context Netherton Industrial Areas: the priority • food and drink will be large-scale light and general 5.16 The overriding aim of national guidance industrial and office development, where and the Regional Spatial Strategy is to Target Growth Sectors - which are access to the freight network, strategic promote sustainable patterns of development important to the future growth and highway and Motorway network and the and physical change. One of the ways that competitiveness of the regional economy: Port is an advantage. this will be achieved is through developing • environmental technologies businesses and skills, particularly those related (c) Central Bootle: the priority will be retail, public services and other office to the key economic sectors identified in the • life science industries (biotechnology development which benefit from an North West Development Agency’s Regional and pharmaceuticals) (Economic) Strategy. Economic development accessible location. is seen as one of the key elements of urban • medical equipment and technology (d) Central Southport: the priority will regeneration. • financial and professional services be retail, public services, tourism-related services and commercial development • tourism which benefit from an accessible location.

• computer software and services/ (e) Southport Seafront: the priority will internet-based services be major indoor and outdoor tourism and leisure-related development. • creative industries (media, advertising and public relations) (f) Commerce Park: the priority will be small and medium-sized light industrial, office and business development.

This is a Part 1 policy

Explanation

5.17 The Strategic Employment Locations offer a diverse range of existing and potential employment opportunities for service and manufacturing industry. They provide the best prospects for encouraging local expansion and inward investment in the ‘established’ and ‘emerging’ sectors identified by the North West Development Agency in its Regional Economic Strategy. The relevant sectors are listed in Figure 5.1 above.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 38 PAGE 39

5.18 With the exception of Southport Figure 5.2 Commerce Park, the Strategic Employment Distribution of Employment Land Locations lie within the Urban Priority Areas defined in Policy UP1. In the South of the Borough, the Port and Maritime Zone, the Dunnings Bridge Corridor / Netherton Industrial Areas, and Bootle Central Area comprise the Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment AreaG, where European funding will be concentrated. It is an objective of the regeneration programmes to link employment growth in these areas to the needs of disadvantaged residents.

Implementation 5.19 This policy will be implemented through the regeneration strategies and action plans outlined in Chapter 4 (Urban Priority Areas), including plans and strategies not yet commissioned.

Sustainability Appraisal Policy changed to include public services in Central Southport. Strategic Employment Locations Policy Links Strategic Employment Sites RSS Policies:- EC1 Strengthening the Regional Economy; Primarily Industrial Areas EC2 Manufacturing Industry; EC7 Bringing the Benefits of Economic Growth to Areas of Acute Need; EC8 Warehousing and Distribution; EC10 Tourism and Recreation. UDP Policy:- UP1 Development in the Urban Priority Areas.

Background documents ‘Regional Strategy’, North West Development Agency, 1999; ‘Action Plan for the City Region’ - The Mersey Partnership 2001; Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment Area: Integrated Development Plan’, March 2001

© Crown copyright

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 39

the Dunnings Bridge Corridor (Policy EDT3) to Dunnings Bridge Rd, the A5036 trunk POLICY EDT2 and comprise 30.8 hectares. The fourth is road, in Bootle and Netherton. Within this PROVISION OF EMPLOYMENT in Southport (Policy EDT4 and Paragraph corridor three strategically important sites LAND 5.35) and comprises 11.9 hectares. Special have been identified which have the potential considerations apply to the development of to accommodate large scale development Provision for strategic and local these sites. employing many people. employment development during the period 2002–2017 will be made as 5.22 The great majority of the employment POLICY EDT3 follows: land supply is within the Strategic STRATEGIC EMPLOYMENT SITES Employment Locations. The designated IN THE DUNNINGS BRIDGE Within the Strategic Employment Primarily Industrial Areas are a vital CORRIDOR Locations: employment land resource both in these (a) Allocated Strategic 42.7 ha. locations and elsewhere. They provide the 1. The following sites are of strategic Sites (4 sites) potential for new and expanding firms in a importance for economic development: variety of industrial and distribution sectors. EDT3.1 Former Peerless 6.8ha (b) Sites within the Up to However, significant investment is required to Refinery & adjoining Bootle Office 65,650m2 release this potential (Policies EDT5, EDT6 land, Dunnings Bridge Rd/ Quarter floorspace and EDT7). Avenue (c) Land within the Port Up to 5.23 As a result of re-structuring and EDT3.2 Atlantic Park, 18.2 ha & Maritime Zone 12 ha. redevelopment within the Port and Maritime Dunnings Bridge Rd Zone, in response to operational changes, (d) Allocated sites within 8.3 ha. EDT3.3 Senate Business Park 15.6 ha it is estimated that some 12 hectares of the Primarily Industrial & Girobank, Bridle Rd land capable of accommodating additional Areas (8 sites) warehousing may become available within the

Port area during the Plan period. Policy EDT9 The areas given for EDT3.2 and EDT3.3 In other locations: covers future development within this area. are gross figures and include areas currently occupied. Other allocated 5.1 ha. 5.24 The broad distribution of employment sites in the Primarily development opportunities is illustrated in 2. Planning permission will be granted Industrial Areas (8 sites) Figure 5.2. for business and industrial developments (Class B1 and B2) which meet all the The base date for figures given in Policy Implementation following criteria: EDT2 is 31st March 2004 5.25 This policy will be implemented mainly (a) the proposal is for a large scale through regeneration initiatives. This is a Part 1 policy development of the whole site or a substantial part of it; These sights are identified in Policy EDT6 Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed. (b) if a partial development, it would not make it difficult to achieve an Explanation appropriate form of development on Policy Links the remaining area; and 5.20 Over the past 5 years the average RSS Policies - (c) the development is for a use which annual take-up of land for business and EC1 Strengthening the Regional Economy; industrial development has been 5.6 hectares. has a high employment to floorspace EC2 Manufacturing Industry; This relatively low rate is in part explained by ratio. a lack of suitable sites. Regeneration initiatives EC7 Bringing the Benefits of Economic in the Urban Priority Areas will increase Growth to Areas of Acute Need; 3. Other development will only be demand and help bring sites forward which EC8 Warehousing and Distribution; permitted if it can be demonstrated that it would have major benefits for the were previously unsuitable for redevelopment UR5 Existing Commitments in regeneration of the area (including the because of problems relating to infrastructure, Development Plans. contamination or multiple land ownerships. visual and environmental enhancement UDP Policy - They will also help bring forward larger, of the Dunnings Bridge Road corridor more attractive sites. The provision of sites UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas and the creation of high quality skilled of sufficient size and in the right location to employment opportunities) and that it attract major employment in key sectors is a Strategic Employment Sites cannot be accommodated on any other high priority. more appropriate site. Dunnings Bridge Corridor 5.21 Four of the allocated sitesG are 4. The design of all development on these sites, particularly in relation to of strategic significance because of their 5.26 A number of large industrial areas and primary road frontages, must reflect their size, location and potential contribution to business parks are situated on or adjacent economic regeneration. Three sites are in status and prominence.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 40 PAGE 41

Explanation Implementation Explanation 5.34 Development Briefs will be prepared 5.27 These are large sites, of which there for these sites. 5.37 This site is intended for locally based is a shortage in the South Sefton area. They and footloose business (Class B1) uses are very prominent, have good connections Sustainability Appraisal wishing to locate in a high quality business to the freight and motorway networks, and No changes made as sustainable transport environment. Planning permission will not should be developed in a comprehensive links are covered by policies AD1 ‘Location of normally be granted for general industry or manner. A high quality development is Development’ and AD2 ‘Ensuring Choice of storage and distribution (Classes B2 and B8 required fronting Dunnings Bridge Road. The Travel’. respectively) unless they are compatible with development of these sites is crucial to the a business park setting. achievement of the Council’s regeneration Policy Links strategy. T6 Freight Distribution Network; 5.38 The proposed extension to the Commerce Park will increase the developable AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel; 5.28 Whereas it is intended that the area by a further 4.4 hectares. Development former Peerless Refinery site (Site EDT3.1) AD3 Transport Assessments; on the Commerce Park extension will only be and the Atlantic Park (Site EDT3.2) should AD4 Green Travel Plans permitted once the existing Commerce Park be redeveloped primarily for industrial is substantially complete or the proposed development, the Senate Business Park area development cannot be accommodated on Background documents (Site EDT3.3) is expected to be developed the remaining undeveloped area. mainly for office uses. ‘Atlantic Gateway SIA: Integrated Development Plan’, March 2001; Implementation 5.29 The development of the former and ‘Dunningsbridge Strategy and Action Plan’, 5.39 A Development Plan Document Peerless Refinery site will need to March 2001. may be required to provide an updated incorporate a suitable buffer between the site development framework for this area and the and the adjoining residential area to the south Southport Commerce Park adjoining Town Lane housing allocation. and west. 5.35 Southport Commerce Park is the Sustainability Appraisal 5.30 The redevelopment of the Atlantic largest industrial and business development No changes made as design, landscaping Park will need to ensure the retention of the site in the north of the borough, and is the and transport links will be covered in the major existing occupier, Rolls Royce. only purpose built business park in Southport. development brief. The Commerce Park has a developable site 5.31 Site EDT3.3 incorporates the premises area of 11.5 hectares, of which approximately Policy Links of Alliance and Leicester Girobank which 4.0 hectares have already been developed AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel; employs some 2000 people. In order to make or are under construction, leaving a further it easier to redevelop these premises, the 7.5 hectares available for development. The AD3 Transport Assessments; Council has promoted the assembly of two proposed extension to the Commerce Park AD4 Green Travel Plan sites on either side of these premises. These covers a further 4.4 hectares, giving a total sites are available for office uses, call centre, site area of 11.9 hectares. Background documents high technology (Class B1) uses and other uses appropriate to a business park. 5.36 At present approximately 200 people ‘Town Lane, Southport Feasibility Study’, Cass are employed on the Commerce Park. A Associates, 2001 5.32 These key sites will make a significant further 550 jobs could be created when it contribution to regeneration and employment is fully developed, and a further 300 jobs Industrial Development creation in the Urban Priority Areas. The could be provided on the extension to the types of development most likely to meet Commerce Park, providing a total of over 5.40 The great majority of the existing and these objectives are business and industrial 1,000 jobs. proposed industrial land is located in the uses. Other types of employment-intensive south of the Borough, concentrated in large development will only be permitted in POLICY EDT4 mixed industrial and warehousing areas in exceptional circumstances where it can be SOUTHPORT COMMERCE PARK Bootle and Netherton. This reflects historic demonstrated that this would make a major links with the port, the Leeds and Liverpool contribution to the Core Strategy of the Plan. Planning permission will be granted Canal and the former rail network. In the for major employment generating north of the Borough, and at Aintree and 5.33 The Council will support appropriate development for business and light Maghull in the south, industrial and trading action to overcome the impact of industrial (Class B1) uses on the estates have been built more recently, contamination or other constraints in order Southport Commerce Park. Development particularly on the edge of settlements. to ensure that these sites are capable of being on the Commerce Park extension will only developed for the intended purpose. be permitted if the development cannot 5.41 The designated Primarily Industrial be accommodated on the existing Park. Areas will continue to be the main focus for new business, light and general industry, both in the Strategic Employment Locations

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 41

and elsewhere. Many of these areas need particularly where this will result in an POLICY EDT6 comprehensive redevelopment, with improvement to the local environment. DEVELOPMENT SITES WITHIN improvements to the appearance of buildings PRIMARILY INDUSTRIAL AREAS and the spaces between them. 5.45 The Primarily Industrial Areas may be an appropriate location for local services The following sites are allocated for requiring storage and workshop facilities. business, industrial, storage and distribution POLICY EDT5 For example, tyre and exhaust dealers, development (Class B1, B2 and B8 uses) PRIMARILY INDUSTRIAL AREAS plumbers and builders merchants, and waste within the Primary Industrial Areas: management facilities may be acceptable, The Primarily Industrial Areas shown on depending on local circumstances. Conditions Site Ref. Location Area (ha) the Proposals Map will continue to be may be imposed to limit the extent of any the preferred location for new business, retail activity associated with these uses and EDT 6.1 Land east of Brasenose Rd, 0.2 industrial, storage and distribution the products which may be sold. Bootle development (Class B1, B2 and B8 uses). EDT 6.2 Units 1-6, Pacific Rd, Bootle 0.2 Implementation EDT 6.3* Land south of Deltic Way, 0.9 Other uses will only be permitted where 5.46 This policy will be implemented Aintree it can be demonstrated that the proposal through the development control process. meets all of the following criteria: EDT 6.4* Former Vestey Site, 6.8 Sustainability Appraisal Bridle Rd, Netherton No changes made as design, transport and retail EDT 6.5* Rear of Atlantic Industrial 2.6 (a) it would not prejudice the availability issues are covered by other Plan policies. Estate, Bridle Rd, Netherton of an adequate supply of land for business and industrial development; EDT 6.6 Rear of South Sefton Business 0.7 Policy Links Centre, Canal St, Bootle EDT6 Development Sites within Primarily (b) it cannot be located on any other EDT 6.7* Farriers Way, Netherton 0.5 more appropriate site; Industrial Areas; EDT7 Improvement of Industrial Areas; EDT 6.8* Norwest Holst site, rear of 5.3 (c) it would maintain an overall balance Switch Cars, Dunnings Bridge Rd, EDT18 Retention of Local Employment of uses and employment opportunities Netherton Opportunities; appropriate to a Primarily Industrial Area; EDT 6.9* Land south of Heysham Rd, 1.8 and EMW6 Waste Management Facilities; Netherton G4 Development adjacent to the Leeds & (d) it would assist urban regeneration EDT 6.10* Linacre Bridge, 0.9 Liverpool Canal. Linacre Lane, Bootle

Background documents EDT 6.11* Former Parcel Force Site, 9.5 Netherton Way ‘Atlantic Gateway SIA - Dunnings Bridge Explanation Corridor Strategy & Action Plan’, March 2001. EDT 6.12 Former Sewage Works, 0.6 Sefton Lane Industrial Estate, 5.42 The policy seeks to retain land Maghull for general business, industrial and other EDT 6.13 Land at Stephenson’s Way, 0.4 appropriate uses and to restrict non-industrial uses within these areas. This is a particular aim in the north of the Borough where the supply EDT 6.14 Land at Way, Southport 1.5 of industrial land is limited. EDT 6.15 Land at junction of Butts Lane 1.0 & Foul Lane, Southport 5.43 Primarily Industrial Areas have a key role to play in aiding regeneration, particularly EDT 6.16 Cobden Road, Southport 0.5 in the south of the Borough. The priorities TOTAL 33.4 are:

• reclaiming, assembling and redeveloping Sites marked (*) are within the Strategic land in order to bring vacant and Employment Locations (Policy EDT1). under-used sites back into beneficial use and to provide jobs for the local Explanation community, and 5.47 There are sites within most of the • improving environmental quality. Primarily Industrial Areas with potential for development or redevelopment. The majority 5.44 In all locations, the role of these areas of these sites are located in the south of the as a source of local employment must be Borough, in the Dunnings Bridge Corridor protected. Existing employment uses will and Netherton Industrial Areas (Policy EDT1), be encouraged to expand and modernise

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 42 PAGE 43

where regeneration funding is available Explanation Policy Link through the Atlantic Gateway Strategic EDT5 Primarily Industrial Areas Investment Area programme. 5.50 There is a need to upgrade the environment within existing industrial areas Background documents 5.48 Other uses will only be permitted if throughout the Borough, particularly where ‘Atlantic Gateway SIA - Dunningsbridge Corridor they comply with the requirements of Policy they adjoin residential areas. Improvements Strategy & Action Plan’, March 2001. EDT5. which may be sought as part of any new development in these areas could relate to: Implementation POLICY EDT8 5.49 This policy will be implemented mainly • access or site layout; BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL through regeneration initiatives. • boundary treatments and landscaping; DEVELOPMENT OUTSIDE PRIMARILY INDUSTRIAL AREAS Sustainability Appraisal • the appearance of existing buildings; No changes made as design and transport 1. Proposals to extend or change the issues are covered by other Plan policies. • the control of pollution; and use of existing business and industrial premises outside the Primarily Industrial • the relocation or removal of harmful uses Policy Links Areas will only be permitted where they within the site. EDT5 Primarily Industrial Areas. will not significantly harm the amenity of the surrounding area. Background documents 5.51 In addition to the general requirements for development within the Primarily Atlantic Gateway SIA - Dunningsbridge Corridor 2. Where appropriate, improvements Industrial Areas, the areas specifically Strategy & Action Plan, Sefton MBC March will be sought which enable: 2001; referred to in the policy suffer from a Industrial Land Supply Update April 2001. poor environment or contamination as (a) harmful uses within the site to be a result of former uses. They also do not relocated or removed altogether; relate well to the adjoining residential areas (b) the appearance of existing buildings POLICY EDT 7 and countryside. This results in the need to be improved; IMPROVEMENT OF PRIMARILY to re-structure the areas and to secure INDUSTRIAL AREAS environmental improvements to minimise their impact. (c) boundary screening to be provided or improved; 1 Development within the Primarily Industrial Areas, other than minor Implementation (d) site layout and access to be altered. alterations to existing premises, will only 5.52 The industrial areas at Orrell Mount be permitted: (EDT7.1), adjacent to Acorn Way (EDT7.2) 3. Planning conditions or legal and Heysham Road (EDT7.3) lie within agreements will be used, where (a) where the proposal does not harm the Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment appropriate, to ensure that any the amenity of any nearby residential area; Area where external funding is available improvements are implemented before and to help bring about re-structuring and the new development is brought into use. improvement. The East Sefton Business Village (b) where, if the opportunity arises, the Partnership has recently been established to proposal helps to improve the general encourage economic regeneration, including Explanation environment of the area. environmental improvements to the Sefton Lane Industrial Estate. It is anticipated that 5.54 In Sefton there are many well- 2. Development in the following similar proposals will be put in place to secure established industrial concerns that are locations should, where appropriate, help the improvement of the Formby Industrial located outside of the Primarily Industrial to enhance the environmental quality of, Estate. and restructure, these industrial areas: Areas, quite a few of which are on backland sitesG in residential areas. Whilst the 5.53 Supplementary guidance will be EDT 7.1 Orrell Mount, Bootle; contribution that these firms make to the prepared for these areas which will set out local economy is acknowledged, the over- EDT 7.2 Land adjacent to Acorn how they are to be re-structured, and the riding concern in areas where there is Way, Bootle; environmental improvements which will be residential accommodation or other sensitive sought to upgrade these areas as part of an EDT 7.3 Heysham Rd, Netherton; uses is to protect their amenity. overall strategy, including the provision of EDT 7.4 Crowland St, Southport; buffer zones where there is a boundary with 5.55 Businesses in these areas may seek EDT 7.5 Sefton Lane, Maghull; and residential development. to expand or consolidate at their present EDT 7.6 Formby Industrial Estate. location. Development which will have a Sustainability Appraisal minimal impact on the surrounding area Policy title changed for consistency. 3. Planning conditions or legal will normally be acceptable. Development agreements will be used to achieve this. of a greater scale may also be acceptable particularly if, as a result of environmental

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 43

improvements, there would be no overall of the area. A wide range of operational POLICY EDT9 reduction in residential amenity. Some development is covered by the permitted THE PORT AND MARITIME ZONE development may be welcome if activities or developmentG rights of the Port operator, buildings which currently cause concern are the Mersey Docks and Harbour Company, 1. Within the Port and Maritime Zone re-located to a less intrusive location within and does not require planning permission. defined on the Proposals Map, the the site, or are removed altogether. However, planning permission is required following development is acceptable in for any development which needs an principle: Implementation Environmental Impact Assessment. 5.56 This policy will be implemented (a) warehousing, light and general through the development control process. industry (Class B8, B1 and B2) uses, 5.60 The Port and Maritime Zone is of including the open storage of materials strategic importance for employment and Sustainability Appraisal and temporary uses, which directly serve economic development. This policy provides Policy changed to clarify that the main focus is port operations or require a port location. a planning framework to support the amenity. key objectives and targets of the Atlantic (b) port-related infrastructure, including Gateway Strategic Investment AreaG. In rail facilities, power generation and waste particular, any new development should be Policy Links management facilities, required for the safe designed so that it is sympathetic to the local DQ1 Design and efficient operation of the Port. environment and residents. R9 Edge-of-centre and Out-of-centre (c) other types of development where Retail Developments and Key Town 5.61 The strategy for the Atlantic Gateway there is a strong justification for location Centre Uses Strategic Investment Area confirms that within the area because of their special there will be scope for major restructuring nature or scale, and which would not in response to operational changes within prejudice the future development of the The Port and Maritime Zone the Port and Maritime Zone. It is estimated Port. that some 12 hectares of land capable of 5.57 The main operational area of the Port accommodating additional warehousing will 2. Development generating large of Liverpool is located in Seaforth and Bootle, become available within the Port area as a movements of freight should wherever and extends into north Liverpool. The Port result of re-structuring and redevelopment practicable be served by a direct rail link. is a trade gateway of regional and national during the Plan period. significance. The operational area supports a 3. Proposals likely to affect the objectives cluster of over 200 port-related businesses 5.62 The Atlantic Gateway strategy also or integrity of sites of local, national or employing up to 3,500 people. The future promotes the enhancement of the rail freight international nature conservation interest development strategy for the Port focuses infrastructure within the Port and Maritime will be assessed using Policy NC1. on attracting businesses in the logistics and Zone and the connections to the West Coast port-related manufacturing sectors. The docks Main Line. This is supported by the Local 4. Planning conditions or legal have high-capacity rail freight facilities and Transport Plan and the Freight Strategy of the agreements will be used to limit the enjoy good access to the strategic highway Strategic Rail Authority. network. This gives them unique locational effects of noise, dust, smells or other forms of pollution on the amenity of other advantages on which future development 5.63 Some types of development which are occupiers within the area or on adjacent should capitalise. not directly port-related may be appropriate communities. in this area. This includes development which by its nature is dependent on a coastal or 5. Development adjacent to the A565 maritime location. Examples of this type of and at the entrances to the Port should development already permitted within the make a positive contribution to the urban area are: landscape. • the generation of wind power;

Explanation • support facilities for offshore oil and gas exploration; and 5.58 The Port and Maritime Zone includes the whole of the operational dock estate • major sewage infrastructure linked to including the FreeportG. It also includes some cleaning up the Mersey Estuary. non-operational areas on the west side of the A565(T) trunk road where the existing Proposals of this type will be considered activities and physical character are strongly on their merits and against the general linked to the Port. development criteria set out in this policy.

5.59 Outline planning permission for 5.64 Seaforth Nature Reserve is a site of port-related warehousing and industrial Local Biological Interest and is part of the development covers a significant part Mersey Narrows Site of Special Scientific

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 44 PAGE 45

InterestG, the Mersey Narrows and The Central Areas of Bootle North Wirral Foreshore potential Special and Southport POLICY EDT 10 Protection AreaG and proposed Ramsar BOOTLE CENTRAL AREA - DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES siteG, and lies within the operational port Bootle Central Area area. Any development proposals likely to 1. Development within the Bootle affect the objectives or integrity of these 5.66 The Central Area of Bootle is one of Central Area defined on the Proposals nature conservation designations will be the Borough’s most important employment Map should be consistent with and where assessed using Policy NC1, taking into account areas where some 5,000 people work, mainly possible make a positive contribution to: relevant national and international regulations. in retail services and public sector agencies. Development likely to have a significant effect There are important links, both physically and (a) the economic function of the area on the international nature conservation functionally, between the various parts of the in the retail, commercial, leisure and interest will not be permitted unless it can Central Area. Its main components are: entertainment, public and professional be shown that there are no alternative service, and education sectors; solutions and there are reasons of over-riding • the shopping centre focused on the public interest. The dock area also contains Strand precinct; (b) the attractiveness of the public a number of listed buildings. Policy HC3 realm, particularly in the main pedestrian • the Office Quarter focused along Stanley (Development or Change of Use Affecting areas and on key transport routes; Road to the south; a Listed Building) will therefore need to be (c) safe and convenient access to and taken into account. • areas adjacent to the shopping centre within the Central Area for pedestrians, and office precinct which support the central cyclists, public transport users and other Implementation area; and 5.65 This policy will be implemented essential traffic; through the development control process. • well-established, stable pockets of older (d) re-structuring the Office Quarter housing and new housing estates. including improved physical and functional Sustainability Appraisal links with the shopping centre; No changes made as design is covered by CS3 The Central Area is likely to be an area ‘Development Principles’ and DQ1 ‘Design’. of significant development and change (e) a high level of amenity for the particularly within the Bootle Office Quarter. residential areas within the Central Area; Policy Links It is important that development proposals contribute to the regeneration strategy for (f) re-using and redeveloping land RSS Policy - the whole Central Area. and buildings to strengthen the mixed T6 Ports and Strategic Inland economic, cultural, service and residential Waterways. functions of the area; UDP Policy - (g) exploiting the canalside location of T6 Freight Distribution Network; many development sites. NC1 Site Protection; CPZ1 Development in the Coastal 2. Planning conditions or legal Planning Zone agreements will be used in order to HC3 Development or Change of Use ensure all major development contributes, Affecting a Listed Building; where appropriate, to improving public transport, the creation of new amenity HC4 Development Affecting the Setting space and the improvement of the public of a Listed Building. realm, the provision of public art and other environmental improvements. Background documents ‘Merseyside Freight Study’ June 1999; This is a Part 1 policy. ‘Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment Area: Integrated Development Plan’, March 2001; ‘Maritime Zone Study’, April 2001 Explanation

5.68 One of the key economic objectives of the regeneration strategy is to renew Bootle Town Centre in order to retain and attract business activity. A Master Plan for the regeneration and renewal of the area is being prepared to guide this change, to develop better links within the Central Area, and to improve the quality of the public realmG.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 45

5.69 New development will be required 5.75 The Central Area is located within the POLICY EDT 11 to contribute towards meeting the principles Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Area. DEVELOPMENT IN THE BOOTLE set out in this policy. The scale and type of In order to positively assist the regeneration OFFICE QUARTER development and its location will determine of these areas, care will need to be taken which criteria the development should meet. towards the edge of the Central Area to 1. Within the Bootle Office Quarter As many of the sites in the area are Gateway ensure that new development does not shown on the Proposals Map, planning sites, high design standards will be required. prejudice redevelopment or detract from the permission will be granted for the amenity of the surrounding areas. refurbishment of existing offices and the 5.70 The Office Quarter comprises a erection of new offices. number of multi-storey office blocks, which Implementation are occupied mainly by government agencies 5.76 Supplementary Planning Guidance 2. Land is allocated for office and local authority services. Many of the based on the Master Plan has been prepared. development at the following location: buildings are approaching the end of their It will ensure that future development within useful lives and will be redeveloped or the Central Area is compatible with the EDT 11.1 Land adjacent to Up to refurbished during the Plan period. This will South Sefton Regeneration Strategy and the St John’s House, 35,000m2 provide the catalyst for the Office Quarter to emerging Neighbourhood Development Plans Merton Road be more fully integrated into the Central Area for the Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder and, in particular, to provide better links with Area. The SPG incorporates land use 3. Other uses which support the office or the shopping area. proposals and indicates how contributions business use of the area will be permitted for improvements to public transport, the provided that they do not undermine the 5.71 The shopping centre has benefited public realm and off-site parking requirements economy of the Office Quarter. from regeneration and is relatively healthy, but will be calculated in line with the advice set further investment is essential to safeguard out in Circular 05/05. Development Briefs 4. Residential development will be the retail and service functions of the centre, will be produced for key sites. The policy will permitted provided that: and the local jobs that depend on them. be implemented through the development The Central Area suffers from a lack of control process. (a) the development will not prejudice the commercial leisure developments which limits economic regeneration of the area; the time spent in the centre, particularly in Sustainability Appraisal and the evenings. Policy changed to refer to need for (b) amenity and design requirements can improvements to transport and amenity space. be met. 5.72 The Central Area is the most accessible part of the Borough by public Policy Links transport, with a high frequency of bus Explanation RSS Policy - services on Stanley Road, a modern bus station and two rail stations on the Merseyrail EC9 Town Centres - Retail, Leisure and 5.77 Many of the offices in this area were Northern Line. The Council has recently Office Development. built during the 1960s and 1970s and are ill approved a transport strategy for the Central UDP Policies - suited to current needs. Bootle area. This contains a series of measures UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas; aimed at improving the environment of the 5.78 Despite a national trend of steady EDT11 Development In Bootle Office Quarter; Stanley Road corridor for buses, pedestrians growth in the office sector, employment in and cyclists and restricting the number of EDT12 Bootle Central Area Opportunity Sites; this sector in Bootle has decreased by 17.5% parking spaces to current levels. T1 Transport Network Priorities; between 1991-2001. Action is needed to T5 New Car Parks in Designated Areas. ensure that key office uses do not move out 5.73 There will be scope for new uses of Bootle. The consequent loss of jobs would as a result of redevelopment or as vacant Background documents have a serious impact on the local economy. sites and buildings are brought back into It could also have an impact on the shopping ‘Atlantic Gateway SIA - Bootle Town Centre use. These could include business and office centre as a result of the lost spending power. Strategy and Action Plan’, March 2001 uses; commercial developments such as car showrooms, bars and restaurants; leisure and 5.79 The aim of the regeneration strategies recreational uses; civic, community, health for this part of the Central Area is to provide and educational facilities; and residential a flexible framework for redevelopment institutions and day nurseries. which also enables the better integration of this area into the town centre. In particular, 5.74 There are also a number of well this includes the provision of improved links established older residential areas and new to the public transport network and the housing estates within the Central Area. creation of an improved environment along These areas will continue to be protected Stanley Road. from change, and their residential amenity will be safeguarded. 5.80 The process of redevelopment has already started as the original St John’s

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 46 PAGE 47

House has been demolished following the Sustainability Appraisal POLICY EDT 12 construction of a replacement low rise No changes needed. BOOTLE CENTRAL AREA office block. Office development has been OPPORTUNITY SITES completed on land between St Albans Road Policy Links and Pembroke Road, and a further 35,000m2 1. Retail development and other uses UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas; could be erected adjacent to the replacement including offices, leisure and cultural uses EDT10 Bootle Central Area Development St John’s House. will be permitted on the following sites: Principles; R4 Bootle Town Centre; 5.81 This will enable strategic office EDT 12.1 Land at Strand Rd / employers to relocate from their present East of Stanley Rd G4 Development Adjacent to the Leeds out-dated offices into purpose-built and Liverpool Canal. accommodation. It will also help concentrate EDT 12.2 Land adjacent to The office accommodation into a more compact New Strand Shopping Centre Southport Central Area area closer to the shopping centre. 2. Housing and community facilities 5.91 Southport Town Centre and the 5.82 The process of renewal and will also be permitted provided that the adjacent Resort and Seafront Areas are restructuring may mean less land is required location of these uses would not make major employment areas where some 12,000 for offices. This could create opportunities it more difficult to secure the overall people work. The area contains the largest for new housing, either on vacated sites or as development of the site for a commercial, shopping centre in Sefton, and is the second part of a mixed use development. However, leisure or cultural purpose. most popular coastal resort in the North housing will only be permitted where it will West, after Blackpool. Its main components not prejudice the economic regeneration of are: the area, and where an acceptable residential Explanation • the shopping centre focused on Lord environment can be achieved. The Council Street and the Chapel Street areas; will also allow other uses within this area, such 5.84 Both sites are suitable for either a as sandwich bars and day nurseries, which single use or a mix of uses, including retail and • the Seafront area, which is undergoing support the Office Quarter. commercial leisure. A description of individual considerable investment and renewal; sites, including development requirements • a thriving office area concentrated on Implementation and constraints is contained in Appendix 2 Hoghton Street; 5.83 This policy will be implemented ‘Opportunity Sites’. through the provision of development briefs • a civic and cultural area which includes and the development control process. 5.85 In particular, retail development on Site the Town Hall and the Atkinson library EDT12.1 would complement the role of the and art gallery; Sustainability Appraisal New Strand Shopping Centre and strengthen • areas containing secondary shopping No changes needed. the retail frontage on Stanley Road (Policy R4). frontages and other uses which support the Central Area; Policy Links 5.86 There is currently a limited provision of • the ‘resort area’ between Lord Street EDT10 Bootle Town Centre Development commercial leisure and further development and the Seafront where holiday Principles; would encourage more people to visit the town centre in the evening. accommodation, traditional seaside AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel; activities and leisure and entertainment AD3 Transport Assessments; 5.87 The development of upper floors and facilities are concentrated; AD4 Green Travel Plans. secondary locations for residential use will • the restaurant and nightclub area focused also be encouraged. on the West Street and Kingsway area; Background documents ‘Atlantic Gateway SIA - Bootle Town Centre 5.88 Site EDT12.2 contains the main post • major areas of greenspace, including the Strategy and Action Plan’, March 2001 office in Bootle Town Centre as well as the parks and gardens on Lord Street and Bootle Delivery Office. Arrangements must within the Seafront, and the Marine Lake; and be made for the alternative provision of both services. Whilst the Post Office must be • well-established pockets of older housing. re-located within the Town Centre, it may be possible to relocate the Delivery Office to a 5.92 Regional Spatial Strategy recognises site in the vicinity of the Town Centre. that there is a need for better communication links between Southport and its wider sub- 5.89 Development of both sites must take region. The Council’s intention to pursue a advantage of their canalside locations. review of strategic accessibility to Southport is set out in paragraph 8.7 of the Transport Implementation Infrastructure chapter. 5.90 Development briefs will be prepared for these sites.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 47

5.96 Two Conservation Areas cover a POLICY EDT 13 (d) provide improved facilities for significant proportion of the Central Area: the SOUTHPORT CENTRAL AREA visitors and users; Promenade and Lord Street Conservation DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES (e) improve the overall environment, Areas. Parts of both Conservation Areas are within the Townscape Heritage Initiative 1. Development in the Southport provide public art and enhanced lighting, Scheme which is funded by the Heritage Central Area, which includes the Town and increase the opportunities for Lottery Fund. Other funding is also being Centre, Resort Area and the Seafront informal recreation; sought, which could mean that £1.7 million Area which is defined on the Proposals (f) provide improved links between the is available for this purpose. It will strengthen Map, should be consistent with and where constituent parts of the Central Area, and enhance the links between the Town possible make a positive contribution to: particularly for pedestrians, cyclists and Centre and the Seafront, increase economic (a) the economic function of the area in public transport; activity, and support tourism-related activities the retail, commercial, tourism, leisure and in Southport. This will be achieved through (g) provide improved access for all to entertainment, cultural, civic, public and a combination of repair, conversion and and within the Town Centre and Seafront professional service and education sectors; reinstatement of historic features and re-use areas, and; of key properties which, together with a (b) the attractiveness of the public programme of enhancement works to the (h) contribute to improvements to the realm, particularly in Lord Street and the public realm, will create a self -sustaining mix public transport network or the provision Seafront, and the streets linking these of uses within a high quality environment. of the proposed Park & Ride site at . areas, the main pedestrian areas and on key public transport routes; 5.97 There are a number of well established This is a Part 1 policy. older residential areas within the Central (c) the historic character of the Lord Area. These areas will continue to be Street and Promenade Conservation protected from change, and their residential Areas; Explanation amenity will be safeguarded. (d) safe and convenient access to and 5.93 Although Central Southport is the 5.98 There is considerable scope for the within the Central Area for pedestrians, largest shopping centre in Sefton, the Central conversion of upper floors above shops and cyclists, public transport users and other Area has a far wider function. It contains many other commercial uses into flats within the essential traffic and, in particular, between civic, cultural, entertainment, offices, leisure, Central Area. The positive use of these areas the principal shopping streets and the and higher educational uses which are major not only provides an income to help maintain Seafront; employers, form an integral part of the town the fabric of a building, it also provides better (e) encouraging mixed use centre and need to be accessible to a large security in the town centre as a result of developments and the more effective use number of people. greater activity, and provides housing in a of upper floors, especially for residential highly accessible location. Proposals which purposes; 5.94 It is also an important focus for are acceptable in principle should comply tourism. The Council will encourage the with the details set out in Supplementary (f) maintaining the amenity of the provision and improvement of hotels Planning Guidance Note ‘New Residential residential areas within and adjacent to the and other facilities which will help attract Development’. Central Area; tourists to Southport. Many of Southport’s hotels and guest houses are concentrated 5.99 It is not anticipated that there will be (g) re-using and redeveloping land and in the Southport Resort Area. The area any major land use change within the Central buildings for activities which strengthen is undergoing significant re-structuring in Area during the Plan period. However, there the mixed economic, cultural, service and response to changing requirements for is a need to improve accessibility within the residential function and wider role of the holiday accommodation. The overall number centre and to adjoining areas including the area. of guest houses and hotels has decreased, but Seafront for all means of transport including those that remain are being modernised to pedestrians and cyclists. In recent years there 2. Planning conditions or legal provide en-suite accommodation. This trend is has been a significant investment in enhancing agreements will be used, where likely to continue. the public realmG e.g. Town Gardens. This will appropriate, to: continue to be a priority. A Master Plan has (a) improve the public space in the 5.95 As well as supporting thriving tourism been prepared for the Seafront Area and a Seafront area and its surroundings and retail sectors, the Central Area of further strategy for the whole of the Central including the provision of public art; Southport is a major administrative centre. Area will be prepared to provide a broad Because many people move to Southport framework for future development. (b) protect and enhance historic and to retire, the health and social care sector natural features, including the Seafront also forms an important part of the local 5.100 Development will be required to parks and gardens and Marine Lake; economy. This diversity of uses and the contribute towards meeting the broad aims G thriving evening economy makes an set out in this policy. The scale and type of (c) repair and reinstate canopies on Lord important contribution to the centre’s vitality development and its location will determine Street and adjacent roads; and viability. which criteria the development should meet.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 48 PAGE 49

Implementation frontages will be taken to be: POLICY EDT14 5.101 Supplementary guidance will SOUTHPORT RESORT AREA - Coronation Walk (north east side): be prepared to set out key principles of between Lord Street and West Street, and development and show how contributions 1. Within the Southport Resort between West Street and the Promenade; to meeting the aims of this policy will be Area, shown on the Proposals Map, - Scarisbrick Avenue (each side): between calculated, in line with the advice in Circular development will be permitted which Lord Street and West Street, and between 05/05. Development Briefs will be produced maintains and enhances the area’s tourist West Street and the Promenade; for key sites. function. - Nevill Street: (south-west side): between Sustainability Appraisal Lord Street and West Street; 2. Bars and nightclubs will only be No changes made as development briefs will - Nevill Street (north-east side): between permitted within the area bounded by cover design and high profile nature of the Area. Lord Street and Bath Street and between Kingsway, the Promenade, Nevill St & West Bath Street and the Promenade. St. Policy Links RSS Policies - Implementation 3. Amusement centres will be permitted 5.107 This policy will be implemented EC9 Town Centres - Retail, Leisure and on Coronation Walk, Scarisbrick Avenue through the development control process. Office Development; and Nevill Street provided that: EC10 Tourism and Recreation. Sustainability Appraisal (a) it would not result in an entire block No changes needed. Background Documents being dominated by amusement centre uses; and ‘A New Vision for Northwest Coastal Policy Links Resorts’, NWDA, March 2003 (b) it can be clearly demonstrated that RSS Policy - they would not cause harm to the amenity Southport’s Resort Facilities EC7 Tourism and Recreation; of neighbouring uses or to the character UDP Policies - of the Conservation Areas. 5.102 Southport is the second most EDT13 Southport Town Centre Area - popular coastal resort in the North West, Development Principles; after Blackpool. Some 4.2 million adult visitors Explanation EDT15 Southport Seafront. currently visit Southport each year. Many R2 Southport Town Centre are drawn by Southport’s traditional seaside 5.103 Southport has a thriving evening attractions and the leisure and entertainment G economy . However, in order to minimise Background documents facilities found in the Seafront area. The the potential for late night disturbance to Planning Policy Guidance Note 6: ‘Town Centres Seafront is also an important informal holidaying families and residents, and to assist and Retailing’, 1996; recreation area for local residents. the policing of these uses, proposals for additional bars and nightclubs will only be ‘Tourism Strategy for Sefton’, June 2001; acceptable in a defined part of this area. ‘Southport Seafront - A Business Plan for the Next Decade’, Sefton MBC / GVA Grimley, June 5.104 Coronation Walk, Scarisbrick Avenue 2001 and Nevill Street are the key links between the retail and tourist areas of Southport. Southport Seafront Taking account of the advice in Annex D of PPG6 these streets are considered to be 5.108 The Seafront attracts large numbers appropriate locations for amusement centres, of visitors. However, significant parts of the as such uses in these areas would not harm infrastructure and facilities remain outdated, the overall retail character of the Town despite the substantial amount of investment Centre. (over £50m) which has taken place over recent years. A number of projects in the 5.105 Amusement centres are seasonal Seafront area have recently been completed in nature and so the policy seeks to ensure or are coming to fruition. These include the that they do not dominate an entire street provision of a new sea wall and promenade, frontage which would lead to the street the restoration of Southport Pier and a new having little vitality in the low season. It is also marine bridge. important that amusement centre uses do not harm either the amenity of neighbouring 5.109 This level of investment will need to uses or the character of the Lord Street and continue if Southport is to remain one of the Promenade Conservation Areas in which principal tourist destinations in the region. these streets are located. A Strategy for the Seafront area has been prepared which will guide investment over 5.106 For the purposes of this policy, entire the next ten years.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 49

Park and Park, the home of the CPZ1 Development in the Coastal Planning POLICY EDT15 Southport Flower Show. The character and Zone; SOUTHPORT SEAFRONT AREA public enjoyment of these areas must be G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace; protected and enhanced by all development HC5 Historic Parks and Gardens. 1. Within the Southport Seafront Area proposals. proposals which provide any of the Background documents following will be permitted: 5.114 This area also contains the Marine Lake, which is one of the largest marine lakes ‘A Vision for Southport Seafront: Final (a) new or improved leisure and in the North West and is the Seafront’s most Masterplan’, Sefton MBC / Scott Wilson Urban, recreation facilities; prominent physical asset. It is a significant June 2003; visitor attraction and focus for watersports ‘Southport Seafront Strategy’, Sefton MBC / (b) hotel and other similar and informal recreation. GVA Grimley, June 2001; accommodation; and ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, July 2000; 5.115 Links to the town centre need (c) facilities for conferences, events and ‘TRANSIS 2010: Southport Transportation to be improved. The Local Transport Plan exhibitions. Strategy’, Oct 1998 and Transis 2010 contain a number of key 2. Permanent residential development, measures relating to the Seafront area. These further retail development, or other include: Other Economic development which would harm the • promoting and upgrading the existing Development Potential character of the Seafront or its function park-and-ride facilities; as a regional visitor attraction will not be 5.118 There are a limited number of permitted. • providing improved links for pedestrians additional locations and sites where there is and cyclists to the town centre; and potential for new economic development, but where the range of development options is Explanation • providing bus services to key attractions. greater or a degree of uncertainty remains about the development potential. These 5.110 Although there has been considerable Implementation include: investment in existing hotels and guest 5.116 Supplementary Planning Guidance houses, there remains a need for a greater based on the Master Plan has been prepared • areas where there is currently a diverse range and quality of hotel accommodation to incorporate the land use proposals and mix of activities in which some further to encourage more overnight visitors, and to how contributions for improving the Seafront economic development may be appropriate develop the conference market. area and links to the Central Area will be calculated, in line with the advice set out in • specific sites where economic 5.111 The replacement of the Marine Circular 05/05. Development briefs will be development could take place on part of the Parade bridge will stimulate a further set produced for key sites. This policy will also site. of proposals. This will help improve the be implemented through the development integration of the Seafront area with the control process. Town Centre, and enable the introduction of bus services and other sustainable transport 5.117 The Southport Seafront SPG also into the area. provides guidance on where development may be allowed on greenspace and sets this 5.112 The Plan has a role in maintaining this within a framework of overall enhancement momentum. It will do this by: of greenspace within the Seafront.

• ensuring that its land use strategy assists Sustainability Appraisal appropriate investment in and adjacent to the No changes made as development briefs will Seafront area; and cover design and the high profile nature of the • providing a framework which enables Seafront. all development to contribute to the improvement of the Seafront area. Policy Links RSS Policy - A Master Plan ‘A Vision for Southport EC10 Tourism and Recreation; Seafront’ has been prepared to provide this UDP Policy - guidance. EDT13 Southport Central Area Development 5.113 There are extensive areas of high Principles; quality urban greenspace in the Seafront area. EDT14 Southport Resort Area; It also includes a Conservation Area which T1 Transport Network Priorities; contains two listed parks (Kings Gardens and NC1 Site Protection; South Marine Gardens), as well as Princes

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 50 PAGE 51

the M57 motorway, the A59(T) trunk road 5.125 Sites EDT17.2 and EDT17.3 may also POLICY EDT16 and the Liverpool - Ormskirk railway, and be suitable for residential development to MIXED USE AREAS is dominated by a superstore and a major help facilitate clearance in the nearby Housing G electricity substation. The potential for further Market Renewal Pathfinder Area , subject 1. Within the Mixed Use Areas listed development is limited. However, the site to an assessment of constraints including below, permission will be granted for could accommodate a hotel. the level of contamination and the costs of business and office uses, light industry, remediation. commercial development, leisure and Implementation recreation uses, civic, community, health 5.123 This policy will be implemented Implementation and educational facilities, residential through the development control process. 5.126 Development Briefs will be prepared institutions and other uses which for these sites. complement the character of the area: Sustainability Appraisal EDT 16.1 Waterloo; No changes made as design and transport are Sustainability Appraisal covered by other Plan policies. No changes made as residential use is referred EDT 16.2 Copy Lane, Netherton; to in the explanation. Policy Links EDT 16.3 Land to the West of Policy Links Ormskirk Road, Aintree; and R9 Edge-of-Centre and Out-of-Centre Retail Development and Key Town UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas; EDT 16.4 , Aintree. Centre Uses. H6 Housing Opportunity Sites. G6 Built Recreational Facilities 2. Retail, recreational and leisure development, including extensions to existing premises, will not be permitted POLICY EDT18 POLICY EDT 17 unless the development meets the criteria RETENTION OF LOCAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY contained in Policy R9 (Edge-of-centre EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES SITES and Out-of-centre Retail Development and Key Town Centre Uses) and Policy G6 1. Proposals for non-employment uses 1. The following sites are suitable in (Built Recreational Facilities). which involve the loss of land and/or whole or in part for business, industrial, buildings which are either currently and storage and distribution (Classes B1, used for or were last used for industrial, B2 and B8) uses: business, office or other employment uses, Explanation will only be permitted where it can be EDT 17.1 Land South of Aintree Curve, demonstrated that the proposal: 5.119 The Waterloo Mixed Use Area is Netherton; an area which has developed along Crosby (a) would not result in the loss of EDT 17.2 Linacre Lane Gasworks, Road North, close to the District Centre. employment or buildings of a type for Bootle. Whereas offices dominate in the north and which there are insufficient alternatives south, the central area has a much more EDT 17.3 Land bounded by Hawthorne available locally; or varied character, containing civic, cultural Rd/ Linacre Lane/ Aintree Rd/ (b) would fully compensate for the and health uses, as well as a number of Vaux Crescent (Peoples Site) permanent loss of the site for employment residential institutions. It is important to the generating uses, or local economy that the offices in this area are 2. Planning conditions or legal retained. agreements will be used to ensure (c) would replace an employment that the development of these sites for use that is seriously detrimental to local 5.120 The Copy Lane Mixed Use Area employment purposes contributes to the amenity and the local environment contains a police station, hotel and a sports regeneration of the area. and rehabilitation centre. It is not envisaged 2. Planning conditions or legal that the make up of this area will change agreements will be used to ensure the significantly during the Plan period. Explanation above is achieved.

5.121 The area of land located between 5.124 The sites listed above are suitable, Ormskirk Rd and the Liverpool / Ormskirk in whole or in part, for development which Explanation railway at Aintree contains a variety of uses generates employment. A description of including builders’ merchants and tyre depots. the individual sites, including development 5.127 The aim of the policy is to ensure that It is not anticipated that there will be much requirements and constraints, is contained a choice and mix of sites for employment use re-structuring within this area during the Plan in Appendix 2 ‘Opportunity Sites’. If part of is retained. Sites last used for employment period, and the current mixture of land uses these sites is developed for housing, this may (including, but not restricted to, Class B1, is likely to be largely maintained. preclude the development of the remainder B2, B8 uses) may be able to be developed of the site for class B2 or B8 uses. for non-employment uses in certain 5.122 The Switch Island area is bounded by circumstances. Redevelopment for alternative

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 51

uses (i.e. non-industrial, business, office or other employment generation uses) will only be permitted if the development of the site will demonstrably assist in the regeneration of the area and will not result in an unacceptable loss of employment in the locality.

5.128 Where there is a demonstrable loss of jobs (within Class B of the Use Classes Order) developers will be expected to contribute to industrial, business, office or other employment uses, either within the site or in the locality. This could take the form of physical or financial contributions to economic development, job creation or retention, training or related initiatives that will assist in bringing equivalent economic benefits to the area in which the development is located. These will relate directly to the scale and type of proposed development.

5.129 The preferred contribution is to include employment generating uses as part of the redevelopment of the site, but provision could be made off-site. A further option is that the Council could be paid a commuted sum to fund employment generating uses in the locality.

5.130 Any new buildings for employment related uses, or commuted sum, should reflect the loss of employment associated with the development.

Implementation 5.131 Supplementary guidance will be prepared to explain in detail how the policy will be implemented.

Sustainability Appraisal Details regarding the time period since last use and the criteria for evaluating economic cost/benefits should be incorporated into policy or guidance.

Policy Links CS1 Development & Regeneration; UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas; EDT5 Primarily Industrial Areas; H6 Housing Opportunity Sites.

Chapter 5 Economic Development and Tourism Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal PAGE 53

HOUSING REQUIREMENT AND Introduction SUPPLY Objectives 6.1 Meeting housing needs is basic to H1 Housing Requirement • to ensure that adequate provision is enjoying a good quality of life. New housing (Part 1 policy) made for additional housing, including and renewal of existing housing are vital in affordable housing, having regard to bringing about regeneration, particularly in H2 Requirement for Affordable, Regional Spatial Strategy. the Urban Priority Areas in the south of the Special Needs and Key Worker Borough. Housing • to identify areas for clearance and replacement of homes which are unfit 6.2 The Plan has two key roles to play in H3 Housing Land Supply or where improvement is no longer providing for housing needs: practicable. • ensuring that sufficient land is available in H4 Land at Town Lane, Southport • to encourage innovative design, the sustainable locations to meet Sefton’s needs, efficient use of land and maintain including affordable and special needs housing, H5 Land to the west of Southport residential amenity. and Formby District General to 2016. Hospital Indicators • providing a framework to help regenerate older housing areas, including improving and H6 Housing Opportunity Sites redeveloping them. 6.1 The ratio of net new housing to the planned provision figures set out in Policy 6.3 This chapter contains policies relating to NEIGHBOURHOOD RENEWAL H3 (net = total new/converted dwellings providing and redeveloping housing. Policies less clearance losses). on design and open space provision, house H7 Housing Renewal, Clearance extensions and the conversion of buildings and Regeneration 6.2 Proportion of new housing built on to form flats and bedsits are contained in (Part 1 policy) previously developed land and through Section D of the Plan. the conversion of existing buildings. H8 Redevelopment within the 6.4 It is also important that new housing Pathfinder Area in the Borough is of a high standard. This 6.3 The number of new affordable includes ensuring that it is energy efficient. housing units provided as a result of Policy H9 Hawthorne Road / Canal This will not only contribute to meeting H2. Corridor environmental targets but also will allow the residents of new homes to benefit from DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES 6.4 The proportion of housing built at a lower energy costs. Policies relating to this net density of: are contained in Chapter 16 of the Plan. H10 Residential Development and - Less than 30 dwellings per hectare Development in Residential Housing Requirement and Areas - 30-50 dwellings per hectare - Above 50 dwellings per hectare. Supply H11 Mixed Use Development Sites 6.5 Regional Spatial Strategy provides the incorporating Housing 6.5 The percentage of housing at net framework within which Sefton’s housing densities of: H12 Residential Density requirements are agreed. - Less than 30 dwellings per hectare - 30-50 dwellings per hectare 6.6 In particular, RSS Policy UR7 ‘Regional - Above 50 dwellings per hectare in Housing Provision’, advises that Sefton the locations most accessible by public should make provision for new housing at transport an annual average rate of 350 dwellings net of clearance. Paragraph 5.32 of RSS states that annual build rates should only apply to Key Partners the period up to 2006. Where Plans extend National House-Building Council; Housing beyond 2006, they should continue to Developers; Housing Corporation and provide dwellings at the same rate until any Registered Social Landlords. different rate is adopted following a future review of RSS.

6.7 RSS establishes a Merseyside-wide target (excluding the inner core of Liverpool) that 65% of new house building should take place on previously-used (‘brownfield’)

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 54 PAGE 55

land. It emphasises the need for a co- 2,000 dwellings are demolished over the Plan POLICY H2 ordinated approach between Councils in the period, as is currently estimated, it is likely that REQUIREMENT FOR Merseyside region and for careful monitoring some 400 dwellings will need to be provided AFFORDABLE, SPECIAL NEEDS to ensure this target is achieved. on other sites to meet this need. AND KEY WORKER HOUSING

Implementation POLICY H1 6.11 The Council will produce quarterly 1. Affordable housing and housing for HOUSING REQUIREMENT Monitoring Reports to ascertain how the people with special needs will be sought number of houses being built relates to these as part of proposals for 25 dwellings or 1. During the period 2002-2017, requirements, to ensure that the target for more, or on suitable sites of 1 hectare provision will be made for housing at an each year is not materially exceeded. or more irrespective of the number of average annual rate of 350 dwellings each dwellings, where there is a proven need year net of miscellaneous demolitions. Sustainability Appraisal and where it will be viable. No changes needed. 2. In addition, provision will be made for 2. The affordable housing should be up to 500 dwellings in South Sefton to Policy Link made available for local residents in cater for off-site clearance replacement RSS Policies:- proven housing need who cannot afford requirements in accordance with Policy to rent or buy houses through the open H7. UR4 Setting Targets for the Recycling of Land and Buildings housing market. This is a Part 1 policy UR7 Regional Housing Provision 3. Key worker housing for specific groups UDP Policies:- will also be permitted where there is a Explanation UP1 Urban Priority Areas proven housing need and the provision is H3 Housing Land Supply required in the local area 6.8 Government planning policy and the H7 Housing Renewal, Clearance and Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) recommend 4. Mechanisms will be put in place Regeneration that the release of land to meet future to ensure that the affordable housing housing needs should be monitored and provided remains available for initial and managed. This is to avoid over-commitment Background documents subsequent occupiers as long as a need given the uncertainty of long-term Planning Policy Guidance Note 3 ‘Housing’, exists. projections. This will ensure that the regional 2000; strategies for regeneration, particularly Regional Spatial Strategy for the North West, 5. Sites should be within easy reach within the inner core of Liverpool and South March 2003; of local services such as schools, shops, Sefton, are met, and that better use is made NewHeartlands Prospectus, October 2003. medical facilities and public transport. of previously developed land and existing buildings. Policy H3 sets out how Sefton’s housing requirement will be met until 2006 or until such time as a different annual Explanation average rate is adopted following any future review of RSS. 6.12 The need for affordable housing and housing for people with special needs is a 6.9 Approximately 30 dwellings are material planning considerationG. Its provision demolished each year to facilitate is one of the Government’s objectives set redevelopment, or to enable a more intensive out in PPG3 ‘Housing’, in order to ensure that form of residential development to take the housing needs of the whole community place, or to provide access into a larger area. are met. This includes requirements for both The number of dwellings lost as a result of private and public sector housing. these miscellaneous demolitions is monitored annually. As the majority of these dwellings 6.13 The vast majority of homes to be were occupied prior to their demolition, built over the Plan period are likely to be an allowance for them will need to be constructed by the private sector with a subtracted from the total number of dwellings limited contribution from registered social built each year to provide the net annual landlords (RSLs). This is mainly due to the provision required by the RSS. relative profitability and strong financial resources of the private housebuilding 6.10 In addition to meeting the general industry compared to the limited financial housing provision set out in RSS, there is an resources of RSLs. As a result, only a small additional requirement to provide for off-site proportion of the identified need for clearance replacement (see Policy H7) in the affordable, special needs and key worker Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder AreaG. If 1 Formerly known as housing associations

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 55

housing can be provided solely by RSLs, for will vary in different areas due to differences example through building new dwellings, in the composition of the housing stock. The conversion of existing dwellings and the need for affordable, special needs and key purchase of market housing. Instead, a large worker housing may change during the plan proportion of this type of housing will have period, and the need for further updates to be provided by private developers through will be assessed against the most up-to-date this policy, preferably in partnership with RSLs. information available to the Council as part of the preparation of its Annual Monitoring 6.14 A Housing Needs Assessment Update Report. was completed in 2005, and this will be used to justify any requirements for affordable Implementation housing, special needs housing and key 6.16 This policy will be implemented worker housing, which will be sought through through the development control process. A the planning process. The update indicated Supplementary Planning Document (SPD) an overall need for 1261 affordable housing will be produced to indicate how the policy units to be provided in Sefton each year if will be implemented in different parts of the all affordable housing needs are to be met. Borough, as informed by the Housing Needs The update concluded that most of the Assessment update 2005, and monitored requirements of people with special housing and reviewed in the light of any subsequent needs could be met by adaptations to their survey or update. The SPD will set out how existing homes, rather than generating a the requirement for affordable housing need for new/replacement housing. The will differ in different parts of the borough need for affordable housing is a substantial according to identified need, it will identify increase from the 2003 Update’s figure of indicative provision on allocated sites where 617 affordable houses per year, and can be appropriate and define affordable housing explained by the rapid rise in property prices by drawing upon local survey evidence and compared to average incomes and a decrease conclusions set out in the 2005 update. in available affordable housing. Need is most However this policy will not be implemented severe in the Southport area, but significantly until such time as a SPD has been produced there is now need in the Bootle area, which and approved by the Council (preparation had shown a surplus of affordable housing commenced mid 2006). The SPD will be in 2003. In the light of the high affordable taken forward as a Development Plan housing requirement shown, the Council will Document in due course. need to maximise the provision of affordable housing from all available sources, particularly through RSLs working in partnership with Sustainability Appraisal the private sector. Housing provided in Recognition is now given to key workers as accordance with this policy will not be subject having a specific housing need, additional to the to the restrictions imposed by Policy H3. need for affordable and special needs housing.

6.15 According to Government guidance in Policy Link Circular 6/98, affordable housing includes both RSS Policy - low-cost market and subsidised units that UR9 Affordable Housing will be available to people who cannot afford to rent or buy houses generally available on Background documents the open market. If low cost market housing Regional Spatial Strategy for the North West is provided, mechanisms will need to be put Region, March 2003; in place to ensure that such housing remains Planning Policy Guidance Note 3 ‘Housing’, affordable for as long as a need exists. The 2000; type of tenure, ownership (whether exclusive Circular 06/98 ‘Planning and Affordable or shared), or financial arrangements do Housing’; not matter. The 2005 update recommends Housing Needs Assessment update, White Young that 89% of the affordable housing provision Green/SMBC, 2005. should be in the social rented sector, with 11% ‘intermediate’ housing, priced midway between social rents and the minimum cost of (second hand) market housing. The 2005 update suggests that the shortfall in affordable housing is most acute for smaller (one and two bedroom) properties, although needs

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 56 PAGE 57

POLICY H3 (c) the development comprises the conversion of an existing HOUSING LAND SUPPLY building, including the re-use of unused buildings on urban greenspace provided that this does not affect the use or value of 1. The housing requirement for the period from 2006 – 2011 will the greenspace; and be met from the following sources: (d) the site is or will be made, accessible by a choice of travel, (a) Allocations shown on the Proposals Map including walking, cycling and public transport.

Site Ref. Location Area Capacity 3. The Council will suspend the requirements of Section 2 when the number of dwellings built over the previous three years falls H3.1 Former Penpoll Trading Estate, 2.19 73 below the requirements set out in Policy H1 by more than 10%. Hawthorne Road, Bootle*

H3.2 Pine Grove, Bootle* 0.98 39 4. Planning permission will only be granted for the development of any greenfield site or urban greenspace, (or part thereof) or land H3.3 Ash Road / Beach Road, Litherland (part)* 1.13 45 and buildings in the Green Belt, if: H3.4 Former Toprain site, Hawthorne Road, Bootle* 1.30 86 (a) it can be shown that the development of the site meets the H3.5 Former Tannery, Hawthorne Road, Bootle* 1.40 82 following criteria significantly better when compared to available previously developed sites: H3.6 511 Hawthorne Road & site of the Mel Inn, 1.60 91 Bootle* (i) the development meets criteria (a) or (b) of Section 2 H3.7 503-509 Hawthorne Road, Bootle* 1.62 80 above; (ii) the site is well located and readily accessible to jobs, shops H3.8 Orrell School* 0.54 28 and services by means of transport other than the car; H3.9 501 Hawthorne Road / Parkside* 1.90 45 (iii) existing infrastructure, including public transport, water & TOTAL 12.66 569 sewerage, other utilities and social infrastructure can absorb the needs of the development proposed; Sites marked * are within or adjacent to the Housing Market (iv) the development would help to sustain appropriate local G Renewal Pathfinder Area , and their development is expected to services and facilities; provide, at least in part, for off-site clearance replacement. (v) the development does not have an adverse impact on any physical or environmental constraint affecting the site; and (b) Commitments (i.e. other sites with planning permission) likely to be built between 2004 –2009 (vi) in the case of urban greenspace, the development does not adversely affect the use or value of the greenspace and the proposal meets the requirements of Polices G1 & G2; and Under Likely to be Total Construction built in <5 yrs (b) there is less than a five year supply of available previously Private sector sites > 0.4 hectares 261 229 490 developed land. Private sector sites < 0.4 hectares 187 402 589

Public sector sites > 0.4 hectares 0 194 194

Public sector sites < 0.4 hectares 0 94 94

TOTAL 448 919 1367

(c) Number of dwellings built between 2002 (the start of the Plan) and 2004 totals 884

2. When the number of dwellings built over the previous three years exceeds the requirement set out in Policy H1 by more than 20%, proposals for additional housing on previously developed land within the urban areas will only be permitted in the following exceptional circumstances: (a) the development will have significant urban regeneration benefits which will not conflict with other Plan policies; or (b) the development will meet an identified affordable or special housing need; or

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 57

Explanation buildings, particularly where they are sound 6.25 For the purposes of this policy, and worthy of re-use and/or of architectural paragraph 2d of the SPG ‘Regulating the 6.17 In order to meet the requirements of or historic interest, to the redevelopment of Supply of Residential Land’ defines accessible the Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) and Policy such buildings. locations as sites which are within 200 metres H1, the Council has to demonstrate that of a frequent bus route and 400 metres of it can identify land and buildings which can 6.21 A Supplementary Planning Guidance a railway station. Depending on the size of accommodate 1,750 additional dwellings on Note (SPG) ‘Regulating the Supply of the proposed development, criteria relating a rolling five year programme from 2002 (the Residential Land’ explains more fully how and to maximum distances from a bus stop, train start date of the Plan). In addition, provision when the housing restraint mechanism will station, general store or post office, shopping must also be made for the replacement of be applied, taking into account the priorities centre and primary school will also be occupied dwellings demolished during the for new development set out in Policy SD1 applied. On completion of the Open Space Plan period (see Policies H1 and H7). Part of of RSS. The situation will be reviewed on a and Recreation Study in 2006, distances will this provision will be met on Sites H3.1, H3.2, quarterly basis. The Council is committed in also be added relating to different types of H3.3, H3.4, H3.5, H3.6, H3.7, H3.8 and H3.9, its approved Local Development Scheme open space. as well other sites not yet identified. to reviewing and replacing this SPG with a Supplementary Planning Document (SPD), 6.26 It is important that new housing in 6.18 The Schedule shows that the RSS which fully complies with the Planning and these areas is not provided at the expense of requirements for the next 5 years can be Compensation Act 2004, during 2006/07. local employment opportunities, particularly met. The allocations also illustrate where within those areas identified as part of the part of the supply for the period after 6.22 It is anticipated that during the Plan employment land supply in policies EDT3, 2007 will come from. The updated Sefton period more than 80% of all new housing EDT5 and EDT9. Policy EDT18 therefore Housing Capacity Study was completed in will take place on previously developed land introduces the compensatory arrangements 2004, demonstrates that brownfield sites will (including conversions), which is therefore which will apply where a site which continue to come forward to make up the above the RSS ‘outer Merseyside’ target of was previously in an employment use is majority of the Plan’s ten year housing supply 65%. redeveloped for housing. under most scenarios. However, the sites contained in this study are not an exhaustive 6.23 There is a low number of vacant 6.27 Section 4 of the policy explains that list, as other windfallG and small unidentified dwellings in most parts of the Borough. planning permission will not normally be sites are still expected to continue to come Overall, 3.49% of the private sector housing granted for greenfield sites, land which is forward. stock was vacant at April 2002, with higher designated as urban greenspace or land and concentrations in a number of wards buildings located in the Green Belt, unless 6.19 When the number of new houses built particularly in the Housing Market Renewal the site performs better than a brownfield over the previous three years exceeds the Pathfinder AreaG (see Policies UP1 & H7). site in relation to the sequential approach RSS requirement by more than 20%, averaged 3.3% of Council-owned housing, and 2.7% to releasing land for housing set out in over a three year period, planning permission of other social housing was also vacant at paragraphs 31 and 32 of PPG3. Unless there for additional new housing will only be this date. The Council has adopted an Empty is a shortage in the number of houses which granted where it can be shown that it will Homes Strategy for re-using or redeveloping can be built on available brownfield sites have significant urban regeneration benefits, its vacant property stock. (i.e. less than an identified 5 year supply), particularly in the Urban Priority Areas (Policy any greenfield site, land designated as urban UP1), or meets an identified affordable or 6.24 Bearing in mind the high density greenspace or development within the other special housing need (Policy H2). of the terraced housing in the potential Green Belt will also need to comply with the However, development within the Pathfinder redevelopment areas in South Sefton (see requirements of section 2 of this policy. area will be regulated to ensure that the Policy H7), together with the need to provide amount, type and location of development other facilities including shops, community 6.28 In the consideration of residential taking place does not undermine the facilities and urban greenspaceG and a development proposals on sites which Council’s planned regeneration strategy for better quality residential environment, it is comprise both previously developed the area (policy H8). anticipated that only 70% of replacement land (also known as Brownfield land) and housing is likely to take place on cleared open/greenspace land, the Council will rely 6.20 In addition, sites must be in a sites. Consequently, sites in the South Sefton on the guidance set out in Annex C of sustainable location. Preference will always be area will continue to receive planning Planning Policy Guidance 3 – Housing, for the given to brownfield sites before greenfield permission for housing where it can be clearly definition of these respective areas. Where sites, and sites within the urban area before demonstrated that it will have a beneficial only part of a site is defined as previously sites in the Green Belt, unless the previously impact on the regeneration of the Housing developed land, the Council will normally developed land or building performs very Market Renewal Pathfinder Area and to only grant planning permission for residential poorly in relation to the criteria set out in make up the shortfall generated by on-site development on that part. However, the Section 4 of the policy, which are based on clearance replacement. Elsewhere, planning Council may consider granting planning paragraphs 31 and 32 of PPG3. In accordance permission will be withheld unless the permission for residential development with the sequential approach set out in requirements of Sections 2 - 4 of the policy on an equivalent area of open/greenspace policy DP1 of RSS, the Council will prefer the are met. land in substitution to that of the previously effective re-use and conversion of existing developed land, where this would produce

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 58 PAGE 59

a more sustainable form of development on Planning Policy Guidance Note 3 (PPG3) over-riding circumstances which justify the site the site as a whole and relate better to the ‘Housing’, 2000; being developed earlier and provided there quality and use of the remaining area of the Monitoring Provision of Housing through the are no other more suitable Brownfield sites site. Planning System - Towards Better Practice, or Greenfield sites located within the urban DETR, Oct 2000; areas, available to satisfy that demand. 6.29 Further information about the criteria Good Practice Guide ‘Tapping the Potential’, used in section 4 of the policy can be found 6.34 The site is owned by the Council. It DETR, 2000; in PPG3 and the SPG ‘Regulating the Supply comprises a former landfill site and so is of Residential Land’, which will be updated as ‘Planning to Deliver - The Managed Release of a previously-used or ‘brownfield’ site. The a Supplementary Planning Document during Housing Sites: Towards Better Practice’, DETR, Council commissioned a feasibility study 2006-07. July 2001; which was completed in 2001. This study Housing Land Availability Database, SMBC, addressed all environmental, property and 6.30 The Council has adopted a local labour 2004; economic issues relating to the site and policy which will encourage developers to National Land Use Database, SMBC, 2004. concluded that its development for housing enter into a Local Labour Agreement with was feasible. However, a further study is the Council on developments that create POLICY H4 required to ensure that the development more than 10 jobs (including during the LAND AT TOWN LANE, does not have an unacceptable impact on the construction period). This will commit the SOUTHPORT adjacent rural highway network. employer to accessing local labour and suppliers via a designated job broker to help 22.5 hectares at Town Lane, Southport is Implementation ensure that local people benefit from any allocated to meet housing needs which 6.35 The Council will prepare a new jobs created in the area. In addition, the may arise after 2011. Planning conditions Development Plan Document (DPD) to Council has also adopted a policy (EDT18) or legal agreements will be used to ensure ensure that: which seeks to retain local employment that the development of this site: opportunities to ensure that an adequate • the release of land is phased; choice and mix of local employment exists. (a) includes an element of affordable and This is essential given the limited supply of special needs housing in accordance • the infrastructure requirements of employment land available in Sefton. with the requirements of Policy H2; the development are accommodated satisfactorily; Implementation (b) has the minimum impact on the surrounding local highway network; • contamination from the previous use of 6.31 This policy will be monitored through the land is remediated using an agreed the preparation of quarterly monitoring (c) provides for public transport; method; and reports. It will be implemented through (d) provides public urban greenspace • development will be of a high quality the development control process and including recreational facilities; and and well-landscaped. the Supplementary Planning Guidance (e) incorporates a landscaped buffer Note ‘Regulating the Supply of Residential zone designed to reduce the impact Sustainability Appraisal Land’. It is intended to replace this with a of the development on the adjacent No changes made. The development of this site Supplementary Planning Document (SPD) countryside. will support local facilities. during 2006-07. Policy Link Sustainability Appraisal H3 Housing Land Supply No change needed. Explanation 6.32 The housing development site at Town Background Document Policy Links Lane is the largest housing site in Sefton. It will ‘Town Lane, Southport Feasibility Study’, Cass H4 Land at Town Lane, Southport make an important contribution to meeting Associates, 2001 EDT12 Bootle Central Area Opportunity Sites housing needs during the Plan period and beyond. It will be developed in phases to EDT17 Employment Opportunity Sites make sure it is properly planned, and to fit in EDT18 Retention of Local Employment with the requirements of the housing market. Opportunities The site has an area of some 22.5 hectares, G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace excluding buffer landscaping. AD1 Location of Development 6.33 The site will contribute at least 675 MD2 Conversion to Flats dwellings, at an average rate of 40 dwellings each year over an approximate sixteen year Background documents development period. However, it is not Regional Spatial Strategy for the North West anticipated that there will be a need to bring - March 2003 (RSS); this site forward until after 2011, when the Plan has been reviewed, unless there are

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 59

provision of key worker housing for hospital POLICY H5 POLICY H6 employees is included within the definition of LAND TO THE WEST OF HOUSING OPPORTUNITY SITES ancillary facilities. SOUTHPORT AND FORMBY DISTRICT GENERAL HOSPITAL 1. The following sites are suitable in 6.38 The exact boundaries of the urban whole or in part for housing: greenspace will be flexible in order to 1. 4.2 hectares of land situated accommodate the proposed health uses as H6.1 Land South of Aintree Curve, immediately to the west of the Southport effectively as possible. In particular there has Netherton; and Formby District General Hospital is been a need for some time to accommodate allocated in part as a mixed–use area and H6.2 Linacre Lane Gasworks, Bootle; a local health facility and it is an important designated in part as urban greenspace, as objective to secure this within the overall H6.3 Land bounded by Waterworks shown on the Proposals Map. balance of uses proposed for the site. Street, Well Lane, Park Street & Litherland Road, Bootle; 2. Within the mixed use area the 6.39 Any parts of the mixed use area following development is acceptable in H6.4 Virginia Street/ Back Virginia which are surplus to the health and ancillary principle:- Street, Southport. needs set out in section 2 (a) and (b) of the (a) extensions to existing healthcare uses Policy could contribute to the future supply H6.5 Land bounded by Linacre of the hospital; and of housing and business land required to Lane, Vaux Crescent, Aintree meet needs arising in the period after 2010. Road and Hawthorne Road, (b) new healthcare uses and ancillary Development of this area for housing should Bootle. facilities, including key worker housing; be assessed in a review of housing needs in (c) after 2010 Housing and Business a Local Development Document, and should 2. Planning conditions or legal Uses (Class B1) will be permitted on land meet the requirements of Policy H3. Any agreements may be used to ensure that surplus to the requirements of purposes development for business uses (Class B1) the development of these sites contributes falling within categories (a) and (b) above. should complement the other uses within the to the regeneration of the wider area. Hospital grounds. 3. Planning conditions or legal Explanation agreements will be used to ensure that 6.40 Greenspace policies in the Plan, 6.42 The sites listed above may be suitable, development of this site: notably Policy G1, apply to the 40% of the in whole or in part, for housing. A description site which is designated as urban greenspace. (a) includes an element of affordable and of these sites is included in Appendix 2 Any development of the mixed use area will special needs housing in accordance with ‘Opportunity Sites’. the requirements of Policy H2; be required to enhance the urban greenspace; particularly in terms of visual amenity, 6.43 Sites H6.2, H6.3, and H6.5 are (b) provides public urban greenspace landscape quality, public access and informal located within the Housing Market Renewal including provision for the implementation recreation. Development must also achieve G Pathfinder Area (Policies UP1 and H7). of the route of the Strategic Path for the implementation of the proposed Strategic Notwithstanding their existing and former Countryside Recreation that runs within Paths for Countryside Recreation (policy G7), industrial uses, they represent opportunities the northern boundary of the site; within the 4.2 hectare site. where it may be possible to introduce an (c) incorporates a landscaped buffer element of new housing to facilitate clearance Implementation zone designed to reduce the impact of the in the nearby residential areas. However, they development on the adjacent countryside 6.41 This policy will be implemented are contaminated to various degrees which and residential areas. through the preparation of a development may affect their ability to be redeveloped for brief and the development control process. housing. In the event that these sites are not Explanation suitable or required for housing, for example Sustainability Appraisal because of the costs of decontaminating the 6.36 60% of the undeveloped land within This is a new policy recommended by the sites, they should be retained for employment the Hospital grounds (approximately 4.2 Inspector and no sustainability appraisal has generating development. hectares) is shown as a mixed use area on been carried out. the Proposals Map and 40% is designated as 6.44 Sites H6.3 and H6.4 comprise a urban greenspace, located in two areas to Policy Links mixture of land uses. The existing industrial the north and to the south and west of the uses are not particularly appropriate as they mixed use area, and surrounding a Council- H2 Requirement for Affordable Housing, are close to housing. If any of the existing owned playground. Special Needs and Key Worker Housing. occupiers re-locate during the Plan period, H3 Housing Land Supply these sites should be re-developed for 6.37 The site forms part of the site of the G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace housing. However, in order to ensure that only District General Hospital in Sefton. The G7 Strategic Paths for Countryside Recreation local employment opportunities remain in the policy allows development related to the area, developers will need to comply with the expansion of the Hospital’s existing healthcare Background documents requirements of policy EDT18 uses, new healthcare uses, and ancillary Inspector’s Report into the Public Local facilities which support the Hospital. The Inquiry into the Sefton UDP (2005).

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 60 PAGE 61

6.45 Whilst there is a possibility that these structure and comprehensively regenerate sites may be developed for housing during housing. Without the renewal and re- POLICY H7 the Plan period, no allowance has been made structuring of the housing stock, the area, HOUSING RENEWAL, in Policy H3 for any contribution coming together with the inner core of Liverpool and CLEARANCE AND forward from them due to the degree of Wallasey, will not be able to help support REGENERATION uncertainty about whether any potential will wider regeneration activity within South be realised from these sites. Sefton. This will be achieved by public sector 1. Where the Council resolves that it is agencies and private partners working no longer practicable or appropriate to Implementation together. repair unfit or unsatisfactory dwellings, selective clearance and replacement 6.46 This policy will be implemented 6.50 The area suffers from: will take place. It is estimated that in the through the development control process. period 2001-2011 it will be necessary In addition development briefs will be • high vacancy rates in some streets; to demolish up to 2,500 unfit or prepared for these sites which will set out • areas where there is a high turnover and unsatisfactory dwellings. the requirements for any legal agreements, a transient population; including the need to retain or provide urban greenspace. • an over-supply of social housing; 2. Almost all of the need for demolition will arise in the Housing Market Renewal • insufficient choice in house types and Sustainability Appraisal Pathfinder Area. Housing Clearance Areas values; and No changes needed. will be declared, where appropriate, to • a poor environment and infrastructure. enable comprehensive redevelopment Policy Links for housing. Redevelopment will take UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas 6.51 It will be necessary to produce Urban place in line with the Neighbourhood  Development Plans approved by the EDT17 Employment Opportunity Sites Design Frameworks or Neighbourhood Development Plans, as Local Development Council in consultation with local EDT18 Retention of Local Employment Documents, for each area in order to partnerships for each area. Opportunities deliver the improvements to the urban NC1 Site Protection environment that are required as part of G4 Development Adjacent to the Leeds the overall regeneration strategy for South This is a Part 1 policy and Liverpool Canal Sefton’s residential neighbourhoods. These will describe and illustrate how the relevant Neighbourhood Renewal planning policies and principles will need to be implemented in each area in order Explanation to control, guide and promote positive 6.47 The vast majority of the housing stock 6.52 Existing dwellings will continue to meet change. They will also help integrate new is in a good or reasonable condition, and the vast majority of the Borough’s housing development with the existing built form to so the overall state of the housing stock is requirements. However, it is estimated that assist in the delivery of a quality sustainable unlikely to be a matter of concern during the some 2,500 dwellings will be demolished environment. Development proposals and Plan period. However, much of the housing over the Plan period for a variety of reasons physical improvements within the Pathfinder stock within the Urban Priority Areas (Policy including unfitness, low demand and to Area should be informed by the Design SPG UP1) in South Sefton is privately owned and make way for redevelopment schemes. which makes an assessment of the historic rented pre-1919 terraced housing for which Where these dwellings are occupied before character and appearance of the local areas. there is little demand. demolition, new dwellings will be provided one-for-one, although not necessarily on 6.48 A key objective of the regeneration the same sites. Because of the high density strategy for these areas is to create a strong of the existing housing, and the need to and continuing demand for housing. Whilst provide greenspace and create a better many houses in these areas can be physically quality residential environment, only 70% improved, there is a need in some parts to of replacement housing is likely to take replace existing homes and provide new and place on cleared sites. The remainder of the additional homes to meet people’s needs and replacement homes will be provided in the aspirations. The provision of new housing to local area, in accordance with Neighbourhood offer greater choice, quality and diversity in Development Plans and the South Sefton the housing market is critical in meeting this Regeneration Strategy. Further guidance is objective. provided in Policies H8 and H9.

6.49 In April 2002, South Sefton, as part 6.53 Almost all clearance will take of the Merseyside Inner Core, was selected G place through a formal housing clearance as one of nine Pathfinder areas in England  These are documents which describe how planning programme. The vast majority of clearance where Housing Market Renewal (HMR) and design policies and principles will be implemented and redevelopment will take place in the G Funding is available to help radically re- in an area where there is a need to control, guide and Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Area . promote change.

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 61

This will form a key part of regeneration Explanation provided at the same time as improvements programmes that will have to be approved by to local retail areas, open space and parks, the Council after consulting local partnerships 6.56 The South Sefton Regeneration community facilities, transport, education and following consultation with their communities. Strategy has identified five neighbourhoods health. It will also be important to ensure The scale of clearance has been relatively across South Sefton: that local employment opportunities are limited in the period up to 2006 but is not lost as a result of redevelopment. The • Bedford Road and Queens Road expected to increase significantly after this plans will form the basis for neighbourhood date. Policies H8 and H9 provide more • Linacre regeneration and will be further developed detailed guidance on future development • Klondyke with the local community and key within the five neighbourhoods which are • Seaforth/ Waterloo stakeholders. Section 3 of Policy UP1 provides shown on Figure 6.1. • Knowsley and Peel Road further guidance on the considerations that new development will need to address. 6.54 The Council will also continue to The boundaries of these areas are shown in demolish approximately 100 unsuitable local Figure 6.1 6.59 Not all of the neighbourhoods will be authority houses each year, particularly in subject to major change and clearance. areas of low demand. Many of these will be outside the Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Area, and will not need to be replaced.

Implementation 6.55 This policy will be implemented through housing clearance programmes approved by the Council in consultation with local partnerships.

Sustainability Appraisal Policy not changed as detail of any community benefits will be set out in Development Briefs. © Crown copyright

Policy Links RSS Policy - UR6 Existing Housing Stock and Housing Renewal UDP Policies - Housing Market CS1 Development and Regeneration Renewal Pathfinder UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas Area boundary and Neighbourhoods H1 Housing Requirement Figure 6.1 Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Area

POLICY H8 REDEVELOPMENT WITHIN THE 6.57 Neighbourhood Development Plans However, a number of common themes PATHFINDER AREA will be produced for each area and will form will need to be addressed by each plan the guiding documents for neighbourhood including refurbishing housing, improving the 1. Appropriate development proposals regeneration. They will tackle those environment, addressing traffic problems and within the Pathfinder neighbourhoods neighbourhoods in greatest need first, in rationalising redundant shops and shopping will only be permitted provided that they consultation with the local community. Most parades. do not prejudice the comprehensive of the Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder development of the local area. Area will be covered by Neighbourhood 6.60 It is anticipated that the South Sefton Development Plans. Regeneration Strategy will take 15-20 years 2. Development within the Pathfinder to implement. In addition, it is not possible Area must comply with the requirements 6.58 The plans will provide a general to improve all neighbourhoods at the same of Sections 2 and 3 of Policy UP1. direction for each neighbourhood through time. Those areas where action will have the physical improvements and new development greatest impact across the Housing Market which will revitalise the urban fabric. These Renewal Pathfinder Area as a whole will will help achieve the wider objectives of the be chosen first. The following issues will be strategy. The neighbourhood plans will ensure tackled: that investment in housing in these areas is

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 62 PAGE 63

• arresting the decline of neighbourhoods Implementation Explanation and the spread of low demand for Supplementary guidance based on the housing; South Sefton Regeneration Strategy and the 6.64 The South Sefton Regeneration • dealing with the worst condition Neighbourhood Development Plans will Strategy identifies the strategic importance properties and obsolete housing stock; be produced to set out the key principles of the canal in restructuring the urban fabric of development and redevelopment. • breaking up widespread areas of similar of South Sefton to create a sustainable and Development briefs will be prepared for key terraced housing; attractive environment. The Hawthorne sites. Road Canal Corridor will be promoted for • creating new development sites to a mixture of uses and for recreation, which attract private investment and new Sustainability Appraisal will provide a catalyst for regeneration and house building; No changes to policy needed. However, the housing market restructuring in South Sefton. • providing a greater choice of house Neighbourhood Development Plans should also The sites which form the Hawthorne Road/ types and tenures; be appraised. Canal Corridor are included in Appendix 3. • making the best use of land and buildings; and Policy Links 6.65 The principal aims are to provide • making the most of the opportunities for CS1 Development & Regeneration development sites for replacement housing regeneration which are already available UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas to enable clearance to take place in the Klondyke area, and to help retain key in the area. H7 Housing Renewal, Clearance and businesses providing local employment. This Regeneration 6.61 Two priority neighbourhoods at will also help to unlock the canal’s potential, and may attract new residents into the area. Bedford Road/Queens Road and Klondyke Background Documents have been selected for early action. These Development in this area should also help to South Sefton Regeneration Strategy, SMBC, May areas suffer from the greatest housing stress connect neighbourhoods together and raise 2003 which need immediate attention to reverse the profile and image of South Sefton. the spiral of decline which could spread into Neighbourhood Development Plans neighbouring areas. In addition, these areas Pathfinder Area Development Frameworks 6.66 The key objectives are to: can build on opportunities to re-create • promote major new housing successful neighbourhoods and housing POLICY H9 development of a mixed tenure markets by virtue of their proximity to HAWTHORNE ROAD / CANAL and type in a series of waterside development sites and existing and proposed CORRIDOR developments to house residents whose regeneration programmes. homes will be demolished and to attract 1. Proposals for housing, appropriate new residents to the area; 6.62 Throughout the Pathfinder Area it is employment uses and open space will be • recognise that the canal corridor will essential that development is carried out in permitted in the Hawthorne Road / Canal continue to provide a valuable role an orderly and regulated manner in advance Corridor provided that the development: of the Neighbourhood Development Plans for local employment uses that are being prepared, and that development in one (a) creates a focus for new housing compatible with housing; for the regeneration of the Klondyke area does not prejudice development which • ensure that any areas which are retained neighbourhood; or is crucial to the implementation of the overall in employment use are improved; South Sefton Regeneration Strategy or other (b) promotes employment opportunities • provide a major new food retail programmes and strategies which cover the in the Canal Corridor. South Sefton area. Further information is development on the Lanstar site (Policy R10) which will be integrated into provided in Policy UP1. 2. Development must also: the surrounding area, including the 6.63 There are also pockets of stable (a) support the regeneration of Hawthorne Road/ canal corridor, will be housing within the Central Bootle area (to neighbourhoods adjacent to the canal; and accessible to all residents, and will create a key gateway to South Sefton; which Policy EDT10 refers) and areas of (b) enhance pedestrian and cycling post war and more recent social housing access to, and the amenity and recreational • enhance the recreational value of located between the Central Area and value of, the canal. the canal for visitors and residents the Port, where minor action may be by encouraging public access to the required, particularly as a result of existing 3. Sites which are currently in industrial canal, improving the canal towpath for and proposed non-residential uses in the use and are redeveloped for such uses pedestrians and cyclists, and in particular vicinity. Whilst it is not proposed to prepare should help to enhance the environmental ensuring that new buildings present an Neighbourhood Development Plans for quality of the area and assist the re- attractive frontage to the canal. these areas at present, the management structuring of the site and the adjoining of the housing stock and environmental land in accordance with the principles 6.67 As a result of the re-structuring of and emerging issues may require a similar established through the preparation of this area some sites which are currently in approach. Neighbourhood Development Plans under industrial use will be redeveloped for other Policy H8. purposes as a result of proposals contained

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 63

within the Neighbourhood Development 6.72 Some non-residential development POLICY H10 Plans which will be prepared in accordance within the Primarily Residential Area may RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT with the provisions of Policy H7. However, be appropriate, for example corner shops. AND DEVELOPMENT IN other sites may not be suitable for housing, However, it will be expected to show that RESIDENTIAL AREAS and will continue to be retained to provide there will not be an unacceptable impact on local employment opportunities. Where sites all aspects of residential amenity. are retained in employment use it is essential 1. New residential development will be that environmental and other improvements permitted within the Primarily Residential 6.73 Where the requirements of Policy are carried out in order to ensure that Areas shown on the Proposals Map H3 are met, housing in other locations will these areas support the regeneration of the where it can be demonstrated that such only be acceptable provided that the land is surrounding area. development would be consistent with the not required for the purpose for which it is aims and objectives of the Plan. allocated, and the development will have an Implementation acceptable residential environment. Supplementary guidance based on the 2. Housing will also be permitted in South Sefton Regeneration Strategy and the other areas provided that it can also be Implementation Neighbourhood Development Plans will demonstrated that: 6.74 This policy will be implemented be produced to set out the key principles (a) the land is not required for the through the development control process. of development and redevelopment. purpose for which it is designated; Development briefs will be prepared for key (b) the development would not conflict Sustainability Appraisal sites. with the allocated land use; and No changes needed. Sustainability Appraisal (c) it would result in an acceptable Policy Links The Policy has been changed to include cycling, residential environment. H3 Housing Land Supply and links to Part 1 policies have been added. EDT18 Retaining Local Employment 3. Non-residential development Opportunities Policy Links will also be permitted in the Primarily CS1 Development and Regeneration Residential Areas provided that it can be Background Documents demonstrated that the proposal: G4 Development adjacent to the Leeds Planning Policy Guidance Note 3 ‘Housing’, Liverpool Canal (a) will not have an unacceptable impact 2000; on residential amenity; and Appraisal of Sefton’s Urban Capacity, Background Documents Chesterton/SMBC, September 1999; South Sefton Regeneration Strategy, SMBC, May (b) is otherwise compatible with the 2003 residential character of the area. The Urban Design Framework, Austin-Smith: Neighbourhood Development Plans Lord/SMBC, February 2000. Pathfinder Area Development Frameworks Explanation Development Principles 6.70 In order to ensure that the requirements of the Regional Spatial Strategy 6.68 In order to achieve the objective and Policy H1 are not exceeded, when of using land efficiently, most of the new the housing supply exceeds the annual dwellings to be constructed within the Plan requirement by 20% averaged over a 3 year period will be within the existing built-up area period, planning permission for new housing and at a minimum density. This section sets will only be granted where it can be shown out the key aspects the Council expects new that this will comply with the provisions of residential development to achieve. section 2 of Policy H3. Where new housing is permitted on sites where the previous 6.69 It is important to ensure that all new use was for employment, replacement residential development has certain minimum employment provision will be required in levels of amenity and protects the amenities accordance with Policy EDT18. of existing dwellings, especially those in the Primarily Residential Area. 6.71 A key consideration within the Primarily Residential Area will be the residential amenity for occupiers of existing and proposed properties. All residential development must have certain minimum levels of privacy and amenity, for example, in terms of garden space, outlook, light, accessibility (by pedestrians, cyclists, public transport and cars) and a lack of disturbance.

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 64

anti-social hours, service deliveries) are fully 6.81 In some parts of the Borough, it may POLICY H11 resolved in the design of the development. not be appropriate to achieve a density of 30 MIXED USE DEVELOPMENT dwellings per hectare, for example on certain SITES INCORPORATING 6.78 Consequently, residential uses sites in Conservation Areas. In these cases, HOUSING may be confined to upper floors and proposals will be assessed against the design secondary locations within a site. Residential criteria set out in Policy DQ1. Mixed development schemes which developments must, however, be served by will result in a sustainable pattern of a safe and convenient means of access. It is 6.82 Densities higher than 30 – 50 dwellings development and which include an likely that a Design Statement will be required per hectare will be encouraged in locations element of housing will be permitted for most mixed development schemes, in well served by local services and with good provided that it can be demonstrated that accordance with the requirements of Policy access to the public transport network, the development will: DQ1. where the use of cars can be minimised. (a) comply with the requirements of These are most likely to include the Central Sections 2 or 4 of Policy H3; Implementation Areas of Bootle and Southport defined on 6.79 Supplementary Planning Documents the Proposals Map and sites close to railway (b) not conflict with the development of will be prepared for sites which are identified stations/public transport nodes. the remainder of the site for the purpose as being suitable for mixed development for which it is designated; schemes, particularly in the Pathfinder area, as 6.83 In all cases, the Council wishes to the strategy for the Housing Market Renewal encourage high quality development and, (c) result in an acceptable residential Pathfinder Area emerges. in order to achieve higher densities, an environment; and innovative approach to design may be (d) be in a location which is accessible Sustainability Appraisal needed. by a choice of travel including by walking, No changes needed. cycling and public transport. Policy Links Implementation UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas 6.84 This policy will be implemented H7 Housing Renewal, Clearance and Explanation through the development control process, Regeneration including the selective preparation of 6.75 Particularly in the Urban Priority EDT18 Retention of Local Employment development briefs. Areas, which are defined in Policy UP1, the Opportunities inclusion of an element of housing as part of Sustainability Appraisal a development for another purpose can have POLICY H12 No changes needed. an important role to play in assisting urban RESIDENTIAL DENSITY regeneration. In some circumstances the Policy Links inclusion of residential development can help 1. Proposals for new residential DQ1 Design; to make a marginal scheme viable. In others it development should contribute to the AD1 Location of Development may help to bring about a wider choice and efficient use of land by encouraging better mix of housing types, and help to meet development at a net density of between the requirement for new and replacement 30 and 50 dwellings per hectare. housing generated by redevelopment proposals particularly in the Housing Market 2. Proposals for development at a net Renewal Pathfinder Area. This will help to density of fewer than 30 dwellings per achieve the Government’s aim of creating hectare will only be permitted where the mixed and inclusive communities, by offering a design considerations in Policy DQ1 justify choice of housing and lifestyles. a lower density.

6.76 However, when considering whether a 3. Densities higher than 30 – 50 site is suitable for any residential development dwellings per hectare will be permitted the Council will need to ensure that not in appropriate locations, including those only is an acceptable residential environment identified in Policy AD1. created, but also that the residential element will not have an adverse impact upon the non-residential development. Explanation 6.80 The government requires new housing 6.77 When considering a proposal for to be built in a more sustainable manner, as it a mixed use development incorporating should make a more efficient use of land and housing, the Council will need to ensure that buildings. In order to achieve this, residential any potential conflicts between the proposed densities of between 30 and 50 dwellings per uses on the site (due to e.g. noise, use at hectare net will be encouraged.

Chapter 6 Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 7 Retail Development PAGE 65

R1 Retail Development Strategy Introduction (Part 1 policy) Objective 7.1 In 1996 there was a shift in national • to ensure that where there is a need for R2 Southport Town Centre policy relating to the future location of retail, major retail development, it is located leisure and other town centre developments. where it will contribute to the vitality R3 Southport Station Complex The promotion of sustainable development and viability of existing town, district and the need to regenerate town centres, and local shopping centres. R4 Bootle Town Centre means that town centres are now the first choice for these developments to sustain Indicators R5 Edge-of-CentreRetail and enhance their vitality and viabilityG. Town Development: TAVR Site, centres also tend to be the most accessible 7.1 Vitality and viability of town, district Strand Road, Bootle locations offering the greatest potential for and local centres measured by: reducing dependence on the private car. R6 Development in District and - Position in national shopping centre Local Shopping Centres rankings (Southport and Bootle) 7.2 The Retail Strategy Review 2001 - Footfall on primary retail frontages examined the need for new retail R7 Local Shopping Parades - Retail rents and yields development in Sefton. It confirmed that there is a need for two major supermarkets - Retail vacancy rates R8 Upper Floors in Defined in the south of the Borough and further Centres and Shopping Parades - User satisfaction. provision for non-food floorspaceG within Bootle Town Centre by 2011. Appropriate 2 R9 Edge-of-Centre and Out-of- 7.2 New retail floorspace (m ) located in sites have been allocated to seek to meet the Centre Retail Developments designated town, district and local centres need identified for both the foodstores and and Key Town Centre Uses and on allocated retail development sites the non-food floorspace within Bootle. As a as a proportion of total retail development result of planning permissions for significant R10 Lanstar Site, Church Road, for new development in Southport (not all built Litherland small retail development yet), there is a limited quantitative need to (up to 500m2) provide further retail floorspace for food or large retail developments non-food in the north of the Borough. (500m2 and over) 7.3 The Retail Strategy Review also 7.3 Floorspace (m2) of new leisure recognises the need to encourage higher developments of 2,500m2 or above, and quality shopping within Southport Town the percentage of this which is in town, Centre to improve its competitiveness. district or local centres. Such improvements may involve the redevelopment or reconfiguration of existing Key Partners floorspace within Southport Town Centre. Chamber of Commerce, major retailers The Retail Strategy Review also confirms that and retail property owners, local traders’ due to significant planning permissions (yet to associations be implemented), there is no need to allocate additional sites for retail warehousing within Sefton during the Plan period.

7.4 Notwithstanding the above, it is accepted that assessments of the need for TOWN retail floorspace can change over time and CENTRES accordingly the Council will monitor the SOUTHPORT & situation on a regular basis. BOOTLE 7.5 Sefton’s Town, District and Local DISTRICT CENTRES Centres have varying roles in meeting WATERLOO, CROSBY, the future shopping requirements of the MAGHULL & FORMBY Borough’s residents and visitors alike. These centres are also the focus of other important LOCAL CENTRES services and facilities (including employment, , , leisure, higher education and hospitals), which CHURCHTOWN, SHAKESPEARE STREET, complement the Centre’s shopping role. The OLD ROAN, NETHERTON & SEAFORTH hierarchy of shopping centres in Sefton is shown on the left and in figure 7.1. Hierarchy of centres in Sefton

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 66 PAGE 67

Figure 7.1 Shopping Hierarchy POLICY R1 RETAIL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY

1. The preferred location for retail development is within the defined Town, District and Local Centres. All retail development should enhance the vitality and viability of existing centres and in particular should provide:

(a) a competitive mix of comparison and convenience retail stores in Bootle and Southport Town Centres; and (b) a choice of convenience shopping in District and Local Centres appropriate in scale and kind to the role and function of each.

2. The sequential approach will be rigorously applied to all proposals for new retail development. It will prioritise locations in the following order: Town Centre District Centre (a) Town Centre, followed by Local Centre (b) Edge of Town Centre, followed by (c) District and Local Centres, followed by (d) Out-of-centre locations.

3. Proposals in edge-of-centre and out- of-centre locations will be assessed against the criteria in Policy R9.

This is a Part 1 policy

Explanation

7.6 Maintaining a variety of high quality shopping facilities is the key to maintaining and enhancing the vitality and viabilityG of Town, District and Local Centres. Wherever possible, future retail development should be located within the defined centres.

7.7 Where a need can be demonstrated for a proposed development and there are no suitable sites within the Town Centres to accommodate this need, the first preference should be for such development to locate on edge-of-centre sites including the TAVR site allocated for retail development (Policy R5). This site addresses part of the identified need © Crown copyright within the south of the Borough and has been identified in line with the sequential test.

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 67

FIGURE 7.2 7.8 If no edge-of-town centre, district and Southport Town Centre Primary Retail Frontages local centre sites are suitable and available, then out-of-centre sites will be considered. 7.11 Southport is the largest shopping Southport Town Centre The Council have identified the Lanstar site centre in Sefton. Whilst it is relatively stable, it • 25 and 91 - 581 (odds) Lord St; (Policy R10) for an out-of-centre supermarket is experiencing pressures resulting from the • Ribble Buildings (full ground floor frontage); to serve the Litherland area. This allocation continuing growth of comparison shoppingG • 1 - 9 (consecutive) Garrick Parade; will address part of the balance of identified in edge-of-centre and out-of-centre locations, • 118 - 124 Lord St; need for retail development within the as well as centres outside Sefton. • 1 - 61 (odds) Chapel St & 1 - 7 Hoghton St; South of the Borough and has been made in • 2 - 70 (evens) Chapel St; accordance with the sequential approach to 7.12 Within the Central Area of Southport • 1 - 31 (odds) Eastbank St; site selection. (see Policy EDT13), retail activities are • 2 - 20 Eastbank St (to Queen Anne St); concentrated along the north western side • 1 - 35 (odds) London St; 7.9 Major retail development can play a of Lord Street and on Chapel Street. These • 2 - 24 (evens) London St; positive role in urban regeneration. Where areas are defined as Primary Retail Frontages • 27 - 41 (odds) Tulketh St; such development would not harm the and are shown in Figure 7.2. • 2 - 64 (evens) Tulketh St; and overall retail strategy, this factor may be taken • Wayfarers Arcade; Cambridge Arcade; into account in considering proposals. 7.13 The recent supermarket developments • Cambridge Walks & Marble Place (all frontages). at the south-western end of Lord Street and Implementation the ‘Central 12’ Retail Park off Derby Road Bootle Town Centre 7.10 This policy will be implemented are included within a wider Town Centre In Bootle, the whole of the Town Centre comprises the through the development control process. shopping area. Secondary, less central Primary Retail Frontages, as follows: shopping streets and streets containing a • Units within The Strand Shopping Centre; and Sustainability Appraisal mixture of uses with a number of shops are • 244 Stanley Rd to 322 Stanley Road. No changes needed. also included within this area. Waterloo District Centre Policy Links 7.14 The Town Centre will continue to • 91 - 137 (odd) South Rd; RSS Policy - provide the focus for the town’s continued • 62 - 140 (even) South Rd; G EC6 Town Centres, Retail Leisure and Office convenience and comparison shopping • 1 - 5 (consecutive) Cremona Corner, Development needs. Throughout the Plan period the Crosby Rd North; Council will seek to maintain the varied • 49 - 61 (odd) Crosby Rd North; UDP Policies - character of different parts of the main • 127b - 159 St John’s Rd; CS1 Development and Regeneration shopping streets, including the historic • 78 - 112 St John’s Rd; and UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas character and quality shopping on Lord • 20 Brighton Rd R5 Edge-of-centre Retail Development: Street. This forms an essential part of the TAVR Site, Strand Road, Bootle centre’s attractiveness, and also plays a vital Crosby District Centre part in Southport’s importance for tourism. • 1 - 27 (odd) Moor Lane; R10 Lanstar Site, Church Road, Litherland. • 1 - 8 (consecutive) Telegraph House, Moor Lane; • 2 - 14 (even) Moor Lane; Background Documents • 1 - 11 (consecutive) Glenn Buildings, Moor Lane; ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / • 1 - 19 & 33 - 47 (odd) Liverpool Rd; Chesterton, January 2002. • 4 - 42 (even) Liverpool Rd; and • 1 - 7 Crown Buildings, Liverpool Rd

Maghull District Centre • 2 - 46 (even) ; • 21 - 27 (odd) Westway; • 1 - 26 (consecutive) Central Square; and • 1 - 13 (odd) Stafford Moreton Way

Formby District Centre • 1 - 41 (odd) Chapel Lane; • Land adjacent to 1 Chapel Lane; • 2 - 38 Chapel Lane; • 23 - 35 (odd) Brows Lane; • 44 - 68 Brows Lane; • 1 - 17 (consecutive) The Cloisters, Halsall Lane; • 53 - 57 Three Tuns Lane; 1This area is the Town Centre for PPG6 purposes in • 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d & 2e Halsall Lane; defining town centre, edge-of-centre and out-of-centre • 1 - 6 (consecutive) School Lane; and locations • Morrisons, School Lane

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 68 PAGE 69

7.17 Changes of use from retail to non- POLICY R2 Explanation retail in a defined Primary Retail Frontage SOUTHPORT TOWN CENTRE can harm the overall vitality and viability of a 7.20 Southport station is a major gateway particular street and the Centre as a whole. 1. The preferred location for new retail into the town in a central location and would The policy sets out the circumstances where development within Southport is within benefit from significant improvement of its such proposals will be resisted. the defined Town Centre which is shown existing facilities and surrounding retail units. on the Proposals Map A high quality mixed use development on the 7.18 Amusement centres will not be site shown on the Proposals Map comprising allowed within the Primary Retail Frontages 2. Proposals for non-retail uses, including retail, leisure and other appropriate uses as because they would be likely to create less offices (Class A2) and food and drink uses listed within the policy would improve the vibrant retail frontages and so harm the (Class A3), in the Primary Retail Frontages quality and range of Southport’s shopping shopping character of these areas. Policy shown on the Proposals Map and listed in facilities. This would help retain Southport’s EDT14 sets out the areas in which they will figure 7.2 will only be permitted if: position as a major sub-regional shopping be permitted. centre by enhancing its competitiveness with (a) the overall retail function of other popular shopping destinations in the Southport Town Centre would not Implementation north-west such as Preston, Liverpool and be undermined; 7.19 This policy will be implemented . through the development control process. (b) the use would make a positive contribution to the overall vitality and 7.21 A Development Brief will be prepared Sustainability Appraisal viability of Southport Town Centre; for the site and will contain specific details Policy has been changed to resolve the overlap of how the site may be brought forward (c) this does not result in a cluster of and potential conflict with EDT13 ‘Southport for development, including constraints and non-retail uses; Central Area - Development Principles’. opportunities within the site. and Policy Links 7.22 It is important to emphasise that any (d) they are of a high quality design that R1 Retail Development Strategy development must retain the railway station makes a positive contribution to the and platforms in approximately their current character and appearance of the EDT13 Southport Central Area Development Principles position. A bus interchange will also be Town Centre, both in relation to provided on this site (see Policy T4). adjacent properties and the wider EDT14 Southport Resort Area street scene. MD6 Food & Drink Uses Implementation T3 Pedestrian Priority on Chapel Street, 7.23 This policy will be implemented 3. Amusement centres will not be Southport through a Development Brief and the permitted within the Primary Retail T5 New Car Parks in Designated Areas development control process. Frontages.

Background documents Sustainability Appraisal ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / Policy changed to allow residential uses in upper Explanation Chesterton, January 2002 floors.

7.15 Southport will continue to be the Policy Links main shopping centre for the north of the POLICY R3 R1 Retail Development Strategy Borough. The Council will seek to ensure SOUTHPORT STATION EDT13 Southport Central Area Development that the Town Centre remains the focus for COMPLEX Principles new retail investment. In particular, proposals will be permitted which seek to improve the Proposals for the redevelopment EDT14 Southport Resort Area quality of Southport’s shopping role to enable of Southport Station, shown on the MD6 Food & Drink Uses the centre to compete more effectively with Proposals Map, will be permitted subject T3 Pedestrianisation Priority on Chapel major centres elsewhere. to the railway station and platforms being Street, Southport retained approximately in their current T4 Safeguarding the Public Transport 7.16 Policies for retailing in the centre must position, and to the provision of a bus Network not only keep a balance between meeting interchange facility. A mix of uses including Southport’s convenienceG and comparisonG retail (Class A1), offices (Class A2), T5 New Car Parks in Designated Areas shopping needs, but should also help to food and drink (Class A3), leisure (Class maintain and enhance the unique historic D2) hotels (Class C1) and residential Background documents shopping quality and elegance of Lord Street. (on upper floors) will be considered ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / The Council will seek to retain retail uses in acceptable. Chesterton, January 2002. key locations as they contribute significantly to the shopping function of the area.

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 69

R5 Edge-of-centre Retail Development Site Bootle Town Centre POLICY R4 TAVR Site, Strand Road, Bootle BOOTLE TOWN CENTRE 7.24 Bootle contains the second largest EDT10 Bootle Central Area - Development shopping centre in Sefton, and is the main 1. Retail development will be permitted Principles centre serving the south of the Borough. provided that it is located within the EDT12 Bootle Central Area Opportunity Sites There has been significant investment Town Centre shown on the Proposals MD6 Food and Drink Uses in the centre within the last five years, Map or, if no suitable site exists within the mainly in comparisonG shopping. This has Town Centre, on the allocated Edge-of- Background documents reinforced the centre’s mixed shopping role. centre Retail Site or the Town Centre ‘Atlantic Gateway SSDA, Bootle Town Centre Notwithstanding this investment, the Retail Opportunity Sites. Strategy Review has identified a need for two Strategy and Action Area’, Sefton MBC / GVA Grimley, March 2001; additional major supermarkets to serve the 2. Proposals for non-retail uses, including south of the Borough, as well as a need for a offices (Class A2) and food and drink ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / 2 G further 6,000 m of non-food floorspace in (Class A3) uses, will be permitted provided Chesterton, January 2002. the town centre. that the vitality and viability of the Town Centre is not harmed. 7.25 As this need cannot be accommodated POLICY R5 EDGE-OF-CENTRE RETAIL within the Strand Shopping Centre, and 3. In Bootle, the whole of the Town DEVELOPMENT there are no sites available within the wider Centre comprises the retail frontages as TAVR SITE, STRAND ROAD, centre, the Council has identified anedge-of- shown in figure 7.2. This area will remain G BOOTLE centre site which could accommodate part the focus for new shopping development of this need. Policy R5 sets out the planning in the south of the Borough framework for the development of this site. The site of the TAVR Centre and The remainder of this need for a major adjoining land fronting Strand Road shown on the Proposals Map are supermarket is likely to be met on an out-of- Explanation centreG site (see Policy R10). allocated for an edge-of-centre supermarket (Class A1), non-food retail 7.27 95% of the retail floorspace in the development and urban greenspace. 7.26 As Policies EDT10, EDT11 & EDT12 Town Centre is contained within The Strand, explain, there is likely to be major re- an indoor shopping centre. In addition to The structuring within the Central Area of Bootle. Strand, the area on the eastern side of Stanley This includes the redevelopment of the Road is included in order to encourage the Explanation Office Quarter and the development of the development of this area as a main shopping Central Area Opportunity Sites and the edge- street. 7.31 The Retail Strategy Review identified of-centre retail site referred to above. Major a need for additional convenienceG retail development will be expected to contribute 7.28 Two areas have been identified as floorspace in south Sefton equivalent to 2 towards meeting the overall strategy for the suitable for expansion of the shopping area: new superstores. The Council’s preferred Central Area and the improvement to public a site allocated for a supermarket and other location for part of this additional floorspace G space. retail development on the edge of the centre is this edge-of-centre site as there are no (Policy R5) and land on the eastern side of suitable sites available or likely to become Stanley Road (Policy EDT12). available within Bootle Town Centre. This development will strengthen the vitality and 7.29 Proposals for other uses in the viability of Bootle as a shopping centre. Town Centre will be assessed against the development principles for Bootle Central 7.32 The Council will purchase property Area (Policy EDT10) and the policy for food compulsorily if necessary to ensure that this and drink uses (Policy MD6). site is available for development. Alternative premises for the TAVR will be required Implementation as part of any redevelopment of the site, 7.30 This policy will be implemented possibly on another site in the area. through the development control process. 7.33 The site includes an area of urban Sustainability Appraisal greenspace. The Council accepts that Policy has been amended to resolve the overlap the precise boundary and extent of the and potential conflict with EDT10 ‘Bootle greenspace may change as a result of the Central Areas - Development Principles’. development of this site. However, the developer will be required to improve Policy Links the remaining/replacement area of urban greenspace in line with the requirements of R1 Retail Development Strategy Policies G1 and G2.

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 70 PAGE 71

vitality and viability of the defined centres. clarifies the shopping hierarchy. Implementation While these centres are the focal point for 7.34 This policy will be implemented many aspects of community life, including Policy Links through the development control process. offices, services and leisure activities, a healthy R1 Retail Development Strategy shopping role is the foundation for this and CS3 Development Principles Sustainability Appraisal should be protected. No changes made. There are no available town MD6 Food and Drink Uses centre sites and so this site supports vitality and 7.36 In District Centres, proposals for new viability. retail development should be located within Background documents the Primary Retail Frontages shown on the ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / Chesterton, January 2002 Policy Links Proposals Map and in figure 7.2 or, if no sites are available, elsewhere within the District R1 Retail Development Strategy Centre. In Local Centres retail development POLICY R7 EDT10 Bootle Central Area Development should be located within the Local Centre LOCAL SHOPPING PARADES Principles boundary. G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace Proposals for appropriate uses within local shopping parades will be permitted G2 Improving Public Access to Urban 7.37 The Council will seek to control the provided that: Greenspace spread of non-retail uses within the Primary Retail Frontages of Waterloo, Crosby, Maghull EMW9 Recycling Facilities and Formby District Centres. The Primary (a) they bring back into beneficial use Retail Frontages are generally restricted to a property which would otherwise Background documents the main shopping streets within each Centre be vacant or is in a poor physical and are often characterised by the presence Planning Policy Guidance Note 6: ‘Town Centres condition; and and Retailing’, 1996; of multiple retailersG. ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / (b) they do not harm the overall Chesterton, January 2002. 7.38 Local centres are small groupings provision of facilities and appearance of shop units which meet local needs of the local shopping parade. Other locations in the usually comprising a newsagent, a general Borough grocery store, and a sub-post office. The Local Centres in Sefton (Ainsdale, Birkdale, Churchtown, Shakespeare Street (Southport), Explanation POLICY R6 Netherton, Old Roan (Aintree) and Seaforth) DEVELOPMENT IN DISTRICT & often have only a single shopping street with 7.42 Sefton has many Local Shopping LOCAL SHOPPING CENTRES no multiple retailers. However, these Centres Parades. These are small groups of shops are still important because of their valuable and other services which serve the local 1. The District and Local Centres role in providing convenienceG shopping for area, but contain fewer facilities than a Local will remain the main focus for retail local residents. Centre. Many have declined in recent years, development to serve local needs. especially as a result of the growth of large Development, including changes of use, 7.39 Development should be of an supermarkets and DIY stores which has will be permitted provided that: appropriate scale to the Centre, and should reduced the demand for local shops. Many not harm the vitality and viabilityG of the parades now consist of a small number of G Centre or any other Town or District Centre. shops which could include a convenience (a) the overall retail function of the store, chemist, post office and off licence but Centres would not be undermined; 7.40 The inclusion of any property also have many vacant units. (b) the use would maintain the overall within a Primary Retail Frontage does not 7.43 As part of the emerging strategy for vitality and viability of the Centre; and automatically mean proposals for non-retail uses will be refused. Such proposals will, the South Sefton Housing Market Renewal (c) the proposal is appropriate to the however, be carefully considered in terms of Pathfinder Area, proposals for rationalising scale, role and function of the Centre. the objective of maintaining and enhancing and replacing many redundant shopping the shopping and wider role of the Centre, parades are likely to come forward. 2. In District Centres, proposals for and in relation to any impact on residential new retail development should preferably amenity. 7.44 The Council will promote new be located within the Primary Retail development or the re-use of vacant Frontages as shown in figure 7.2 Implementation properties, both at ground and upper floor 7.41 This policy will be implemented levels, for a variety of uses such as retail, through the development control process. community, offices and residential to improve local facilities and the appearance of an area. Explanation Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed as the amended Policy R1 Implementation 7.35 A primary objective of the shopping 7.45 This policy will be implemented through policies is to maintain and enhance the ’Retail Development Strategy’ and explanation

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 71

the development control process. through the development control process. R9.1 - Aintree Racecourse Retail Park, Aintree; Sustainability Appraisal Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed as the amended Policy R1 Policy and explanation changed to encourage R9.2 - Grand National Retail ’Retail Development Strategy’ and explanation residential uses. Park, Ormskirk Road, Aintree; clarifies the shopping hierarchy. R9.3 - Switch Island Leisure Policy Links Park, Dunnings Bridge Road, Policy Links EDT8 Business and Industrial Development Netherton; and R8 Upper Floors in Defined Centres and Outside Primarily Industrial Areas R9.4 - Cop and Kew Retail Parks, Shopping Parades DQ1 Design Southport CS3 Development Principles EDT8 Business and Industrial Development Background Documents 4. Restrictions on the range of goods outside Primarily Industrial Areas Planning Policy Guidance Note 3: ‘Housing’, sold will be imposed where deemed DQ1 Design 2000; necessary. EP1 Managing Environmental Risk Planning Policy Guidance Note 6: ‘Town Centres and Retailing’, 1996. 5. Additional retail floorspace or changes of use in both edge-of-centre Background documents POLICY R9 and out-of-centre locations will only ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / EDGE-OF-CENTRE & OUT-OF- be permitted if they comply with the Chesterton, January 2002. CENTRE RETAIL DEVELOPMENT associated criteria set out in 1 and 2 AND KEY TOWN CENTRE USES above POLICY R8 1. Retail development and other key UPPER FLOORS IN DEFINED town centre uses which attract large CENTRES & SHOPPING numbers of people will only be permitted PARADES on an edge-of-centre or out-of-centre Explanation site if: Proposals to re-use vacant upper floors, 7.50 One of the ways in which the objective or which create new upper floors above (a) there is a demonstrable need for the of sustaining and enhancing the vitality and shops and other units in the Town, District proposal; viability of Town, District and Local Centres and Local Centres and shopping parades, (b) they will not harm the vitality or is met is by directing new retail development will be permitted. viability of any Town, District or Local and key town, district and local centre uses Centre within the primary catchment and leisure development to them. This area, whether within or outside the approach applies to both retail development Explanation Borough, either alone or cumulatively; and all key town centre uses which attract and a lot of people, including commercial and public offices, entertainment, leisure, and 7.46 Upper floors in Town, District and (c) the proposal satisfies the sequential other similar uses. Smaller scale facilities, such Local Centres and parades are often left approach set out in Policy R1. as health centres, branch libraries, pubs and vacant or used for storage and are therefore restaurants should be encouraged in local not used to their full potential. The re-use 2. In addition to meeting the above centres. However, it is not always possible to of upper floors can make an important criteria, proposals for out-of-centre locate such development within these centres contribution to the regeneration of the local locations will also need to demonstrate due to various constraints, including a lack of area and can provide valuable additional that they: suitable and available sites. residential floorspace. (a) are accessible, or will be made 7.51 First preference should therefore be 7.47 These locations are usually well served accessible, by walking, cycling and Town Centre sites, followed by edge-of-town by public transport and close to local services. public transport; centreG sites, then edge-of-district centre sites The conversion of this floorspace can also (b) reduce overall travel patterns and car and finally out-of-centreG sites in locations increase activity and in turn personal safety. use; and accessible by a choice of means of transport. Developers are required to demonstrate 7.48 The Council will encourage proposals (c) make a positive contribution to that they have followed this sequential which create new or convert upper floors regeneration in the Urban Priority testG. In accordance with latest Government into any active use, including residential use, Areas. guidance, developers will be expected to provided they meet the criteria set out in be flexible about the scale and format of a the residential amenity policies. In particular, 3. For out-of-centre retail developments proposed development, and the extent to proposals should have a satisfactory means which meet the above requirements, sites which constituent parts of the development of access. within the following Retail Parks should be considered before any other out-of-centre could be accommodated on more central sites. In relation to large bulky goods Implementation location: stores, developers and retailers will need 7.49 This policy will be implemented

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 72 PAGE 73

to demonstrate that the majority of goods proposals of between 1,000m2 and 2,500m2. ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / cannot be sold from town centre stores. net a Retail StatementG will be required. Chesterton, January 2002; All edge-of-centre and out-of-centre retail Planning Policy Guidance Note 6: ’Town Centres 7.52 In the case of retail proposals on proposals will need to fully satisfy the various and Retailing’ 1996; allocated, edge-of-centre and out-of- criteria for assessing new retail development The Caborn statement, February 1999; centre sites, developers will be required to set out in Planning Policy Guidance Note 6. demonstrate that: The McNulty statement, April, 2003. 7.57 Sefton has seen significant growth in • there is a quantitative or other need the retail sector in out-of-centre locations for the proposal; POLICY R10 in recent years which has resulted in the LANSTAR SITE, CHURCH ROAD, • they will not harm the vitality and designation of a number of Retail Parks. LITHERLAND viability of a defined centre; Proposals for additional retail floorspace of over 500m2 net but less than 2,500m2 • there are no suitable or viable 1. Land is allocated at the junction of net on the Retail Parks will be required to sites within a sequentially superior Hawthorne Road & Church Road for satisfy the same criteria as proposals for any location which are likely to become the erection of a food retail store (Class out-of-centre retail development in terms available within a reasonable period A1) together with the erection of an of need and sequential test. A supporting of time; and equivalent amount of industrial floorspace Retail Statement will also be required in these (Class B1). • the highway infrastructure can instances. accommodate the levels of traffic 2. Planning conditions or legal likely to be generated by 7.58 The Grand National Retail Park has agreements will be used to ensure that development. 2 planning permission for an additional 2,300m the development includes an equivalent .This is a commitment which the Council amount of industrial floorspace. 7.53 In cases where the developer wishes will support. The implementation of this to argue that there is a qualitative need permission will not be subject to the criteria 3. Pedestrian access to Sefton Street and for the development, this will be given less of this policy. Bridge Road will be required as part of the weight than the quantitative need. Where development of the Lanstar site. other benefits are identified, such as the 7.59 Planning permission has recently regeneration of a site, or the employment been granted for mixed retail and leisure created, these cannot be regarded as an development at Southport Seafront (the aspect of retail need but may be regarded as Ocean Plaza development). This proposal Explanation other material considerations, in accordance includes a bowling alley, cinema, private health with latest Government advice. club and approximately 9,300m2 of retail 7.61 This is a strategically important site floorspace including 2 fast food outlets. This situated within the Dunnings Bridge corridor. 7.54 For out-of-centre locations, development is in an out-of-centre location It remains the Council’s preferred site to consideration will be given to their and the Council will not support additional accommodate an out-of-centre supermarket accessibility by a choice of means of transport retail floorspace here. to serve the Litherland area, notwithstanding and their likely effect on overall travel the Secretary of State’s decision to refuse G patterns. Opportunities to combine proposals Implementation the ‘called in’ planning application for with existing out-of-centre developments 7.60 This policy will be implemented a supermarket on this site, because the (such as existing retail warehouse parks) through the development control process. development of this site is seen as having the to reduce unnecessary car journeys will greatest regeneration benefits to the adjacent G be considered preferable to isolated Sustainability Appraisal Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Area. developments elsewhere. Minor change in policy wording for clarity. 7.62 The development of a supermarket on 7.55 Sefton’s Retail Parks largely comprise Policy Links this site is subject to an equivalent amount of industrial floorspace being provided as part single-level stores specialising in the sale R1 Retail Development Strategy of bulky household goods (such as carpets, of the development. This is to ensure that R5 Edge-of-centre Retail Development furniture, and electrical goods) and bulky DIY an adequate supply of employment land and Site- TAVR Site, Strand Road, Bootle items, catering mainly for car-borne customers an appropriate balance of employment uses in out-of-centre locations. It is important that R10 Lanstar Site, Church Road, Litherland are retained within the vicinity to provide the Borough’s Retail Parks are retained for EMW9 Recycling Facilities employment for local people. this important role so that they continue to AD1 Location of Development provide a destination for bulky goods sales 7.63 Any retail development for the Lanstar AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel and do not undermine the role of existing site should include measures for improving retail centres within or outside the Borough. AD3 Transport Assessments pedestrian access to both Sefton Street and Bridge Road. This is to ensure that those without cars may still access the supermarket 7.56 Developers will also be required to Background documents provide a full Retail Impact AssessmentG for and also to increase the likelihood that linked ‘Retail Scoping Study’, Sefton MBC / Chesterton, proposals of over 2,500m2 net. For smaller shopping trips to these areas may occur. March 2001;

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 73

7.64 A new footpath network to and from the Lanstar site and Bridge Road will be required, including improvements to existing footways, dropped kerbs, signage and landscaping. This should include a new service level bridge across the Leeds and Liverpool canal to replace the existing bridge which is unattractive and does not provide ramped access. The new bridge should be compliant with the Disability Discrimination Act. Other environmental improvements around the canal should also be carried out. The proposal should also include improved pedestrian routes across the Hawthorne Road/ Church Road junction, with dropped kerbs and tactile paving; and improvements to the existing subway including lighting, cleaning, refurbishment and landscaping. Cycle facilities should also be improved.

Implementation 7.65 This policy will be implemented through the development control process.

Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed.

Policy Links UP1 Development in Urban Priority Areas R1 Retail Development Strategy AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel AD3 Transport Assessments R9 Edge-of-Centre & Out-of-Centre Retail Development and Key Town Centre Uses

Background documents ‘Retail Strategy Review 2001’, Sefton MBC / Chesterton, Jan 2002

Chapter 7 Retail Development Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 8 Transport Infrastructure PAGE 75

T1 Transport Network Priorities accessibility requirements for development (Part 1 policy) Objective are dealt with in Section D of the Plan. • to safeguard and promote an T2 Walking and Cycling integrated, sustainable transport 8.4 The Merseyside Local Transport Plan network. and associated documents set out a 10-year T3 Pedestrian Priority on Chapel strategy and 5-year investment programme Street, Southport Indicators for transport infrastructure for Sefton and the (Combined indicators for Transport T4 Safeguarding the Public whole of Merseyside. Infrastructure and Accessible Transport Network Development Chapters) POLICY T1 T5 New Car Parks in Designated TRANSPORT NETWORK 8.1/15.1 Proportion of travel journeys Areas PRIORITIES made by sustainable modes (walking, T6 Freight Distribution Network cycle, bus, rail) for the following purposes: 1. The Council’s priorities for the • journey to work development of the transport network • journey to school are: • shopping (a) improving strategic access to the • other. Port of Liverpool and reducing the environmental impact of traffic on 8.2/15.2 Contributions to transport the main Port access routes; improvements secured through planning conditions and planning obligations (b) implementing the Southport and (number of developments and value/type Bootle Transport Strategies; of improvement). (c) developing Park and Ride facilities;

Key partners (d) implementing bus priority measures Merseytravel set out in the Local Transport Plan;

(e) implementing the cycle network Introduction and the programme for improving pedestrian access; Developing a Sustainable Transport Network (f) relieving major environmental problems on the Switch Island to 8.1 It is important to make sure that people Thornton (A5207) route; have easy access to a range of goods and (g) safeguarding non-operational railway services. Economic growth also relies on an lines for which there is a potential effective and efficient transport system to freight or passenger use. move goods, people and services from one place to another. However, developing an 2. All transport infrastructure will be effective transport network should not be at designed and implemented in a manner the expense of Sefton’s environment. which limits harm to the environment as much as possible. 8.2 Land use and transport must be planned together to give people genuine This is a Part 1 policy choice of transport and so reduce the number of journeys using private motor vehicles. New and improved transport Explanation infrastructure, and making the best use of existing infrastructure, is vital to achieving 8.5 The policy identifies the Council’s the Council’s objectives of sustainable current priorities (not in priority order) for development and regeneration. new and improved infrastructure. They stem from the Merseyside Local Transport Plan, 8.3 This chapter sets out land-use policies and will contribute to it being implemented. and proposals for developing a sustainable The aim is to promote a sustainable transport transport network - a network which seeks network within Sefton. The main components to increase the proportions of trips made by of the network are shown in figure 8.1. walking, cycling and public transport - in line with the strategy set out in the Merseyside For example the Merseyside Freight Study and the Southport Local Transport Plan. The transport and Transportation study: 2010

Chapter 8 Transport Infrastructure Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 76 PAGE 77

8.6 The following schemes have been Policy Links Development should also link into these deleted from the Council’s transport RSS Policies - routes wherever possible. programme since the adoption of the 1995 UR3 Promoting Social Inclusion through Unitary Development Plan: Urban Accessibility and Mobility; 8.14 Existing and proposed walking and cycling networks include: • Water Lane Bypass, Southport; T2 The Regional Rail Network; • Formby and Churchtown T3 The Regional Highway Network; The strategic path network for countryside Pedestrianisation Schemes. recreation, which consists of established and T6 The Region’s Ports and Strategic Inland proposed routes for walking and cycling. The Waterways; 8.7 Although the Water Lane By-pass is not network is set out in Policy G7 and can also part of the Council’s current 10-year capital T7 Freight Transport; be found in the SPG ‘Ensuring Choice of programme it may be reconsidered as part of T8 The National Cycle Network; Travel’; a strategic review of access to Southport. T10 Regional Priorities for Transport • The Council’s pedestrian and cycle Investment and Management. programmes, which aim to develop safe 8.8 Road and rail freight access to the Port and attractive networks by improving of Liverpool is a key strategic issue which has Background documents conditions for pedestrians and cyclists been the subject of a major transport study Planning Policy Guidance Note: 13 ‘Transport’, on the existing highway network. Priority (see Policy T6). 2001; for action is on routes to local facilities, nd Bootle and Southport Central Areas, and 8.9 Transport improvements and traffic ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, 2001, ‘2 the District and Local Centres. Particular management will play a vital part in the Merseyside Local Transport’, June 2006. attention will be paid to making sure regeneration and enhancement of Bootle and routes are accessible to people with Southport Central Areas (see Policies EDT10 POLICY T2 limited mobility. Details of completed and and EDT13). Strategies for both centres have WALKING AND CYCLING proposed improvements will be available been approved as part of the first Local annually from the Council. Proposed Transport Plan and further review of the Development proposals that would make cycle routes are also identified in the strategies are planned. it difficult to implement or retain the following walking and cycling networks SPG ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’; 8.10 The Council have investigated various or would make them less safe will not be • Greenways, which are largely car-free options to relieve the harmful effects on permitted: off-road routes, for shared use by people the local community of traffic travelling (a) the strategic path network for on foot, bike or horseback. The Council’s through Thornton to and from Switch countryside recreation completed and proposed Greenways are Island. Following public consultation the identified in the SPG ‘Ensuring Choice (b) routes and improvements included in Council agreed the best way to address of Travel’. Quiet Lanes are rural roads the Council’s pedestrian and cycling environmental concerns along the existing with little traffic where non-motorised programmes and strategies traffic corridor would be to provide a new modes are given priority. Proposals for highway link from Switch Island to Southport (c) Quiet Lanes and Greenways Quiet Lanes will be included in the SPG Road / Ince Road, Thornton. The proposals ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ as and when (d) rights of way were identified as a Regional Priority by proposed. the Regional Assembly. The Department (e) routes to schools, Safer Routes to • Rights of Way, which include public for Transport has accepted the Regional School schemes and proposed Home footpaths, bridleways, by-ways open Assembly recommendations. The scheme Zones to all traffic and cycle tracks. Details of has been identified as a major scheme in the (f) other existing or proposed pedestrian the definitive path network highlighting second Local Transport Plan for Merseyside. and cycle routes of local importance. public rights of way are available from the Council. The Council has a Implementation programme for maintaining, improving 8.11 This policy will be implemented and extending the rights of way network; through: Explanation • the Second Merseyside Local Transport • Pedestrian and cycle routes to all schools. 8.12 Convenient footpath and cycle links Plan and associated Sefton and The locations of all schools are identified throughout the Borough are necessary if Merseytravel Capital Programmes. in the SPG ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ people are to have a choice of means of to ensure that particular consideration • the investment programmes of Network travel. This also includes providing links to sites is given to pedestrian and cycle safety Rail and the Strategic Rail Authority. which are being developed. in these locations. Proposals for Home Zones will be included in the SPG Sustainability Appraisal 8.13 This policy concentrates on the ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ as and when No changes made as references to air quality walking and cycling programmes referred to proposed; and pollution are dealt with in policy EP2 in Policy T1 ‘Transport Network Priorities’. ‘Pollution’. Development proposals should not make • Other routes of local importance, it difficult to retain identified routes or including those which provide links from carry out agreed improvement schemes. residential areas to local facilities such as

Chapter 8 Transport Infrastructure Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 77

Figure 8.1 Strategic Transport Network

Merseyside Network and Stations

Merseyside Core Bus Network

Rail Park & Ride/Interchange Facilities

Strategic Park & Ride Sites

Proposed Strategic Park & Ride Sites

Proposed Railway Station

Proposed Road Impronements

Road Freight Priority Routes

Proposed Improvement or Safeguarding of Rail Lines

Seaforth Euro Rail Terminal

© Crown copyright

Chapter 8 Transport Infrastructure Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 78 PAGE 79

public transport, schools, local centres, Explanation POLICY T4 employment opportunities, health and SAFEGUARDING THE PUBLIC leisure facilities. 8.17 Priority for pedestrians is promoted in TRANSPORT NETWORK the ‘Southport Transportation Strategy: Transis 8.15 Policy AD2 requires development 2010’, and in the Merseyside Local Transport The following sites and routes will be schemes to be accessible by a choice of Plan. The pedestrianisation of Chapel Street safeguarded to develop the public means of travel, including by pedestrians will be completed by the end of 2006. The transport network and help it function and cyclists. In some cases the above routes reason for this is to provide a more attractive effectively: may need to be enhanced or provision for shopping environment. This policy aims to pedestrian access made where this serves the restrict development which would make it Sites development site. The Council may also seek difficult to give pedestrians priority in Chapel 1. Land for a new Maghull North railway contributions for the maintenance of new Street, Southport. facilities provided for an agreed period. station and associated park and ride facilities; 8.18 This includes: Implementation 2. Land for extending the Park and Ride 8.16 This policy will be implemented • development which would require the site at Kew, Southport; use of Chapel Street at unacceptable through the development control process 3. Land for major improvements to times, or by unacceptable numbers with reference to the SPG mentioned above. passenger and bus/rail interchange facilities of vehicles for servicing, deliveries/ at Chapel Street Station, Southport; Sustainability Appraisal collection or refuse collection; 4. Sites for the development or No changes made as road safety and • buildings or structures which would extension of Park and Ride and/or environmental quality are referred to in policies hinder the free flow of pedestrians along interchange facilities at: CS3 ’Development Principles’ and DQ1 ‘Design’. Chapel Street. Birkdale Station Policy Links Implementation Formby Station EDT10 Bootle Central Area - Development 8.19 This policy will be implemented Hall Road Station, Principles, through the development control process Maghull Station EDT13 Southport Central Area - Development Aintree Station. Principles, Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed. G7 Strategic Paths for Countryside Routes Recreation, 1. Merseytravel’s Core Bus Network, Policy Links AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel. and other quality bus corridors entering T2 Walking and Cycling, the Borough, which will be improved by Background documents EDT13 Southport Central Area - Development managing traffic and providing improved Principles. passenger facilities. Planning Policy Guidance Note 13 ‘Transport’, 2001; Background documents 2. The North Mersey Railway Line ‘Sefton Cycling Strategy’, Sefton MBC, 1995; ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, 2001; (Bootle - Aintree) and associated railway ‘Merseyside Walking Strategy’, 2002; land. ‘Southport Transportation Strategy: Transis ‘Merseyside Draft Pedestrian Strategy’ 2006. 2010’, Sefton MBC, 1998. Merseyside Local Transport Plan, 2001 and 2006; Explanation ‘Encouraging Walking’, DETR, 2000; ‘National Cycling Strategy’, DETR, 1996 8.20 This policy aims to ensure that: (modified 2004). land for infrastructure improvements to the public transport network is protected from inappropriate development, and that POLICY T3 development is not allowed which prevents PEDESTRIAN PRIORITY ON the network functioning effectively. CHAPEL STREET, SOUTHPORT The proposed sites are identified on the Proposals Map. Merseytravel’s Core Bus Development which would make it Network is identified in the Supplementary difficult to implement a scheme giving Planning Guidance Note ‘Ensuring Choice of priority to pedestrians on Chapel Street, Travel’. Southport will not be permitted. This includes development which would 8.21 A development brief will be prepared prevent provision of rear servicing to for the Southport Station site and will properties on Chapel Street. contain details of how the site may be brought forward for development, including

Chapter 8 Transport Infrastructure Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 79

constraints and opportunities within the The policy aims to encourage alternatives POLICY T6 site (see also Policy R3 ‘Southport Station to the car by limiting the amount of parking FREIGHT DISTRIBUTION Complex’). in the Southport and Bootle Central Areas, NETWORK in line with the Merseyside Local Transport 8.22 Policy AD2 in Chapter 15 requires Plan. Other designated areas are 200m from 1. The freight distribution network will development schemes to be accessible by the boundaries of the following local centres be protected from harmful development a choice of means of travel, including by identified in the Supplementary Planning and improved. The network comprises: public transport. In some cases a financial Guidance (SPG) Note ‘Ensuring Choice of contribution may be sought from developers Travel’: (a) the dock facilities within the Port area; to the improvement of the above network • Maghull; (b) the Bootle Branch freight railway where this serves the development site. • Crosby; line, including connections to the Seaforth inter-modal terminal and Implementation • Waterloo; and other locations within the Port and 8.23 This policy will be implemented • Formby. Maritime Zone; through the development control process. 8.25 Only car parks which are required to (c) the roads designated as Freight Sustainability Appraisal meet the operational needs of a development Priority Routes. No changes made as road safety, environmental will be permitted. New pay and display, quality and Green Travel Plans are referred to contract, or other commercial car parks will 2. The North Mersey Railway Line in policies CS3 ‘Development Principles’, AD4 not be permitted. This applies to permanent (Bootle - Aintree) and associated ‘Green Travel Plans’ and DQ1’Design’. and temporary car parks, and renewals of railway land will be safeguarded for the existing temporary permissions. re-introduction of freight or passenger Policy Links services. EDT17 Employment Opportunity Sites (re 8.26 Only one two-year temporary Aintree Curve); permission or several continuous temporary 3. A scheme will be prepared for the permissions covering a maximum period of dualling of the A565 (Derby Road) H6 Housing Opportunity Sites (re Aintree two years will be allowed. Any break between between A5058 Millers Bridge and the Curve); the end of one temporary permission and Borough boundary with Liverpool City GBC2 Development in the Green Belt. the start of the next will count towards the Council (Atlantic Avenue Phase 6). R3 Southport Station Complex two year total. Renewal of existing temporary permissions will also be subject to this overall Background documents limit of two calendar years. Explanation Planning Policy Guidance Note 13 ‘Transport’, 2001; Implementation 8.28 The freight strategy in the second 8.27 This policy will be implemented Merseyside Local Transport Plan identifies ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, 2001; through the development control process, the need to make the most of opportunities ‘Merseyside Bus Strategy’ Merseytravel, 2001; with reference to the SPG mentioned above. to move goods by rail and so reduce the ‘Park and Ride Strategy for Merseyside’, 2002. environmental impact of freight traffic. Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed. 8.29 The Seaforth Euro Rail terminal is POLICY T5 located within the Port and is where goods NEW CAR PARKS IN Policy Links can be transferred between ships, freight DESIGNATED AREAS EDT10 Bootle Central Area - Development trains and lorries. The Port’s rail connection to Principles; the national network at Edge Hill, Liverpool, Within the Central Areas of Southport EDT13 Southport Central Area - Development is of strategic importance. The second and Bootle and any other designated Principles. Merseyside Local Transport Plan gives priority areas, proposals which are only for new to the upgrading of this route to increase its car parks will not be permitted, except Background documents capacity. where they meet a need identified in the ‘Merseyside Road Traffic Reduction Act Report’, Council’s parking strategy. Within these 2001; 8.30 Development within the operational Central Areas and any other designated Port area affecting dock and freight facilities ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, 2001; areas, permissions for temporary parking does not always require planning permission. will be limited to no more than two years. ‘Park and Ride Strategy for Merseyside’, 2002; Where it does, the criteria in Policy EDT9 will ‘Southport Transportation Strategy: Transis 2010’ apply. Sefton MBC, 1998; Explanation ‘Bootle Transportation Study’ Sefton MBC, 2001. 8.31 The roads designated as Freight Priority Routes are shown in the Supplementary 8.24 The supply of car parking is a key factor Planning Guidance Note ‘Ensuring Choice of affecting people’s decisions whether or not to Travel’. They are: use the car rather than other means of travel.

Chapter 8 Transport Infrastructure Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 80

A565 (Rimrose Road/Derby Road/ Background documents Atlantic Avenue); ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, 2001 and A5036 (Princess Way/Church Road/ 2006; Dunningsbridge Road); ‘Merseyside Freight Study’, 2000; A5058 (Miller’s Bridge/Balliol Road/ Merseyside Freight Strategy 2006. Breeze Hill).

8.32 As part of the “Atlantic Avenue” initiative the A565 has been improved to dual carriageway standard for most of the length from central Liverpool to the A5036 junction at Seaforth.

8.33 The volume of heavy goods traffic on these roads is a major cause of environmental disturbance for local communities, but even if there were more use of rail the efficient movement of freight by road would remain important to the local economy. The major Port Access Study, completed in 2004, resulted in an approved strategy to promote rail freight and manage and mitigate the impacts of the increased road freight. Rail freight enhancements to reinstate Olive Mount Curve and to undertake gauge enhancements is underway and the package of highway improvements is being developed to address key issues raised in the study and the subsequent Freight Strategy for Merseyside 2006.

8.34 The North Mersey Line connects the Southport and Ormskirk branches of the Merseyrail Northern Line network and is currently disused. It passes through major employment areas and the need to safeguard the line for possible future freight or passenger use has been recognised by Network Rail and Merseytravel.

Implementation 8.35 This policy will be implemented through the development control process.

Sustainability appraisal No changes made to policy as its main aim is to safeguard routes.

Policy Links EDT9 The Port and Maritime Zone; EDT17 Employment Opportunity Sites (re Aintree Curve); H6 Housing Opportunity Sites (re Aintree Curve); AD1 Location of Development.

Chapter 8 Transport Infrastructure Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste PAGE 81

EMW1 Prudent use of Resources 9.3 These policies provide the (Part 1 Policy) Objectives environmental and amenity criteria against • to increase the provision of renewable which proposals for renewable energy energy infrastructure to reduce reliance infrastructure, mineral extraction, waste ENERGY on fossil fuel. management and disposal facilities will be assessed. Such proposals may also need to EMW2 Renewable Energy • to ensure that the winning and working be accompanied by an Environmental Impact Infrastructure of minerals minimises any adverse Assessment. social and environmental impacts and is consistent with national policy guidance MINERALS and strategic policy guidance for the POLICY EMW1 EMW3 Protection of Mineral North West. PRUDENT USE OF RESOURCES Resources • to ensure that waste is dealt with in a Development should minimise the manner that does not allow any net EMW4 Proposals for Mineral and consumption of resources by: Aggregate Developments losses to social and environmental interests. (a) adopting forms of development, EMW5 Onshore Oil and Gas design and methods of construction Indicators which are energy efficient and use renewable sources of materials and WASTE 9.1 Tonnages of green household waste energy wherever practicable; and EMW6 Waste Management Strategy recycled or composted in Sefton. (Part 1 Policy) (b) re-using and recycling existing (Combined indicator for Energy, Minerals materials EMW7 Waste Management Facilities and Waste and Design and Environmental EMW8 Landfill Sites Quality Chapters) This is a Part 1 policy EMW9 Recycling Facilities 9.2/16.6 Renewable energy capacity installed: Explanation • as a result of Policy DQ2 9.4 A major contribution can be made to • in other schemes. reducing reliance on fossil fuels and nuclear energy through: Key Partners Renewable energy operators; developers • concentrating development within the of mineral resources; Merseyside Waste built-up area and making better use Disposal Authority; waste disposal of existing infrastructure, especially operators. transport systems; and • ensuring that development minimises energy use through the careful location Introduction and imaginative design of developments.

9.1 This chapter deals with a number of 9.5 Non-renewable resources such as topics which are at the heart of the debate minerals and fossil fuels should be used in a about sustainable development. In each topic sustainable manner, which means minimising aspirations or targets have been set out at their use and increasing recycling to produce a national level. Regional and Merseyside secondary aggregatesG. frameworks to achieve these are at various stages of preparation. 9.6 Using renewable sources of energy, and laying out sites to make the most of the heat 9.2 Each topic raises complex local from the sun and natural light can reduce the environmental issues which may need to be need for fossil fuels and nuclear energy. Other assessed against benefits at local, regional and aspects of design such as the type of materials national level. All policies of this chapter must used and good insulation can also reduce be read together and in conjunction with: energy use. Policy CS2 ‘Restraint on Development and Protection of Environmental Assets’; 9.7 The use of secondary aggregates will be Policy CS3 ‘Development Principles’; encouraged as this can reduce the need for aggregate and mineral extraction. Secondary Policy DQ2 ‘Renewable Energy in Development’; and, 1Under the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment)(England and Wales) Regulations Policy EP1 ‘Managing Environmental Risk. 1999

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 82 PAGE 83

aggregates can be provided through the reuse POLICY EMW2 Minerals and recycling of building materials (e.g. bricks, RENEWABLE ENERGY Mineral Protection and Extraction slates and cobbles). INFRASTRUCTURE 9.15 Sefton contains some high value Implementation 1. Proposals for renewable energy minerals and aggregates, so it is essential 9.8 A guide will be prepared to infrastructure will be judged against the that their extraction is carefully managed. recommend good practice in some of the national and Sefton-wide benefits that the Minerals can only be worked where they areas set out above. proposal may bring and the availability of occur. Development which sterilises known other sites that will allow the particular winnable resources or could harm long term Sustainability Appraisal renewable energy source to be harnessed. national mineral assets will not be permitted. Policy wording changed from promoting energy efficiency to encouraging development that is Procedures 9.16 Construction activity in Merseyside energy efficient. 2. Proposals should be accompanied by: and Sefton has meant that the area has become a net importer of minerals and some Policy Links (a) a project overview which identifies aggregates. As Merseyside and Sefton are None. the cumulative impacts of the not self-sufficient in the supply of minerals, proposed development; consideration needs to be given to promoting

Energy (b) a statement which indicates what the use of recycled and secondary aggregates. measures will be taken during and These represent a potential source of 9.9 Renewable energy refers to those after construction to minimise the materials for construction, thereby helping to energy flows that occur naturally and impact on local land-uses. conserve primary materials and reducing the repeatedly in the environment, for example volume of waste produced. energy from the sun and from the wind. It also includes exploiting wood as a fuel. Explanation Aggregate Minerals Increased use of renewable energy reduces harmful emissions to the environment. 9.12 Local initiatives to harness renewable 9.17 Workable deposits of sand and energy resources will be supported. However, sandstone are located in areas of valuable 9.10 The Government proposes that 10% the benefits and potential impacts of each landscape and underlie high grade agricultural of the UK electricity requirements should be proposal will have to be considered case by land. The Shirdley Hill Sands near Melling met from renewable energy sources by 2010, case. Renewable energy schemes should only (figure 9.1) are an example of an area of and 20% by 2020. Revised regional targets are be developed where they will be of most thin silica sand which may be important for being prepared for the amount of energy that benefit and cause least harm, although some industry. Silica sand is an asset of national is supplied from renewable sources. impact will be unavoidable. Potential impacts importance and should not be used for on the environment may be acceptable if aggregateG purposes. 9.11 The North West coast, including they are minor, or are outweighed by wider Liverpool Bay, is likely to be a location for benefits, such as national need for energy Inter-tidal Special Industrial Sands major offshore renewable energy projects. from non-fossil fuels which will contribute Wind turbines are already an established to reducing emissions of harmful gases or feature in Sefton within the Port and substances. 9.18 The main mineral deposits of industrial a windfarm off-shore at Burbo Bank, interest in Sefton are special industrial sands Blundellsands is being constructed. 9.13 Renewable energy projects may consist and aggregates. A proportion of the silica of many different elements. It is important to sand won from the Horse Bank off the coast know if any specific proposal forms part of an at Southport is used for special industrial wider project. A project overview is therefore purposes. Such sands are of considerable required which identifies all significant impacts. importance in the national context and the Horse Bank sands are of national importance Implementation to the glass industry. The Horse Bank is 9.14 Supplementary Planning Guidance will located within two sites of international be prepared setting out what will be required. nature conservation importance (Special Protection Area and Ramsar). Following a Sustainability Appraisal public inquiry (February 2002), permission Policy changed to explain the wider impacts has been granted for the continued sand which will be assessed. extraction from the Horse Bank for a further period of ten years subject to the Policy Links implementation of the agreed Environmental GBC6 Landscape Character Management Plan.

Background documents Planning Policy Guidance Note 22 ‘Renewable Energy’, 1993

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 83

Shirdley Hill Sands

Figure 9.1 The Shirdley Hill Sands

Maghull

Crosby

Bootle © Crown copyright

Oil and Gas Exploration an adequate supply to meet the needs of POLICY EMW3 society. Proposals for any development PROTECTION OF MINERALS should not lead to proven or potential 9.19 Preliminary exploration has taken RESOURCES place for oil and gas both on and off-shore. reserves being sterilised. Such resources will therefore be protected from changes in land The presence of oil in Sefton has been Proposals that would sterilise mineral use that cannot be reversed. The extraction known for many decades and a small well in deposits, including silica sand, on the of minerals before development takes place Formby Moss has produced oil in the past. A development site itself, or which would will only be permitted where an operations considerable amount of geological work has make it difficult to work minerals on statement, restoration and aftercare plan have been undertaken in the area, both on and adjacent sites will not be permitted except been agreed. off-shore within Liverpool Bay. where it can be demonstrated that:

(a) the mineral deposit is of no Implementation commercial interest, and is unlikely to 9.21 Through the development control be so in the future; and process.

(b) there is an overriding case for Sustainability Appraisal development taking place without No changes made as policy needs to safeguard extracting the mineral first; or resources.

(c) there is an overriding case for Policy Links extracting the minerals before the development takes place. None.

Explanation

9.20 Minerals policy should conserve minerals as far as possible, whilst ensuring

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 84 PAGE 85

quality resources should not be used to 9.29 In considering proposals for the POLICY EMW4 satisfy a demand for minerals which could extraction of minerals, including aggregates, PROPOSALS FOR MINERAL AND use a resource of a lower grade. This will the following factors will be taken into AGGREGATE DEVELOPMENTS ensure that finite resources are not depleted account: unnecessarily. 1. The exploration, appraisal, winning • how the proposal will assist Merseyside’s and working, processing and handling of contribution to the North West’s 9.24 All applications for mineral and minerals, including provision of aggregate regional share of providing minerals; aggregate development need to be depots, will only be permitted if the accompanied by an operations statement. • how the proposal will assist Merseyside’s following criteria are met: (The types of issues that need to be covered contribution to the North West’s (a) proposals are accompanied by an are set out in figure 9.2). regional share of providing aggregates, operations statement which sets out as set out in Draft Minerals Planning how the impacts of development will 9.25 A restoration and aftercare plan is Guidance Note 6; required to achieve sensitive restoration and be minimised; • the need to maintain a landbank of aftercare practices that will ensure that the permitted reserves for both minerals (b) proposals are accompanied by a site is restored to an appropriate beneficial and aggregates within the Merseyside restoration and aftercare plan. use. Sites should be left in a condition that and Greater Manchester area; maintains or enhances their value to the 2. In addition the winning and working, immediate environment, local communities • how the proposal will affect the supply processing and handling of minerals will and surrounding area. (The issues to be of minerals within and outside the region. only be permitted if there are adequate covered by the restoration and aftercare plan resources in terms of quality and quantity. are set out in figure 9.3). 9.30 The North West Regional Aggregate Working Party (NWRAWP) is one of a Procedures 9.26 Aftercare conditions relating to the number of similar working parties throughout 3. Planning conditions or legal management and maintenance of the site will England and Wales that collect data on the agreements will be used to ensure that be for a minimum period of five years. The production of aggregates. Membership is mineral development does not have an period of aftercare will be agreed between drawn from the constituent mineral planning unacceptable impact on the environment. the authority and the developer and may authorities, central government departments They will also be used to ensure that extend beyond five years to ensure that the and representatives from the extractive restoration and aftercare plans are site can be successfully returned to beneficial industry. They produce annual reports which complied with so that the site can be use. summarise the aggregate monitoring statistics returned to appropriate beneficial use. and planning applications in the North West. 9.27 Where an Environmental Statement is required or where material planning Implementation objections are not outweighed by any 9.31 Through the development control Explanation planning benefits, applicants will also need to process. demonstrate that there is market demand for 9.22 This policy covers the sequence of the resource. Sustainability Appraisal events involved in the extraction of minerals: Policy changed to clarify meaning of ‘adequate’. 9.28 Proposals for marine won aggregate exploration and appraisal; dredging are subject to the ‘Government Policy Links winning and working; View’ procedure operated by the RSS policies - Department of Communities and Local processing and handling; ER8 Minerals Extraction; Government (DCLG). The international ER9 Land Won Aggregates. the restoration of sites to a suitable after- nature conservation importance of the Sefton use once operations have ceased; and coast is dependent on physical processes, Background documents: especially sediment transport. Where an the aftercare of a site. North West Regional Spatial Strategy, 2003; application is made for a license (issued by Minerals Planning Guidance Notes 1,6 & 7: 9.23 In some instances developers may the Crown Estate) for marine aggregate ‘General Considerations and the Development only need to seek planning permission for extraction under the Government View Plan System’, 1996, ‘Guidelines for Aggregates certain parts of the sequence. For example, procedure, the Council will request and where exploration and appraisal is permitted encourage an assessment to be undertaken. Provision in England’, 1994, development, permission only needs to The assessment should be of the cumulative ‘The reclamation of Mineral workings’, 1996, be sought for the winning and working, effects of the proposed dredging on sediment Draft Minerals Planning Policy Guidance Note 6, transport and on the other physical processes processing and handling of minerals. In this ‘Draft National and Regional Guidelines for that may have impact on the sites of instance, section 2 of the policy will apply. Aggregates Provision in England, 2001-2016’, international nature conservation importance Minerals should only be extracted where 2002. the resource is of an adequate quantity to on the Sefton Coast. meet market demand and of the appropriate 1 This refers to unimplemented planning permissions quality or grade to satisfy the need. High for extracting materials.

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 85

FIGURE 9.2 FIGURE 9.3 Mineral and Aggregate Developments - Operations Statement Mineral and Aggregate Developments - Restoration and Aftercare Plan. Applicants will need to show how they will deal with the following aspects (where appropriate): The site and adjacent land must be left safe, stable, adequately drained and • the likely impact on existing or proposed residential or other environmentally sensitive restored to the required landform, to a uses in terms of: visual amenity (see Policy DQ1); dust, smells, air, land or water pollution standard suitable for the agreed after use. (see Policy EP1); noise and vibration (see Policy EP6); and floodlighting (see Policy EP7)

The restoration and aftercare statement • the likely effect on areas of: recreational use (see Policy G1 and G5); landscape (see should cover the following: GBC6); ecological importance (see Policies NC1 and NC2); and archaeological interest (see Policy HC6). • how the site will be made stable, adequately drained and restored to • the impact of operations on the structural integrity or setting of a Listed Building the required landform, to a standard or Conservation Area (see Policies HC1, HC3 and HC4) and Scheduled Ancient suitable for the agreed after use; Monuments (see Policy HC6) • stripping of soils and soil making • the impact on groundwater and surface water resources; including pollution, flows of materials, storage and/or direct flood water or the capacity of flood storage areas (see Policies EP2 ‘Pollution’ and EP8 replacement; ‘Flood Risk’) • storage and replacement of • the impact on the structure or viability of agricultural holdings and agricultural land overburden; quality so that this does not lead to the loss or reduction in quality of the best and most • availability of suitable filling materials versatile agricultural land (see Policy GBC7 ‘Agricultural Land Quality) for restoration and the feasibility of achieving the proposed restoration • the impact on the stability and drainage of the site and adjacent land within an acceptable timescale using imported materials; • the impact of traffic generated by the development on properties on adjoining routes used by the operations or on safety anywhere between the site and the strategic • achieving the landscape and landform transport network (see Policy AD3). Where possible, the use of sustainable alternatives objectives for the site, including filling to road transport should be employed. operations if required following mineral extraction; Details on the following should also be included within the statement: • restoration including soil placement, • access to the site; relief of compaction and provision of surface features; • the duration of operations; • phasing of restoration; means of • the phasing of operations; incorporating new wildlife habitats; • the hours or working; and

• blasting and gas flaringG requirements; • aftercare.

• the estimated number of vehicle movements each week; details of maintenance regimes for plant and equipment;

• assessment of the likelihood of borrow pits being required off-site;

• facilities for sheeting and washing vehicles leaving the site;

• how soil that is removed as part of operations will be protected and retained;

• the height of stock piles;

• how mineral waste will be disposed of and processed; and

• the measures that will be taken to identify, safeguard and, where appropriate, enhance features of landscape, ecological, archaeological or earth science interest existing on site or created by workings.

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 86 Sefton UDP Chapter 1 PAGE 87

9.41 In Sefton, 81% of municipal waste is POLICY EMW5 Waste disposed of to landfill - 19% is recycled or ONSHORE OIL AND GAS 9.36 The policy approach to waste composted. The Council has set targets to recycle or compost 35% of Sefton’s waste 1. Proposals for oil and gas exploration management follows the waste ‘hierarchy’. The by 2010 and 40% by 2020. This will involve a will only be considered acceptable where waste hierarchy is a tool which ranks different change to how household waste is collected. it can be demonstrated that: waste management options according to their impact on the environment. Waste reduction These targets are in line with proposed (a) there is a need for the development; is the most environmentally beneficial option, Government targets to recycle or compost followed by re-use, recycling or composting, 40% of household waste by 2010 and 50% (b) the proposed location for the energy recovery, then finally disposal. Treated by 2020, taking account of the maximum development is the most suitable, municipal waste will only be sent to landfill potential recycling performance in Sefton’s taking into account environmental, as a last resort, although it is acknowledged densely populated urban areas. geological and technical factors. that it will be the only alternative for certain commercial wastes and will be relied on 9.42 Additional waste treatment facilities Procedures heavily for disposing of municipal waste in the will need to be developed within Merseyside 2. An overall strategy for the exploration short to medium term. to manage its municipal solid waste which must be submitted as part of the amounts to nearly 900,000 tonnes per application. 9.37 There should be facilities to deal with year. It is not possible to categorically state waste in a range of ways, without having to the number of new facilities that will be 3. The proposal shall provide for rely on landfill, e.g. recycling and recovery, and required in Sefton to deal with municipal restoration of the land, regardless of treatment of biodegradable waste. However, waste, in order to reduce dependency on whether oil or gas is found. significant landfill capacity will be required landfill. However, estimates for Merseyside in the short and medium term given the are shown in figure 9.4 below. Sefton will long timescales for new waste management need to contribute its share of these facilities Explanation facilities to be developed. alongside the other Merseyside districts.

9.32 Applications for oil and gas exploration, 9.38 In the North West region, 75% of FIGURE 9.4 appraisal and development will be considered all waste is currently disposed of to landfill Estimated number of facilities and residual as a mineral operation. Exploration will be sites and capacity for further landfill is now landfill requirements for Municipal Waste supported subject to individual proposals limited. The EC Landfill Directive requires that in Merseyside – to 2020 being acceptable in environmental terms, and the amount of biodegradableG waste being the potential impact on renewable energy disposed of to landfill sites should be reduced. sources within the region. The National Waste Strategy sets targets to Capacity of Composting 120,000 comply with this. Facilities required 9.33 The need for land-based oil and gas (tonnes per year) development must be proven. It will be 9.39 A Waste Management Technical Report assessed in the context of national energy has been produced in response to both the Capacity of Material Recovery 350,000 policy and targets for increasing the amount EC Directive and the National Waste Strategy. Facilities required of energy from renewable sources. The report and the subsequent consultation (tonnes per year) process will be used to produce a Regional

9.34 The overall strategy is required to Waste Strategy. A medium term waste ensure that any proposal will not lead to strategy for Merseyside is already emerging. Capacity of Thermal Facilities 400,000 sporadic or piecemeal development of oil required (tonnes per year) or gas resources which could have harmful 9.40 The aim of that document will be environmental effects. The strategy will need to reduce dependency on landfill sites by Residual Landfill Capacity 6750 to be agreed with the Council. A Restoration promoting a reduction in the amount of requirement (‘000s cubic metres) and Aftercare Plan should also be agreed with waste produced and increasing the re- the Council to ensure that land is restored to use, recycling, composting and recovery of an adequate standard. waste. A joint Merseyside Municipal Waste Source: Regional Waste Strategy, North West Management Strategy has been developed, Regional Assembly, September 2004. which seeks to reduce the annual rate of Implementation growth of municipal waste, recycle and 9.35 This policy will be implemented compost 44% and develop waste treatment through the development control process. facilities to manage the remaining waste. 9.43 In addition to the requirements for There will be an increasing demand for new municipal waste, there is a requirement Sustainability Appraisal types of facilities for managing waste and the for the industrial and commercial sectors No changes made as a policy dealing with this materials collected separately for recycling. to minimise waste produced and their issue is needed. These will have significant implications for the dependency on landfill. North West landfill use of land. capacity is running out and at current Policy Links None rates of use will be exhausted in five years. Sefton UDP Chapter 1 PAGE 87

The development of Regional Spatial the proximity principle - that waste should Strategy and the joint Merseyside Waste generally be disposed of as near as possible Development Plan Document will provide to where it has been produced; further clarification on the potential number regional self-sufficiency - the general aim in and broad locations of new facilities that managing waste should be that each Region may need to address the landfill capacity deals with its own waste. requirement for all types of waste. Implementation 9.44 It is likely that both the municipal and 9.47 This policy will be implemented the industrial and commercial sectors will through the development control process. apply for planning permissions at locations where there is market demand. The Council Sustainability Appraisal is already receiving more planning applications No changes made as location of facilities is for non-municipal waste management facilities. covered by other Plan policies.

Policy Links POLICY EMW6 RSS policies - WASTE MANAGEMENT EQ4 Principles Governing a Regional Approach STRATEGY to Sustainable Waste Management EQ5 A Regional Approach to Waste Proposals for new waste management Management facilities or extensions to existing facilities will be permitted where: EQ6 Waste Management Facilities

(a) the need for the facility has been Background documents agreed within an approved PPS10, Planning for Sustainable Waste regional or sub-regional waste Management, ODPM 2005; framework; or regional or sub- regional waste strategy; and PPS10 Companion Guide, DCLG, 2006; National Waste Strategy, DETR, May 2000 and (b) the facility provides the best consultation for revision 2006; practicable environmental option for Regional Waste Management Technical Report, dealing with the particular type of North West Regional Assembly, July 2001; waste. North West Regional Assembly Draft Regional Waste Strategy, July 2003. This is a Part 1 Policy

Explanation

9.45 The National Waste Strategy sets out the principle of Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) on which waste management decisions should be based. This promotes the waste management approach, or mix of approaches, that provides the most benefits or the least damage to the environment as a whole, at acceptable cost in the long term as well as the short term.

9.46 The National Waste Strategy outlines the key factors which need to be taken into account when determining fit with SEA: the waste hierarchy - which advocates that in order of preference waste should be reduced, re-used, processed to recover material and/or energy and, as a last resort, the residual amount disposed of to landfill;

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 88 PAGE 89

metres of a workplace or the boundary of EMW7 Explanation a dwelling, unless an assessment has been WASTE MANAGEMENT carried out which proves that facility will not FACILITIES 9.48 The waste management facilities include; recycling (including civic amenity ‘bring pose a safety risk to adjacent uses. 1. Waste management facilities will be sites’), reclamation and waste transfer stations, 9.52 Any composting process that acceptable within designated Primarily recyclate processing facilities, along with involves catering and/or kitchen waste from Industrial Areas, subject to the provisions open and ‘in vessel’ composting, waste water  householders must be carried out in line of Policy EDT5. treatment and energy from waste facilities. These have similar requirements to other with the latest government guidance and legislation. This usually requires composting 2. Waste management facilities will be industrial uses. Such facilities usually require within enclosed vessels. This is necessary to refused where they adjoin or directly face high numbers of deliveries and collections and avoid the risk of spreading infectious diseases residential properties, or are within 100m involve noisy operations, and are therefore such as Foot and Mouth. of a Primarily Residential Area, or where acceptable in principle within industrial areas. they will significantly harm the operating 9.53 The amount of waste that is recycled environment of nearby industrial premises. 9.49 Recycling, reclamation and waste transfer stations will not be acceptable in and recovered can be increased by incorporating sorting, storage and collection 3. Proposals for new waste management locations where they are likely to have a facilities, and technologies that allow energy facilities will be acceptable adjacent to detrimental impact on existing industries, and nutrient recovery, as part of waste existing waste management facilities, particularly food manufacturing and high management operations. Incorporating these provided that no significant harm will be technology activities. It is therefore preferable types of practices and technologies into waste caused to the surrounding area. that recycling, reclamation and waste transfer stations are, wherever possible, located management facilities can help to ensure that waste is managed in a sustainable manner. 4. Waste transfer stations should be adjacent to each other, providing that such housed within a building, unless it can be uses are compatible with other policies in the 9.54 Where such technologies and working demonstrated that no significant nuisance Plan. practices are not incorporated within will result from operations. 9.50 If the Borough is to achieve its proposals, applicants must demonstrate composting targets, additional facilities will why these methods are not technically or 5. Aerobic composting facilities will be be required. Open composting must be economically viable. acceptable: undertaken away from occupied premises at (a) as part of a small-scale operation a distance to be agreed by the Council and 9.55 To make sure that the environmental within the countryside; the Environment Agency. It may therefore be effects of waste management facilities are fully  considered, proposals must be accompanied (b) within an existing landfill site acceptable for aerobic composting to take by an Operations Statement (figure 9.5) where the facility will operate for a place on a small scale within the countryside and, where appropriate, a Restoration and temporary period in association with e.g. on farms, so long as any associated Aftercare Plan (figure 9.6). the life of the landfill; structures do not affect the openness of the Green Belt (refer to Policy GBC2). (c) as part of a land restoration project, Composting may also be acceptable in Implementation where the facility will operate for a association with landfill sites. 9.56 This policy will be implemented temporary period in association with through the development control process. the land restoration scheme. 9.51 Open air composting facilities not only require planning permission, but they Sustainability Appraisal 6. Proposals for waste management also require a waste management licence (or Minor changes to policy wording for clarity. facilities and extensions to existing facilities an exemption from licensing) issued by the shall provide for the further recovery and Environment Agency. Due to the production Policy Links recycling of waste materials. of bio-aerosols during aerobic, open air EDT5 Primarily Industrial Areas;

composting, the Environment Agency Procedures GBC2 Development in the Green Belt. will not normally issue a licence if open air GBC6 Landscape Character 7. All proposals shall be accompanied by: composting facilities are located within 250 (a) an Operations Statement; and EP1 Managing Environmental Risk 1 Energy from Waste involves energy from waste by (b) where appropriate, a Restoration and burning. This can include incineration with energy AD1 Location of Development. Aftercare Plan. recovery, or newer technologies such as pyrolysis, anaerobic digestion and gasification. 8. Planning conditions and legal agreements will be used to ensure that 2 The biological breakdown of organic matter in the the operation, restoration and aftercare presence of oxygen. of sites are carried out appropriately, and that the site will be restored to an agreed 3Bioaerosols are micro-organisms and/or other tiny after use. biological particles suspended in air (an aerosol of tiny biological particles). Respirable and generally invisible.

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 89

FIGURE 9.5 FIGURE 9.6 POLICY EMW8 Waste Management Facilities - Waste Management Facilities - LANDFILL SITES Operations Statement Restoration and Aftercare Plan 1. Proposals for landfill sites and This should provide information on the extensions to existing landfill sites will not This should include details on: following: be permitted where they would: • the nature and volume of material to • a phased restoration scheme (a) harm important environmental be accepted into the facility; throughout the working life of the resources and assets of the Borough; development; • for landfill and landraisesG the length (b) harm the amenity enjoyed by of time the facility will be in operation • measures to minimise the area of occupiers of surrounding land uses. for; open working; Procedures • methods and techniques to • adequate and effective methods to 2. An operations statement and a be employed to safeguard and  control landfill gas and leachates restoration and aftercare plan shall enhance existing and potential production both during and after accompany proposals for landfill sites. archaeological, ecological, geological, operations have ceased. In cases geomorphological and landscape where a Waste Management Licence 3. Proposals for landfill sites shall indicate features relating to the site; is not needed, long term after care the: • provisions made to allow the including monitoring and controlling recovery of materials for re-use or will need to be secured through a (a) type of material that will be used for to generate energy or if not viable legal agreement; filling; a statement indicating why such • satisfactory restoration of the (b) degree to which material will be methods cannot be incorporated into site and suitable provision for compacted; the proposal; aftercare and monitoring including, • access to the site; where appropriate, the long-term (c) finished contour levels; and management of leachate and gas • the hours of working, vehicle (d) means by which damage caused emissions; movement and maintenance of plant during settlement of the site will be and equipment; • for landfills, details of pre- and post- addressed. • provision of sufficient street space for settlement finished contours. deliveries, collection and storage of • the measures that will be taken materials and associated car parking. Explanation to enhance nature conservation interests. 9.57 Even if more waste is recycled or re-used there will still be a need for landfillG 1 Water that has become contaminated by sites to dispose of residual waste. Possibilities percolating through waste, or other materials used for further landfillG sites in Sefton are limited in waste management operations. for a number of reasons: nearness to where people live, the presence of aquifersG and other important water resources, the quality of agricultural land, extensive areas of nature conservation value and the extent of the Green Belt.

9.58 Proposals for landfill sites should include:

• the means for energy recovery within the landfill operations, this will typically be through methane collectionG, extraction and burning;

• temporary restoration scheme which may include temporary composting activities.

9.59 Temporary restoration schemes are needed because when filling stops, it takes time for material to break down biologically and to settle. A temporary restoration

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 90

scheme will therefore need to include details on how any damage caused as the site settles can be rectified before the site is finally restored.

Implementation 9.60 This policy will be implemented through the development control process.

Sustainability Appraisal No changes made as policy must be read alongside Policy EMW6 ‘Waste Management Strategy’.

Policy Links None

POLICY EMW9 RECYCLING FACILITIES

Proposals for new superstores, supermarkets and other appropriate large developments with their own car parks, which are acceptable in principle, will only be permitted provided that recycling facilities are designed as an integral part of the development.

Explanation

9.61 It makes sense to include recycling facilities within retail and other major developments which have their own car parks and generate a large number of trips. This will make the most of opportunities for recycling close to people’s homes, and in locations that are accessible by cycle, foot, or car. It also encourages a journey which is combined with other purposes.

Implementation 9.62 This policy will be implemented through the development control process

Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed.

Policy Links None

Background documents None

Chapter 9 Energy, Minerals and Waste Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 10 Green Belt and Countryside PAGE 93

GREEN BELT • to prevent neighbouring towns from Objectives merging into one another; GBC1 The Green Belt (Part 1 Policy) • to assist in safeguarding the countryside • to support urban regeneration and a from encroachment; sustainable pattern of development and physical change by restricting • to preserve the setting and special GBC2 development in the Green Belt character of historic towns; and Development in the Green Belt • to protect from development the best • to assist in urban regeneration, by and most versatile agricultural land as a encouraging the recycling of derelict and GBC3 national resource other urban land. Redevelopment of a Major Developed • to enhance the environmental quality 10.3 The Green Belt in Sefton is particularly Site in the Green Belt - The POLICY GBC1 of Sefton’s rural area important in assisting urban regeneration. Powerhouse, Hoggs Hill Lane, Formby THE GREEN BELT New development is focused on sites which Indicators have been developed before within urban 1. There will be no changes to the GBC4 areas. The Green Belt also plays a key role in 10.1 Increase in area of woodland general extent of the Green Belt at Redevelopment or infilling of a major protecting the countryside. planting and woodland under management least until 2011. The need for any developed site in the Green Belt amendment beyond then will be secured through planning obligations each 10.4 Land in the Green Belt should help to – Ashworth Hospital, Maghull determined at the next Plan Review year. achieve a number of objectives which are set having regard to Regional Spatial out in figure 10.1. The policies in this chapter Strategy. GBC5 10.2 The number, total area and type aim to ensure that only development which of developments approved within the contributes to these objectives will take place Infill Development on Major 2. Only very restricted types of Developed Sites in the Green Belt Green Belt, and the proportion which is in the Green Belt. ‘inappropriate’ development. development appropriate to the purposes of the Green Belt will be permitted. COUNTRYSIDE 10.3 The number of planning permissions granted that result in the loss of best and GBC6 most versatile agricultural land, and the This is a Part 1 policy Landscape Character (Part 1 Policy) percentage of irreversible development taking place on best and most versatile agricultural land (grades 1, 2, and 3) GBC7 compared to poorer quality agricultural FIGURE 10.1 Agricultural Land Quality land (grades 4 and 5). The Use of Land in the Green Belt

Key partners The use of land in the Green Belt has GBC8 Mersey Forest a positive role to play in fulfilling the Equestrian Development Countryside Agency following objectives:

• to provide opportunities for access GBC9 to the open countryside for the Landscape Renewal Areas Introduction urban population;

10.1 In Sefton all land outside of urban • to provide opportunities for outdoor areas - that is, Sefton’s countryside - is within sport and outdoor recreation near the Green Belt. The Green Belt covers an area urban areas; of 7,840 hectares, approximately 51% of the • to retain attractive landscapes, and area of the Borough. This includes significant enhance landscapes, near where areas of high quality agricultural land and people live; substantial areas of nature conservation value. It also embraces the majority of the • to improve damaged and derelict land undeveloped coast. around towns;

10.2 The most important attribute of the • to secure nature conservation Green Belt is its openness. Planning Policy interests; and Guidance Note 2, ‘Green Belts’, identifies five purposes of including land in the Green Belt: • to retain land in agricultural, forestry and related uses. • to check the unrestricted sprawl of large built-up areas;

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 94 PAGE 95

Explanation Sustainability appraisal POLICY GBC2 No changes needed. DEVELOPMENT IN THE GREEN 10.5 The boundary of the Green Belt in the BELT Unitary Development Plan adopted in May Policy Link 1995 is largely unchanged from that approved RSS Policy - Within the Green Belt planning in the Merseyside Green Belt Local Plan in SD5 The Green Belts. permission will not be given for 1983. The 1983 boundary was itself mainly development other than: based on boundaries established in plans in Background documents the 1960s and 1970s. This is consistent with Planning Policy Guidance Note 2 ‘Green Belts’, 1. The construction of new buildings for an important principle of national Green 1995; the following purposes: Belt policy that, once established, Green Belts ‘Sefton 2000+’, Sefton MBC, 1998; should endure and should only be changed (a) agriculture and forestry; Regional Spatial Strategy for the North West, exceptionally. (b) essential facilities for outdoor sport and outdoor recreation, for 10.6 The Merseyside Green Belt was cemeteries, and for other uses of devised as a tool to support regeneration land which preserve the openness within the urban area of Merseyside. This of the Green Belt and which do strategic role is recognised in Planning Policy not conflict with the purposes of Guidance Note 11 ‘Regional Planning’ which including land in it; says that the need for a review of, and changes to, approved Green Belts should be (c) limited extension, alteration or set out in Regional Planning Guidance, now replacement of existing dwellings; RSS. (d) infill or redevelopment of major 10.7 The draft RSS (expected to be developed sites in accordance with approved in 2007) proposes that the need Policies GBC3, GBC4 & GBC5; for any substantial change to the Merseyside (e) small-scale composting within the Green Belt, beyond 2011, should be identified countryside. through a strategic study.

2. The re-use of existing buildings where 10.8 The Council’s view is that the retention it does not have a materially greater of the existing Green Belt is consistent impact than the present use on the with the aims of sustainable development openness of the Green Belt and the and urban regeneration at least until 2011. purposes of including land in it. This conclusion is based on studies and consultations carried out for Sefton 2000+ 3. The temporary use of land for mineral in 1998 and in the light of the subsequent extraction, engineering and other work on urban housing capacity and new operations. regeneration initiatives.

4. The making of any material change in 10.9 In particular, there is adequate capacity the use of land where the openness of to meet the number of new homes proposed the Green Belt is maintained and there is by RSS (see Policy H3 - ‘Housing Land Supply’ no conflict with the purposes of including of this Plan). Whether there is a need for land in it. In this respect the proposed change to the Green Belt in Sefton in later Maghull North Station and associated years will be considered in the Core Strategy Park and Ride facilities in accordance with in the light of the findings of the sub-regional Policy T4, is appropriate. study.

10.10 Only minor amendments have been made to the boundary of Sefton’s Explanation Green Belt. This has allowed small parcels of land previously within neighbouring local 10.12 If the Green Belt is to achieve the authorities’ areas to be included within the objectives set out in figure 10.1, development Sefton Green Belt. These are shown on the must be strictly controlled. Policy GBC2 sets Proposals Map. out the limited number of uses which are, in principle, appropriate to the Green Belt. Implementation 10.11 This policy will be implemented 10.13 While the construction of new through the development control process. buildings for agriculture and forestry uses

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 95

in the Green Belt is acceptable in principle, 10.18 Park and Ride sites in the Green POLICY GBC3 the construction of agricultural and forestry Belt may be acceptable providing they REDEVELOPMENT OF A MAJOR dwellings will be restricted. New dwellings will fulfil the criteria set out in Planning Policy DEVELOPED SITE IN THE GREEN only be permitted where applicants can prove Guidance Note 13 ‘Transport’. The Park and BELT - THE POWERHOUSE, that there is an essential need that cannot Ride facilities associated with the proposed HOGGS HILL LANE, FORMBY be met by existing accommodation. Where Maghull North Station are identified in new agricultural and forestry dwellings are Policy T4 ‘Safeguarding the Public Transport Land at the Powerhouse, Hoggs Hill Lane, allowed, conditions will be attached to the Network’ and on the Proposals Map. The Formby, as shown on the Proposals Map, permission to restrict who occupies them. proposed station is also acceptable. is available for redevelopment. Proposals This is to ensure that they remain available for should meet all of the following criteria: agricultural and forestry uses. 10.19 More detailed information relating to development in the Green Belt is set out in 10.14 Applications to remove such the Supplementary Planning Guidance Note (a) redevelopment or re-use should occupancy conditions will only be permitted ‘Development in the Green Belt’. have no greater impact than the where applicants can prove that there is existing development on the no longer a need for accommodation for Implementation openness of the Green Belt and the somebody solely, mainly or last working in 10.20 This policy will be implemented purposes of including land in it, and agriculture or forestry in the area. through the development control where possible should have less; process with particular reference to the 10.15 Limited extension, alteration or Supplementary Planning Guidance outlined (b) any new buildings resulting from replacement of dwellings in the Green Belt above. redevelopment should be lower in is acceptable in principle, provided that such height than the existing building; development would maintain the openness of Sustainability appraisal the Green Belt and the purposes of including Policy changed to refer to re-use of buildings. (c) if the site is redeveloped, the land within it. The principle of re-using redevelopment should not occupy a buildings is also acceptable. Applications for Policy Links larger area of the site than the area the re-use of a building must be accompanied T4 Safeguarding the Public Transport occupied by the existing building by a structural survey. This should prove that Network; unless this would achieve a reduction the building is of permanent and substantial in height which would benefit visual EMW7 Waste Management Facilities. construction, and is capable of conversion amenity; without major or complete reconstruction. Background documents (d) redevelopment or re-use should resolve the problems of access by 10.16 The construction of small-scale green Planning Policy Guidance Note 2 ‘Green Belts’, goods vehicles caused by previous waste composting facilities may be acceptable 1995; business uses. in the Green Belt. Policy EMW7 ‘Waste Planning Policy Statement 7 ‘Sustainable Management Facilities’ sets out the criteria Development in Rural Areas’, 2004; for assessing such proposals. Paragraph 9.48 Planning Policy Guidance Note 13 ‘Transport’, provides additional advice on this type of 2001. development. Major Developed Sites in the 10.17 Proposals for appropriate scale farm diversification may be acceptable, although Green Belt new buildings for farm diversification are not acceptable. Sections 2 and 4 of 10.21 In Sefton four ‘major developed sites’ this policy are relevant. Planning Policy have been identified in the Green Belt (figure Statement 7: Sustainable Development 10.2). Policies GBC3, GBC4 and GBC5 below in Rural Areas provides information on set out criteria for assessing appropriate appropriate forms of farm diversification. development at these sites. Many farm-based diversification schemes do not require planning permission. Proposals for industrial uses, crafts not directly linked to the agriculture on the farm, storage and distribution, haulage and other uses which are urban in nature, are neither appropriate nor acceptable in Sefton’s Green Belt. The Supplementary Planning Guidance Note ‘Development in the Green Belt’ provides further information and guidance.

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 96 PAGE 97

Figure 10.2 Major Developed Sites in the Green Belt

Green Belt The Powerhouse, Formby (Policy GBC3) Ashworth Hospital, Maghull (Policy GBC4) Infill Development Site (Policy GBC5)

© Crown copyright

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 97

existing hospital use is, in principle, acceptable Explanation POLICY GBC4 to enable this use to continue. This comprises REDEVELOPMENT OR INFILLING the filling of small gaps between existing built 10.22 The Powerhouse is a prominent OF A MAJOR DEVELOPED SITE IN development. industrial building on the southern edge of THE GREEN BELT – ASHWORTH Formby. It was built to generate power for HOSPITAL, MAGHULL the adjacent Liverpool to Southport railway. Implementation 10.28 This policy will be implemented The site has since been used for a number Infilling or redevelopment will be allowed through the development control process. of commercial purposes, but the access via at Ashworth Hospital, Maghull, as shown on Hoggs Hill Lane is not suitable for goods the Proposals Map, subject to the following Sustainability appraisal vehicles. Part of the site has been used for criteria: landfill. The site lies within a flood risk area, This is a new policy recommended by the next to the . Inspector following a Public Inquiry and no 1. Infilling should: sustainability appraisal has been carried out. 10.23 An alternative use is encouraged, (a) have no greater impact on the Policy Links provided that the access problem is resolved. purpose of including land in the None The new use should not have a greater Green Belt than the existing impact on the openness of the Green Belt, development; which in this location helps to maintain Background Documents the open gap between the settlements of (b) not exceed the height of the existing Planning Policy Guidance Note 2 ‘Green Belts’, Formby and Hightown. Small scale residential buildings; 1995. development may be an appropriate use for (c) not lead to a major increase in the the site or, alternatively, conversion of the developed proportion of the site. POLICY GBC5 Powerhouse for residential purposes. INFILL DEVELOPMENT ON MAJOR DEVELOPED SITES IN 10.24 This policy sets out the criteria 2. Redevelopment should: THE GREEN BELT which will be used to assess proposals (a) have no greater impact than the for the redevelopment or re-use of this existing development on the 1. This policy applies within the areas major developed site. It will be important openness of the Green Belt and the defined on the Proposals Map at the to ensure that neither approach results in purposes of including land in it, and following sites: greater impact on the Green Belt either where have possible have less; through the amount of land required for Altcar Rifle Range, Hightown; (b) contribute to the achievement of new residential development or through Woodvale Airfield, Formby. objectives for the use of land in the the additional requirement of converting Green Belt; the building (in particular the need for car 2. Proposals for limited infill parking). The extra amount of land identified (c) not exceed the height of the existing development will be permitted within the for new development should be the minimum buildings; and above areas, where all of the following required to achieve a viable scheme. Specialist criteria are met: (d) not occupy a larger area of the site advice will be taken regarding the economic than existing buildings. (a) it does not have a greater impact viability of any development proposal. on the purposes of including land in the Green Belt than the existing Implementation development; 10.25 This policy will be implemented through the development control process. Explanation (b) it does not exceed the height of the existing buildings; Sustainability appraisal 10.26 The East Site of the Ashworth (c) it does not lead to a major increase No changes made as design issues dealt with in Hospital became redundant in 2003. It in the proportion of the site which is Policy DQ1 ‘Design’. is considered appropriate to provide for the complete or partial redevelopment of developed. Policy Links Ashworth Hospital, as well as for infilling. Any None proposals for the partial redevelopment of this site should be put forward in the context Background documents of comprehensive, long-term plans for the Planning Policy Guidance Note 2 ‘Green site as a whole. A development brief may be Explanation Belts’,1995 prepared to identify suitable uses once an assessment has been done of the likely impact 10.29 Two major developed sites in the of any use on the Green Belt, including the Green Belt are expected to continue in their amount of traffic generated. current uses during the Plan period. These are at: 10.27 Within the existing developed area of Altcar Rifle Range, Hightown; and this site modest development related to the Woodvale Airfield, Formby

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 98 PAGE 99

10.30 Within the existing developed area of development proposals will be required to Explanation these sites modest development related to ensure that its character is retained. In areas the existing use is, in principle, acceptable to where the character of the landscape has 10.37 The Agricultural Land Classification enable these uses to continue. This comprises deteriorated, development proposals will system grades the quality of agricultural the filling of small gaps between existing have to contribute towards the enhancement land from 1 to 5, with grade 3 divided into buildings. This can help to secure jobs and or restoration of the landscape character. grades 3a and 3b. The best and most versatile prosperity without harming the Green Belt. agricultural land is that in grades 1, 2 and 3a. 10.35 A Supplementary Planning Guidance This land is a national environmental asset Implementation (SPG) Note ‘Landscape Character’ has and economic resource which should be This policy will be implemented through the been prepared. This identifies the different protected from irreversible development for development control process. landscape types within Sefton, their future generations. distribution and quality, and how development Sustainability appraisal will be able to contribute to their 10.38 Sefton has 3,770 hectares of the No changes made as policy relates to specific preservation, conservation, enhancement or best and most versatile agricultural land. This sites and circumstances. restoration. makes up almost half (48%) of the Sefton Green Belt. Any proposals for development Policy Links Implementation on the best and most versatile agricultural None 10.36 This policy will be implemented land would have to be acceptable in the through the development control process Green Belt. Where a proposal is acceptable in Background documents guided by the SPG referred to above. the Green Belt or is justified by very special Planning Policy Guidance Note 2 ‘Green Belts’, circumstances, it will be assessed against the 1995. Sustainability appraisal criteria set out in Policy GBC6 ‘Landscape Minor change made to clarify policy wording. Character’.

Countryside Policy Link Implementation CPZ3 Coastal Landscape Conservation and 10.39 This policy will be implemented Management POLICY GBC6 through the development control process. LANDSCAPE CHARACTER Background documents Sustainability appraisal Development in the countryside will Planning Policy Guidance Note 7 ‘The No changes needed. only be permitted where proposals Countryside’, 1997; contribute, as appropriate, to the Policy Links Planning Policy Guidance Note 15 ‘Planning and preservation, conservation, enhancement GBC1 The Green Belt the Historic Environment’, 1994; or restoration of the landscape character GBC6 Landscape Character of the countryside. ‘Sefton Landscape Character Assessment’, Sefton MBC, 1999. Background documents This is a Part 1 policy Planning Policy Guidance Note 7 ‘The Countryside’, 1997. POLICY GBC7 AGRICULTURAL LAND Explanation QUALITY

10.32 Sefton’s countryside is a precious Development will not be permitted if it natural resource. The character of the would result in the loss of the best and landscape, once lost, cannot be re-created. most versatile agricultural land unless all The landscape and historic character can of the following criteria are met: make a significant contribution to the economic, environmental, and community life (a) there is a lack of sites in already of the Borough. developed areas;

10.33 Studies of the landscape character of (b) no land below grade 3a is the Sefton countryside have been carried out. available which is not subject to an These identify the key characteristics of the environmental designation; countryside, and divide the countryside into landscape types. (c) the development is proposed on land of the lowest practicable grade. 10.34 This policy ensures that any development in rural areas contributes to the character of Sefton’s countryside. In areas where the landscape is of a high quality,

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 99

use. Wherever possible existing buildings Explanation POLICY GBC8 should be re-used to reduce the need for EQUESTRIAN DEVELOPMENT new buildings. 10.46 The following areas are designated as Landscape Renewal Areas (LRAs): 1. Proposal for small-scale development 10.43 Commercial livery or equestrian for the keeping of horses and other activities that provide overnight (i) Alt and Rimrose Valleys LRA equestrian development will be permitted accommodation for horses will often require (ii) Town Lane LRA where the following criteria are met: 24-hour residential supervision. As new dwellings are not normally acceptable in the (a) at least 0.4 hectares of grazing land is Further Landscape Renewal Areas may be Green Belt, proposals for new commercial available for each horse at the same proposed and approved within the life of the developments will only be considered where location; Plan. there is an existing dwelling or building (b) new buildings are sited and designed suitable for conversion available on or nearby 10.47 Within Sefton’s countryside there are to minimise the visual impact on the the site. many sites consisting of degraded or derelict openness of the Green Belt; open land, including former landfill sites, 10.44 Equestrian development proposals some of which are quite extensive. Almost (c) there is easy access to bridleways. must demonstrate that there is easy access all is high-profile, being at the urban fringe, to bridleways. It should be noted that not and much is next to key transport corridors A planning condition or legal agreement all bridleways are public Rights of Way and and gateways into Sefton. This creates a poor may be used requiring a specific and permission must be sought for access to image for visitors and those contemplating identified area of land to be available at all bridleways that are not public Rights of Way. investment in Sefton, as well as for those living times for the use of the horses. A record of public Rights of Way is held by or working in the countryside or urban fringe. Sefton Council. 2. Proposals for livery or other 10.48 This policy aims to ensure that commercial equestrian activities involving Implementation development proposals contribute to the overnight accommodation of horses 10.45 This policy will be implemented environmental regeneration. Improving the will only be permitted where there is an through the development control process. environmental and visual quality of the area existing residential property or building can also assist the regeneration of the rural suitable for conversion to residential use Sustainability appraisal economy e.g. by encouraging countryside- available on or nearby the site. No changes needed. based recreation and tourism. Environmental regeneration will improve the image of A planning condition or legal agreement Policy Links Sefton’s countryside and the Borough as will be used to tie the dwelling to the None a whole. Developments on the edge of activity. urban areas can enhance the character and Background documents appearance of the urban fringe, consolidate Planning Policy Guidance Note 2 ‘Green Belts’, green networks, and promote biodiversityG. 1995; All of this has a positive impact on urban and Explanation Planning Policy Guidance Note 7 ‘The rural regeneration. Countryside’, 1997. 10.40 The riding and keeping of horses is 10.49 There is a concentration of derelict an appropriate activity in the countryside. and degraded sites in the Alt and Rimrose However, the over-intensive use of land for POLICY GBC9 Valleys in the south of the Borough, around activities related to the keeping of horses, LANDSCAPE RENEWAL AREAS the M57, M58, and Switch Island between such as overgrazing or a large number of Maghull/Melling and Aintree/Netherton. This buildings, can detract from the character of Development within Landscape Renewal area is an important gateway to the borough, the landscape and the openness of the Green Areas, including farm diversification, encompassing major roads, recreational paths Belt. will only be permitted where it does and the Leeds and Liverpool Canal. This land not harm any, and makes a positive is designated as the Alt and Rimrose Valleys 10.41 To ensure that horse related contribution to one or more, of the Landscape Renewal Area. The degraded open development does not result in overgrazing, following: land around Town Lane, Kew, a former landfill proposals should provide for at least 0.4 (a) environmental and landscape quality; site, is designated as the Town Lane Landscape hectares of grazing land for every horse Renewal Area. It is important to note that within or adjacent to the site where the (b) the aims and objectives of the not all of the sites within the LRAs may be horses will be kept. This standard is endorsed Mersey Forest Plan; derelict, and any proposals for development by the British Horse Society. (c) opportunities for public access and should conserve and enhance the landscape informal countryside recreation; quality of these sites. 10.42 New buildings for horse-related (d) biodiversity. activities, including stables, field shelters, tack 10.50 The Mersey Forest is a partnership rooms and other associated development, between the Countryside Agency, Forestry should be no larger than is essential for the Commission, Environment Agency and local

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 100

authorities across Merseyside and north Cheshire. The whole of Sefton lies within the Mersey Forest. The Mersey Forest Plan seeks to increase tree planting where appropriate across the Forest (in both rural and urban areas), in view of the environmental, social and economic benefits this can bring.

Implementation 10.51 This policy will be implemented through the development control process.

Sustainability appraisal No changes needed.

Policy Links GBC2 Development in the Green Belt; GBC6 Landscape Character.

Background documents ‘The Mersey Forest Plan’, Mersey Forest Partnership, 2001.

Chapter 10 Green Belt and Countryside Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 11 Nature Conservation PAGE 101

NC1 Introduction Site Protection POLICY NC1 SITE PROTECTION 11.1 For a metropolitan authority Sefton is 1. Development will not be permitted which NC2 remarkably rich in natural value. The diversity would harm the nature conservation objectives Protection of Species of life - or ‘biodiversity’ as it is known - is a key or integrity of the following sites of international, part of sustainable development. NC3 national, or local importance, as identified on the Proposals Map: Habitat Protection, Creation and 11.2 Major habitats include duneland, Management woodland, wetlands, salt marshes, intertidal International foreshores, farmland and heathland. Most (a) designated and proposed Ramsar Sites; of the coastal zone (see Chapter 12 ‘The (b) designated and potential Special Protection Coast’) is of high nature conservation value Areas; and is protected under European and national Objective (c) designated and candidate Special Areas of legislation. Conservation; To protect, enhance and encourage 11.3 The United Kingdom signed the National the positive management of Sefton’s Biodiversity Convention at the Rio Earth (d) Sites of Special Scientific Interest; sites, habitats and species of nature Summit in 1992. In response to its obligations (e) National Nature Reserves; conservation value. under the Convention, the Government Local published ‘Biodiversity: The UK Action Plan’ in Indicators (f) Local Nature Reserves; 1994. This sets out the conservation strategy for the next 10 and 20 years and has led to (g) Sites of Local Biological/Geological Interest. (Combined indicators for Nature the production of Local Biodiversity Action Conservation and The Coast Chapters) Plans. 2. In the case of international sites identified in (a) - (c), development will only be allowed where 11.1/12.1 Area and condition of land 11.4 For Sefton, this is the North there are no alternative solutions and there are designated as SSSIs. Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan (NMBAP) imperative reasons of overriding public interest. in which the Council is a key partner. The Plan 11.2/12.2 Changes (losses and gains) sets out objectives and targets for restoring 3. In the case of national sites identified in in the area of designated sites of local habitats and species at the local level. Through (d) and (e), development will be subject to significance as a result of development. the NMBAP the Council will endeavour special scrutiny. Development which may have to protect sites and species, improve land an adverse affect, directly or indirectly, on the Key partners management, create links between wildlife special interest of the site will not be permitted Environment Agency, habitats and promote wildlife conservation to unless the reasons for the development clearly English Nature, all communities. outweigh the nature conservation value of the Merseyside Biodiversity Group site itself. 11.5 Nature conservation also has a major role to play in urban regeneration through 4. In the case of local sites identified in (f) and providing access to wildlife in urban areas. (g), exceptions will only be allowed where the Biodiversity can be enhanced as part of reasons for development clearly outweigh the development and regeneration projects. impact on the nature conservation value of the Nature conservation sites create a local sense sites. of pride and appreciation. 5. In all cases it must be shown that: 11.6 Although it can make a significant (a) the development cannot reasonably be contribution, the Plan does not attempt to located elsewhere; address the issues of nature conservation (b) harm to the nature conservation value on its own. In addition to the NMBAP, of the site will be as small as possible other plans and strategies promote nature by careful design and layout of the conservation within Sefton. These include development; the Alt/Crossens and Lower Mersey Local (c) any harm to the nature conservation value Environment Agency Plans and the Sefton which results from the development is Coast Management Plan. compensated within or near to the site.

6. Where planning permission is granted, planning conditions or a legal agreement may be used to protect, enhance and/or compensate for any loss of the site’s nature conservation interest. 1 A global agreement on the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity

Chapter 11 Nature Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 102 PAGE 103

Figure 11.1 11.10 The dunes and part of the Sites of International foreshore are designated as a Special Area of ConservationG (under the EC Habitats Nature Conservation DirectiveG) for the protection of habitats and Importance species.

11.11 Sites of Special Scientific InterestG and National Nature Reserves are nationally important nature conservation sites.

11.12 Three National Nature Reserves lie entirely or partly in Sefton. They aim both to protect areas of wildlife habitat and to ensure they are managed in an appropriate way. The Reserves also provide a resource for scientific research.

11.13 There are four Sites of Special SAC Site Scientific Interest which lie entirely or partly Ramsar Site in Sefton. These are the best examples of our natural heritage of wildlife habitats, geological SPA Site features and landforms. Special Protection Proposed Ramsar Site Areas, Special Areas of Conservation and National Nature Reserves are also designated Proposed SPA Site as Sites of Special Scientific Interest.

11.14 The international and national sites of nature conservation importance have been combined on the Proposals Map, but are shown separately in figures 11.1 and 11.2.

11.15 Local Nature Reserves, Sites of Local Biological Interest and Sites of Local Geological Interest are regionally and locally important sites.

11.16 Local Nature Reserves and proposed Local Nature Reserves are listed in figure 11.4. These help to conserve biodiversity. In addition they help people to learn more about the natural heritage and to enjoy it. Local Nature Reserves contribute to English Nature’s targets for providing areas of nature value to which the community has easy access. © Crown copyright 11.17 Sites of Local Biological Interest have been identified by the Council through Explanation Areas of the foreshore and dunes are surveys for their importance to nature designated, or are proposed for designation, conservation in Sefton, and these sites are 11.7 Sefton contains significant areas of under the Ramsar Convention as listed in Appendix 4. Within the Plan period internationally and nationally important internationally important wetland habitats. further sites may be identified. nature conservation sites. These sites are identified in figures 11.1, 11.2 and 11.3. The 11.9 Areas of the foreshore are also 11.18 The Sites of Local Geological Interest policy covers both designated and proposed designated as a Special Protection AreaG form an important element of the network of sites as these are treated in the same way (under the EC Birds DirectiveG) for the nature conservation designations. These sites when considering development proposals. conservation of wild birds. are listed in Appendix 5.

11.8 The majority of the Sefton coast is 11.19 For the sake of clarity on the designated for its international importance. Proposals Map, Sites of Local Biological

Chapter 11 Nature Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 103

Figure 11.2 FIGURE 11.3 Sites of National Nature Sites of International & National Conservation Importance Nature Conservation Importance

INTERNATIONAL

Ramsar Ribble & Alt Estuaries SiteG Phase 2 Ramstar Mersey Narrows & North Site Wirral Foreshore (proposed) SPA Ribble & Alt Estuaries SPA Mersey Narrows & North Wirral Foreshore (proposed) SPA Sefton Coast NATIONAL SSSI Sefton Coast SSSI Hesketh Golf Links

National Nature Reserve SSSI Mersey Narrows Site of Special Scientific Interest NNR Ribble Estuary (also Ribble Estuary SSSI) NNR Ainsdale Sand Dunes (within Sefton Coast SSSI) NNR Cabin Hill (within Sefton Coast SSSI)

FIGURE 11.4 Local Nature Reserves & Proposed Local Nature Reserves

EXISTING Ainsdale & Birkdale Sandhills Sandhills © Crown copyright Brookvale Interest and Sites of Local Geological Interest Sustainability appraisal PROPOSED are shown by the same notation. No changes needed. Hightown Meadow 11.20 The policy states that development Policy Links Marshside & Crossens Marshes will only be allowed in exceptional NC3 Habitat Protection, Creation & Management. circumstances. Where these are proven, and Woodvale Dune Heath proposals will only be permitted if they Background documents Fulwood Way, ensure that any damage is reduced as much Planning Policy Guidance Note 9 ‘Nature Aintree Triangle Cutting as possible and include compensation for the Conservation’, 1994. harm caused. This may involve enhancing the Kenilworth Road remaining habitat and creating new habitat. Queen’s Jubilee Nature Trail

Implementation Extension of Ainsdale & Birkdale Sandhills 11.21 This policy will be implemented Extension of Ravenmeols Sandhill through the development control process.

Chapter 11 Nature Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 104

POLICY NC2 PROTECTION OF SPECIES Implementation Explanation 11.27 This policy will be implemented 1. Development will not be permitted through the development control process. 11.28 The 1994 Habitats Regulations which may cause harm to protected or require the Plan to include policies other rare or vulnerable species of animal Sustainability appraisal encouraging the management of habitats and or plant, or its habitat, unless it can be Policy changed to refer to need for habitat features of the landscape which are of major demonstrated that the impact can be enhancement. importance for wild plants and animals. The successfully mitigated. relevant features in Sefton include the dune Policy Links None edge, the Leeds and Liverpool Canal, railway 2. Planning applications likely to affect lines, river corridors, wetlands, ponds and protected, rare or vulnerable species Background documents ditches. Protected species in Sefton all require should be supported by an expert survey habitat links. and specialist advice. Planning Policy Guidance Note 9 ‘Nature Conservation’, 1994; 11.29 The restoration and enhancement of 3. Where permission is granted, a ‘North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan’, habitat is a fundamental part of conserving planning condition or legal agreement Merseyside Biodiversity Group, 2001; biodiversity. It is necessary to rebuild what has may be used to secure the continued ‘Wildlife & Countryside Act’, 1981 (as been lost as well as maintaining what we have protection of a species and the amended); at present. The development process offers enhancement of their habitat. ‘The Conservation (Natural Habitats, & c.) opportunities to enhance, manage or create Regulations’, 1994; wildlife habitats. These include proposals ‘Developing Naturally’, Association of Local for major development, mineral and waste Explanation Government Ecologists, 2000. restoration schemes, and the use of planning briefs. 11.22 Certain plants and animals are POLICY NC3 protected by law. The presence of a protected HABITAT PROTECTION, 11.30 The Supplementary Planning species is a material considerationG in CREATION AND MANAGEMENT Guidance (SPG) Notes ‘Public Greenspace planning decisions. Species subject to special and Development’ and ‘Design’ set out in protection in Sefton include all wild birds, all 1. Development will not be permitted more detail how development can contribute bat species, badgers, red squirrels, water voles, which would harm the management or to this both physically and financially, and great crested newts, natterjack toads, sand protection of the following: thereby help meet the targets of the lizards and petalwort. North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan. Management agreements will be used where (a) habitats or other features of the 11.23 Internationally and nationally rare appropriate. landscape identified as priorities and vulnerable species are identified in Red nationally or in the North Data Books, as defined by the International Implementation Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan; Union of the Conservation of Nature. Local 11.31 This policy will be implemented Red Data Books identify locally rare and (b) other habitats or features of major through the development control process vulnerable species, many of which are not importance for wildlife. taking account of the SPGs referred to above. protected by law. The Local Red Data Books for Merseyside are held by the Merseyside 2. Where development is permitted, Sustainability appraisal Environmental Advisory Service. a planning condition or legal agreement Policy changed to strengthen approach to may be used to secure the management management and enhancement. 11.24 Where proposals may involve and/or protection of habitats and features. protected, rare or vulnerable species, an Policy Links None expert survey should be undertaken and 3. Opportunities will be taken through specialist advice obtained. This should be the development process to encourage Background documents submitted with the planning application. the enhancement, management and Planning Policy Guidance Note 9 ‘Nature creation of wildlife habitat. Conservation’, 1994; 11.25 The impact may be able to be offset by measures to ensure that the species ‘North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan’, survive. This may include the provision of Merseyside Biodiversity Group, 2001; enhanced or alternative habitat. ‘The Conservation (Natural Habitats, & c.) Regulations’, 1994; 11.26 Further information and guidance on ‘Wildlife and Countryside Act’, 1981 (as rare and vulnerable species and on carrying amended). out surveys can be obtained from the Merseyside Environmental Advisory Service.

1A global agreement on the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity

Chapter 11 Nature Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 12 The Coast PAGE 105

CPZ1 Introduction Nature, the National Trust and the Ministry of Development in the Coastal Planning Defence. Zone (Part 1 Policy) The Sefton Coastal Planning Zone 12.7 The Sefton Coast Partnership’s CPZ2 12.1 The Coastal Planning Zone (figure Integrated Coast Zone Management (ICZM) Coastal Protection 12.1) covers the low-lying area from the Plan 2006-07 is non statutory guidance Ribble to the Mersey estuaries defined by and provides an umbrella for a number of CPZ3 shallow inshore waters, extensive intertidal strategies. It supports collaboration on the Coastal Landscape Conservation and flats, dunes and marshes landscapes. coast and helps resolve different interests, Management including: 12.2 The seaward boundary of the Coastal • developing the natural coast as a tourist CPZ4 Planning Zone is defined by Mean Low Water attraction Coastal Park Mark or Council ownership, whichever is the greater distance offshore. The landward • nature conservation and biodiversity Objective boundary is defined by a combination of • the need to maintain the capacity of the coastal landscape features, coast-related coast to form a natural sea defence. To ensure that development within land-uses, and barriers such as the Southport- the Sefton Coastal Planning Zone is Liverpool rail line. 12.8 Most of the Coastal Planning Zone limited to land uses dependent on a is of international importance for nature coastal location and which maintain or 12.3. The Coastal Planning Zone is a conservation, and is a key environmental enhance the special characteristics of complex and integrated system comprising: asset in Sefton (see chapter 11 - ‘Nature the Sefton Coast. • the coastal landforms and coastal Conservation’). processes which maintain them Indicators Coastal defence • the self-contained dune aquiferG (Combined indicators for The Coast and • important habitats and species 12.9 The coastal processes and landforms Nature Conservation Chapters) of the undeveloped coast create an effective • human activities. defence against coastal flooding and erosion. 12.1/11.1 Area and condition of land The Plan’s land-use policies reflect the The developed coast designated as SSSIs. approach in the Shoreline Management Plans approved for Sefton and the neighbouring 12.4 There are two main areas of developed 12.2/11.2 Changes (losses and gains) coastline. coast: in the area of designated sites of local significance as a result of development. • the area between Birkdale and Southport, 12.10 Considerable investment took place which includes Southport Seafront. between 1997 and 2002 in a new floodwall (Indicators for Chapter 12, The Coast, for Birkdale and central Southport. The docks • from Blundellsands to the Liverpool only) and other structures associated with the Port boundary, including the Port and Maritime also provide a coastal defence. A detailed Zone. 12.3 The number and type of strategy for Crosby to Formby Point is being developments approved within the prepared within the context of the relevant 12.5 Southport Seafront and the Port Coastal Planning Zone, and the Shoreline Management Plan. Coastal defence and Maritime Zone are major locations for proportion of these which are not ‘coast- will become more important through this employment (see chapter 5 - ‘Economic dependent’. Plan period and beyond. Development and Tourism’). In recent years off-shore oil and gas installations have been Key partners Climate change developed, with associated bases in Sefton. Sefton Coast Partnership A transatlantic cable also comes ashore in 12.11 It is anticipated that significant Sefton. These have added a new dimension to impacts of climate change will be felt within Sefton’s coast-related economy. the next 50 years or so - for example, rises in sea level which may put low-lying land and The undeveloped coast coastal aquifers at risk (and also the habitats and species found at the coast), and rises in 12.6 The undeveloped coast lies between average temperatures. Sea-level is predicted these two areas, centred around the to rise by 200mm by the year 2030. sand-dunes and associated features at Formby Point and Ainsdale. Marshside is 12.12 In the short-term, one element of also undeveloped coast. The Sefton Coast climate change in the North West is likely to Partnership brings together the agencies who be more storms, which will affect tide levels own or manage most of the undeveloped and winds. This could affect the rate of coastal coast, including Sefton Council, English erosion and deposition. It could also lead to

Chapter 12 The Coast Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 106 PAGE 107

more and higher floods and increased risk of Sustainability Appraisal wind damage. New paragraphs added to introduction to deal POLICY CPZ1 with the impact of climatic change on species DEVELOPMENT IN THE 12.13 There could be implications for and habitats. COASTAL PLANNING ZONE habitats and species as well as human activities, structures and trees. Plan policies in 1. Within the Coastal Planning this coastal chapter aim to keep these risks as Zone defined on the Proposals Map low as possible. development will be restricted to uses which depend upon a coastal location. In Sefton these are: • port-related uses within the Port and Maritime zone; • leisure- and tourism-related uses Figure 12.1 within Southport Seafront; Coastal Planning Zone • development required to assist the & Coastal Park management of the natural areas and landscape features of the open coast or required for coastal defence; • development related to the use of the coast for informal, countryside recreation; • development comprising landfall facilities for off-shore installations.

2. Proposals for any of these uses are acceptable in principle.

This is a Part 1 Policy

Explanation

Coastal Planning Zone 12.14 Only coast-related development is acceptable in principle within the Sefton Coastal Park Coastal Planning Zone in order to protect the special characteristics of the Sefton coast. Nature and landscape conservation are important considerations when assessing the proposals in detail. Developers should show why their proposals need to be at the coast.

12.15 Within the Crosby Marine Park a pub-restaurant may be acceptable at the southern end of the marina or Park, as small scale leisure and tourism- related development. The key principles in determining planning applications (including those for a pub-restaurant) are this policy together with policies relating to development on urban greenspaces set out in Chapter 13.

12.16 Throughout the Coastal Planning Zone (including within the Port and Maritime Zone) development required for coastal defence or landfall facilities for off-shore installations (such as pipelines or cables) is © Crown copyright acceptable in principle.

Chapter 12 The Coast Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 107

Implementation It deals with the land-use implications of POLICY CPZ3 12.17 This policy will be implemented the longer term Shoreline Management COASTAL LANDSCAPE through the development control process. Plans, local strategies for coast defences CONSERVATION AND and Coastal Habitat Management Plans. In MANAGEMENT Sustainability Appraisal most cases development proposals relating to coast protection will need to have an No changes needed. 1. Development which is likely to environmental assessment. significantly harm the coastal landscape Policy Links will not be permitted. EDT9 The Port and Maritime Zone; 12.20 This policy relates only to the aspects of flood defence affecting the coast alone. EDT15 Southport Seafront; 2. Development which is likely to Policy EP8 ‘Flood Risk’ covers other aspects of GBC2 Development in the Green Belt; significantly harm the quantity and quality both coastal and river flooding, and aims to NC1 Site Protection; of the groundwater in the dune aquifer protect development from being flooded. NC2 Protection of Species; and the ecological features it supports will G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace. not be permitted. Implementation 12.21 This policy will be implemented Background documents 3. Development within or affecting the through the development control process. ‘Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) for the North Coastal Planning Zone will be expected West’, North West Regional Assembly, 2003; to support the integrated management of Sustainability Appraisal the coastal landscape as a corridor which ‘Sefton Coast Partnership ICZM Plan 2006- No changes needed. 2011’, Sefton Coast Partnership, 2006; allows wild species to migrate, disperse and breed successfully. Development Planning Policy Guidance Note 20 ‘Coastal Policy Links which significantly harms these interests Planning’, DOE, 1992; CPZ1 Development in the Coastal Planning will not be permitted. ‘Action Plan for the City Region 2002-2005’, Zone; The Mersey Partnership, 2001. CPZ3 Coastal Landscape Conservation and 4. Planning conditions or legal Management; agreements may be used to secure any of POLICY CPZ2 EP8 Flood Risk. the above. COAST PROTECTION Background documents 1. Development will not be permitted which would: ‘Coastal Defence Issues and Strategy’, Sefton Explanation MBC, 2000; (a) increase the risk of tidal flooding or 12.22 In this policy landscape means soil, ‘Climate change impacts in NW of England’, coastal erosion through its impact on topography, coastal and geomorphological Sustainability North West, 1999; coastal processes, or processesG, the self-contained dune aquifer, (b) impair the capacity of the coast to ‘Shoreline Management Plans for Sub-Cell vegetation, habitat and species, general form a natural sea defence or adjust 11A (Llandudno to Formby Point)’ and ‘11B landscape character and how they link to changes in conditions without risk (Formby Point to Fleetwood)’, both Shoreline together. How significant the harm is will to life or property. Management Partnership, 1999; depend on the combination of the size of the impact and the value of the coastal landscape ‘Sefton Coast Partnership ICZM Plan 2006- affected. 2. Proposals for built development 2011’, Sefton Coast Partnership, 2006. within areas likely to be affected by coastal erosion will only be permitted where 12.23 Regulation 37 of the 1994 Habitats erosion or landslips are not likely to occur Regulations states that development plan during the lifetime of the building. policies can cover the management of features of the landscape which are of major importance for wild plants and animals, such as ‘linear and continuous structure[s which are] essential for the migration, dispersal and Explanation genetic exchange of wild species’. 12.18 Coast protection includes the two linked elements of coastal erosion and tidal 12.24 The coastal landscape is such a linear flood risk. The defences against each are often and continuous feature. The policy aims to common, for example Southport Seawall or protect and support it and prevent it being the sand dunes. broken up, for example through parts being lost or by the erection of barriers. This will 12.19 This policy aims to ensure that allow the wild animals and plants there to development does not impair coastal defence migrate, disperse, live and breed successfully. and is not harmed by the erosion of the This support will usually be through the coast or the land instability which it causes. landscape being enhanced or managed.

Chapter 12 The Coast Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 108

How much enhancement is required will being proposed. Enhancements may POLICY CPZ4 depend on the type, size and location of the include sign-posting, new paths, information COASTAL PARK development. This policy does not apply to boards, landscape enhancements or other proposals for house extensions in Hightown, things which help people to enjoy nature. 1. Within the Coastal Park, as identified as these will not have a significant impact on Further new golf courses are unlikely to be on the Proposals Map, planning permission the coastal landscape. acceptable. will not be granted for development that would significantly harm: 12.25 There is a self-contained aquiferG 12.32 Protection of land through its within the dunes which discharges eastwards purchase for public ownership will take place into the peat moss and westwards to the (a) existing or proposed informal where this is judged to be appropriate. intertidal area and the Irish Sea. This dune recreational uses; or aquifer is crucial to the ecology of the dunes 12.33 The strategy for the overall (b) public access to or within the Coastal and surrounding areas, affecting both habitat management of the area is guided by the Park; or and species. Also it is an important seasonal Sefton Coast Partnership’s (Integrated source of water for several golf courses in (c) the tranquillity and quiet enjoyment Coastal Zone Management) Plan, the Mersey the area. of the Coastal Park. Forest Plan and the Sefton Coast Special Areas of Conservation Strategy. Implementation 2. Development within the Coastal Park 12.26 This policy will be implemented shall support or enhance the informal Implementation through the development control process. recreational use of the Park. Planning 12.34 This policy will be implemented conditions or legal agreements may be through the development control process, Sustainability Appraisal used to secure this. guided by the documents referred to in 12.33 No changes made as it would be too difficult above. to specify all of the types of development which could have an impact on the dune aquifer. Explanation Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed. Policy Links 12.27 The open area of coast extending north from Seaforth beyond Southport NC1 Site Protection; Policy Links Seafront to Marshside Reserve and the Ribble NC2 Protection of Species; estuary is defined as a Coastal Park (figure GBC2 Development in the Green Belt; NC3 Habitat Protection, Creation and 12.1). In this area informal countryside GBC6 Landscape Character; Management; recreation and nature conservation are NC1 Site Protection; important. GBC6 Landscape Character. NC2 Protection of Species; NC3 Habitat Protection, Creation and Background documents 12.28 The Sefton Coast has long been a major recreation resource for Sefton, Management. ‘The Conservation (Natural Habitats, etc) Merseyside and the wider area. This includes Regulations 1994’ (commonly known as the opportunities both for enjoying nature and Background documents ‘Habitats Regulations’), 1994; for environmental education. ‘Mersey Forest Plan’, Mersey Forest Partnership, ‘Sefton Coast Candidate Special Area of 2001; Conservation Conservation Strategy’, Sefton 12.29 This policy sets out the most ‘North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan’, Coast Life Project, 1999; important land-use issues relating to the recreational use of the Coastal Park. The North Merseyside Biodiversity Group, 2001; ‘Southport and Sefton Water Resource requirements of nature and landscape ‘Action Plan for the City Region 2002-2005’, Evaluation’, ENTEC UK Ltd, 1999; conservation or enhancement are other The Mersey Partnership, 2001; ‘Beach Management Strategy’, Sefton MBC, key considerations. The extent to which a ‘Sefton Coast ICZM Plan 2006-11’, Sefton 1991; proposal may harm the Coastal Park will Coast Partnership, 2006; depend on the combination of the size of ‘North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan’, the impact and the value of the recreational ‘Sefton Coast Candidate Special Area of North Merseyside Biodiversity Group, 2001; resource being affected. Conservation Strategy’, Sefton Coast Life Project, ‘Sefton Coast Partnership ICZM Plan 2006- 1999. 2011’, Sefton Coast Partnership, 2006. 12.30 Proposals that enhance the informal, countryside recreation function of the Coastal Park include development associated with existing links golf courses and small-scale farming. Access means access for everybody.

12.31 Support for or enhancements to the Coastal Park should relate to the type, scale and location of the development

Chapter 12 The Coast Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation PAGE 109

G1 greenspace. These spaces are identified on Protection of Urban Greenspace Objectives the Proposals Map. Urban greenspace may • to protect and improve urban have a number of uses: parks, sports grounds G2 greenspaces within the urban area and allotments. It may also cover school sites Improving Public Access to Urban and ensure that the amenities urban and other institutions set in large grounds Greenspace greenspaces provide to local people such as churches, cemeteries and hospitals. are maintained. Urban greenspace may be in either public or G3 private ownership. The Leeds and Liverpool • to protect existing recreational open Urban Greenspace Systems Canal is also an urban greenspace (except space and facilities from inappropriate where it runs through the Green Belt) with development. G4 its own particular character. Development Adjacent to the Leeds • to protect and enhance the and Liverpool Canal opportunities for countryside 13.3 The aim of the Plan is to safeguard recreation in Sefton. and enhance urban greenspace. Where G5 appropriate the benefits provided by urban Protection of Recreational Open Indicators greenspace sites should be enhanced, for Space instance by improving public access to them. 13.1 Area (hectares) of accessible This will make a vital contribution to the G6 local recreational open space per 1,000 wider objectives of sustainable development Built Recreational Facilities population available for: and urban regeneration, in view of the many different roles which open space fulfils. As • pitch sports G7 more houses are built in the urban area the Strategic Paths for Countryside • non-pitch sports amenity value of urban greenspace in Sefton Recreation will become increasingly important. • children’s play and informal use.

G8 Recreation 13.2 Change (additions and Countryside Recreation Areas subtractions) to the total stock of urban 13.4 Another aim of the Plan is to protect greenspace, and to greenspace accessible G9 previous recreational investment made to the public, as a result of development. Aintree Racecourse Recreational Area within Sefton. Land that may be identified for future recreation investment in any 13.3 Net change in the amount of strategy that the Council is committed to, for accessible recreational open space example through the Local Leisure Plan and (including natural greenspace) as a result Community Strategy, is also safeguarded. of development.

13.5 Two types of land with either formal or Key partners informal recreational value are not designated British Waterways, Sport England. as urban greenspace. These are sites within Urban Greenspace and Recreation the urban area of less than 0.05ha and sites in the Green Belt. Their important contribution to the recreational resource of Sefton is protected through Policy G5 ‘Protection of Introduction Recreational Open Space’. This complements policy G1 ‘Protection of Urban Greenspace’ Urban Greenspace as it provides the criteria against which the recreational value of urban greenspace will be 13.1 Open spaces within the urban area of assessed. Sefton contribute to the quality of life of its local communities in many ways. They are a 13.6 Built recreational facilities can also visual break in built-up areas, they can help to make an important contribution to the enhance the local environment, and provide recreational resource of Sefton. Facilities opportunities for recreation and habitats for that are required by the community will wildlife. The range of benefits that open space be protected through Policy G6 ‘Built within the urban area can provide is set out in Recreational Facilities’. figure 13.1.

13.2 Open land within the urban area that 1Recreation in this chapter encompasses both formal is greater than 0.05ha in size and provides recreational facilities, such as playing pitches and bowl- any of the benefits set out in figure 13.1 to ing greens, and informal provision, such as footpaths, a significant degree is designated as urban cycle ways, children’s play space and general areas for relaxation and contact with nature.

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 110 PAGE 111

13.7 The countryside of Sefton provides FIGURE 13.1 Wildlife and Habitat Value opportunities to enjoy nature, escape from The Benefits of Urban Greenspace the urban environment and experience • the habitats and wildlife provided on tranquillity. In recognition of this, parts of the site, including sites identified in it have been designated as Countryside Trees habitat surveys of the North Merseyside Recreation Areas. Existing cycle routes and • the contribution made by both individual Biodiversity Action Plan, as well as sites footpaths form important links between the trees and the level of tree cover is an supporting protected species. urban area and wider countryside and have important aspect of greenspace. They • the value of sites containing natural been designated as strategic footpaths for enhance visual amenity, offer wildlife areas which people have easy access countryside recreation. value and act as a buffer. Their role may to, and provide opportunities for public be relevant within each of the following enjoyment and environmental education. Open Space and Recreation Study criteria. • the potential to enhance or create habitat 13.8 The Council is in the process of Visual Amenity and to meet targets laid down in the carrying out an open space and recreation North Merseyside Biodiversity Action study which will: • the views into and from the site, and the Plan. relationship of the site to adjacent or • assess the need for a range of open linked spaces, regardless of whether the • the ‘green corridor’ function provided by space and recreational facilities; site has public access. greenspaces that provides an opportunity for wildlife to move through the urban • calculate the existing amount and quality • what the site offers in terms of outlook, area. of open space and recreational facilities; variety in the urban scene or as a positive element in the landscape. • identify deficiencies in the amount and Cultural and Community Resource quality of open space and recreational facilities; Quality • where the site reflects a particular period of development, contains historic or • outline opportunities for new (and • the way a greenspace contributes to the archaeological remains or is identified as improved) open spaces, green corridors appearance of the surrounding area or an area of search for remains. and recreational facilities, and townscape in terms of landscape and design. • where the site has social importance • set local standards for the amount, type within its neighbourhood e.g. site and quality of open space and how • the contribution that plentiful and for community events or historical accessible it should be. visually attractive greenspaces make to association. regeneration. 13.9 The Council intend to complete the Strategic functions Study by the end of 2006. The Study will Recreation and Wellbeing seek to meet the requirements of PPG17 • openness – The open character provided – ‘Planning for Open Space, Sport and • the informal and formal recreational by greenspace within the urban area and Recreation’ and will follow the guidance set facilities that a site provides, or the how it affects people’s perception of how out in the Companion Guide to PPG17 potential of the site to provide these in built up an area is. the future to people of all ages. ‘Assessing Needs and Opportunities’. The • buffer - This includes any feature within Policy implications arising from this Study will • the health benefits provided by the site which provides a visual screen be addressed through a Development Plan greenspaces, including allotments. or shelter or helps to reduce noise e.g. Document – ‘Greenspace and Development’. • the ability of urban greenspaces to act belts of trees and boundary walls. It also as green corridors that allow people to refers to any buffer provided by a site New Public Greenspace and move through the urban area into the to separate different land uses, including Recreation Facilities surrounding countryside. transport corridors. 13.10 Policy DQ4 ‘Public Greenspace and Individual urban greenspace sites are Development’ within Chapter 16 sets out designated whether they provide one, how new public greenspace or contributions several or many of these benefits, rather towards improving public greenspace will than only when they provide all of them. be secured. Section 2 of Policy G6 ‘Built Recreational Facilities’ sets out the criteria against which proposals for such facilities will be assessed.

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 111

types of benefits (as set out in figure 13.1), POLICY G1 Explanation and that they should be of a higher quality. PROTECTION OF URBAN The new greenspace should also be more GREENSPACE 13.11 This policy aims to protect urban greenspace from inappropriate development convenient and publicly accessible, that is it should be available for the public to use and 1. Development will not be permitted that would erode the benefits it provides. The in a location which is at least as accessible on urban greenspace except if it range of these benefits is set out in Figure to current and potential new users as the comprises any of the following special 13.1. As some of the benefits provided by existing greenspace. The new greenspace circumstances: a greenspace rely on the way in which it is managed, the potential of the greenspace should be equivalent to that being lost; this (a) environmental improvements to provide additional benefits will also be means at least the same in terms of size, designed to enhance the greenspace; considered. usefulness, attractiveness and quality. This is also relevant to the first bullet point of part (b) minor development directly related 13.12 Environmental improvements as (c) ii of Section 1. to the existing use of the site; referred to in 1(a) of the policy that enhance the benefits provided by the greenspace 13.16 Developments that are not directly (c) development of built recreational or will be permitted. This would include the related to the existing use of the site may community facilities for which there re-designing of greenspaces (e.g. with be permitted in principle under section is a recreational need and where no new planting, footpaths and play areas). 1(c) of the policy, under section 1(d) where alternative sites are available. Such Environmental improvements do not include an alternative site can be provided as development shall not result in: new or replacement buildings, extensions to compensation, or under section 1(e) where (i) excessive loss of the open area; or buildings, or car parks or access roads, even a substantial part of a site greenspace not (ii) the loss of formal or informal if it can be demonstrated that the visual accessible to the public will be made available recreation facilities for which there appearance of a site could be improved. for public use. is local need unless: 13.17 However, even if any of these • an equivalent, and equally 13.13 In section 1(b) of the policy, minor requirements can be met, residential convenient, area is provided as development includes extensions to schools development will not be permitted if the compensation; or and hospitals, the provision of changing rooms or other small scale development, such as housing land supply exceeds the requirements • it is demonstrated that the need car parks or access roads, directly related set out in Policy H1. This is unless the for the built facility is greater to the current use. Such development may development meets the criteria set out in than the need to retain the site’s be allowed if the scale of the proposal is Policy H3, i.e. that : existing recreational use. small compared to the scale of any existing • it will either assist urban regeneration buildings and other hard surfaces on the (d) where an equivalent area of new (Policy UP1); or site. The potential extent of built up area in greenspace can be provided which relation to open area will also be considered. • it will meet an identified affordable has greater greenspace benefits housing or other special housing need and, is more convenient and publicly 13.14 In section 1(c) refers to recreational (Policy H2); and accessible than that being lost; need. Paragraphs 13.46 to 13.49 in the • the site is in an accessible location (Policy explanation to Policy G5 ‘Protection of (e) where development on greenspaces AD1). Recreational Open Space’ set out in more with no public access results in the detail how to assess recreational need. creation of new areas for public use 13.18 In addition planning permission will Section 1(c) i says that development should as defined in Policy G2. only be granted for housing on greenfield not result in excessive loss of the open area. sites and urban greenspaces where there is a The amount of greenspace that should be left 2. Residential development will only be sustained shortage in the housing land supply. undeveloped will depend on: permitted where the housing land supply does not exceed the requirements set out • the size of urban greenspace in question; 13.19 Where there are redundant buildings in Policy H1 or where the circumstances • the effect of development on the on the site, the proposed development set out in Policy H3 (2) and (4) apply. openness of the greenspace; should re-use these. It is the applicant’s responsibility to demonstrate why these • the effect of development on the may not be suitable for re-use. If it is agreed 3. For development which complies with benefits provided by the greenspace and that existing buildings can be demolished section 1 above, it must be demonstrated their importance to the local community; that: and replaced with new buildings, rebuilding • the effect of development on the should not exceed the footprint of any (a) the need for the development function and overall appearance of the existing buildings. outweighs the need to retain the greenspace. urban greenspace; 13.20 In considering whether the (b) the benefits provided by the urban 13.15 In section 1(d) the requirement to construction of replacement buildings on greenspace will be protected and provide greater greenspace benefits than the another part of the urban greenspace would enhanced. greenspace being lost means that the new be acceptable, the potential loss of benefits greenspace should provide at least the same 1The ground area covered by an existing building.

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 112 PAGE 113

that would result will be weighed against of the area for recreational and/or nature POLICY G2 the need for development in that particular conservation purposes for which there is IMPROVING PUBLIC ACCESS TO location. Developers should indicate how a local need. This may result in an overall URBAN GREENSPACE former built up areas would be landscaped to benefit to the local community. However, the provide urban greenspace benefits. lack of public access to recreation or nature 1. Development may be permitted space within a particular locality will not by on greenspace where there is no public 13.21 Where greenspace is part of a itself justify development. access provided that a substantial greenspace system, any development will be percentage of the greenspace is made assessed in terms of its effect on the whole 13.26 Not all the effects of development available for public use. system and links between individual systems. on greenspace benefits can be compensated Developers should demonstrate in their for. Where this is the case planning 2. Development will only be permitted proposals that the benefits provided by the permission will not be granted. For example, if it is demonstrated that the effects of the greenspace would be enhanced, for example, development would not be permitted on a development on the benefits provided by improving physical or visual links. Policy G3 site where the openness of the greenspace by the greenspace can be offset and ‘Urban Greenspace Systems’ provides further makes an important contribution to local that overall the development responds guidance on this issue. character and townscape. Development will positively to the character and form of its not be permitted if the proposal to develop surroundings. 13.22 Further guidance on the provision and bring part of the site into public use does of new public greenspace is set out in Policy not relate well to the character and form of 3. Development which is acceptable in DQ4 ‘Public Greenspace and Development’ the surrounding area. principle will only be permitted where: and the Supplementary Planning Guidance (a) the greenspace is publicly accessible Note of the same name. 13.27 Where development is acceptable and convenient; in principle, the amount of greenspace that (b) there is a local need for recreational should be left undeveloped and brought into Implementation open space; and/or public use will depend on: 13.23 This policy will be implemented (c) there is a local need for nature space. the size of urban greenspace in question; through the development control process. the effect of development on the openness of Procedures Sustainability Appraisal the greenspace; Policy changed to ensure that public access 4. Comprehensive proposals shall whether its partial development would levels are maintained. be submitted for the whole of the provide enough space to fulfil a local need greenspace. for recreation or nature space without Policy Links eroding the benefits that the greenspace may G2 Improving Public Access to Greenspace; 5. A statement shall accompany all currently provide. G3 Urban Greenspace Systems; proposals setting out how they help to G5 Protection of Recreational Open Space; meet local recreational demand or local 13.28 Section 2 of the Policy refers to DQ4 Public Greenspace and Development. biodiversity targets. recreational need. Paragraphs 13.46 to 13.49 in the explanation to Policy G5 ‘Protection Background Documents 6. Planning conditions and/or legal of Recreational Open Space’ set out in more detail how to assess recreational need. In ‘Green Spaces: Better Places’, DLTR, 2002, agreements will be used to ensure continued public access and, where the considering local needs for nature space, Planning Policy Guidance Note 17: ‘Planning for Council adopts such greenspace, to ‘accessible nature space’ and the objectives Open Space, Sport and Recreation’, July 2002, provide for its future maintenance and of the North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan and the Mersey Forest Plan are relevant ‘The Six Acre Standard: Minimum Standards for management. - paragraph 16.41 in Chapter 16 refers to Outdoor Playing Space’, National Playing Fields these in more detail. Greenspace which is Association, 2001. Explanation publicly accessible and convenient should be available for the public to use and should be 13.24 This Policy should be read in in a location which is accessible to current conjunction with Policy G1 ‘Protection of and potential new users. Urban Greenspace’. It amplifies section 1(e) of that policy. The policy criteria and principles 13.29 The publicly accessible greenspace set out in Policy G1 will also be applied to which forms part of the proposal shall be assess whether development proposals that in addition to that required by Policies G5 provide public access to greenspace are ‘Protection of Recreational Open Space’ and acceptable. DQ4 ‘Public Greenspace and Development’.

13.25 In certain circumstances, the impact Implementation of developing on part of a greenspace can 13.30 This policy will be implemented be offset by bringing into public use part through the development control process.

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 113

Sustainability Appraisal Parkhaven Trust, Deyes High School, St Implementation Policy changed to give a clearer framework for Andrew’s Church and Maricourt School; 13.35 This policy will be implemented improving the quality of urban greenspace. through the development control process. • Crosby - Merchant Taylors School, Nazareth House and Victoria Park; and Policy Links Sustainability Appraisal G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace; • Bootle - the area in Netherton which Policy changed to improve the definition of ‘links’. G5 Protection of Recreation Open Space; comprises the Golf Course, Moss Lane DQ4 Public Greenspace and Development. playing fields, the Cemetery, Littlewoods Policy Link Sports Ground and a number of schools. G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace Background Documents ‘North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan’, These are shown in figure 13.2. Background documents Merseyside Biodiversity Group, 2001. None.

Figure 13.2 POLICY G3 Greenspace Systems URBAN GREENSPACE SYSTEMS

Development that would sever a physical or visual link between adjoining greenspaces will not be permitted.

Explanation

13.31 In many parts of Sefton, greenspaces occur in groups with physical or visual links between individual greenspaces. Physical links occur where two or more greenspaces are next to each other. There are visual links between these, and between greenspaces separated only by a road, rail line or other small areas of land. Where these groups occur, the overall benefit of a ‘system’ of greenspaces can be greater than the value of a series of Greenspace Systems individual greenspaces. Figure 13.2 shows the principal urban greenspace systems.

13.32 A physical or visual link may be severed by developing a connecting strip of greenspace, or through making changes along site boundaries (e.g. erecting walls) or through planting within sites.

13.33 There is not necessarily a direct relationship between the scale of a development and its potential effect on the greenspace system. Removal of one site from a group of greenspace sites could devalue the amenity of the whole system.

13.34 Particularly good examples of greenspace systems can be found in: • Southport - the links between The Stray and Botanic Gardens; • Formby - the Cricket Ground, St Peter’s Church and School, linked by Church Path and Cricket Path; © Crown copyright • Maghull - the area which includes the

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 114 PAGE 115

POLICY G4 the towpath is designated as a Strategic Path DEVELOPMENT ADJACENT TO Explanation for countryside recreation. THE LEEDS AND LIVERPOOL

CANAL 13.43 Outdoor recreational open space 13.40 Protection of existing, and securing can enhance the quality of life for people additional towpath access points, will ensure Development adjacent to or on the Canal of all ages. Such space can take a variety of that canalside communities can enjoy the will be permitted providing that: forms ranging from formal team based sports benefits of the Canal environment. such as football, bowling, tennis and rugby to (a) the Canal’s function as a waterway is informal recreational pursuits. These involve not affected; 13.41 Maintaining the integrity of the Canal more spontaneous and sometimes quieter as a waterway includes retention of winding (b) existing access to the towpath is activities, such as cycling and walking. holes, and basins as resting and turning retained or an alternative access is points. made to serve the same catchment 13.44 Recreational space comprises not area; only urban greenspace but also open spaces Implementation with recreational value. These include open (c) new towpath access is provided This policy will be implemented through the spaces: as part of residential development development control process. • with an area of less than 0.05 ha. e.g. schemes on sites adjacent to the bowling greens; towpath; Sustainability Appraisal Policy not changed as water pollution is covered • at the urban fringe or on the coast; (d) it fronts onto the Canal, and its design by other regulations. • within the Green Belt. and landscape respect the canalside location; Where the site is an urban greenspace this Policy Links policy must be read in conjunction with Policy (e) the cultural heritage and industrial H9 Hawthorne Road/Canal Corridor G1 ‘Protection of Urban Greenspace’. archaeology of the Canal are G7 Strategic Paths for Countryside Recreation. protected and enhanced, and; 13.45 The aim of this policy is to prevent (f) it protects and enhances the nature Background documents None. any development which would result in the conservation and recreation value of reduction of formal and informal recreational the canal or land adjoining it. POLICY G5 open space for which there is recreational PROTECTION OF need. Open space that has the potential to RECREATIONAL OPEN SPACE fulfil a defined need will also be protected by Explanation this policy. 1. Planning permission will be refused 13.36 The Leeds and Liverpool Canal is for any development that would lead to 13.46 In the absence of an up-to-date open designated as urban greenspace within the the loss of open space that is used for space assessment developers may seek to urban area. All of the amenity benefits of recreational purposes or could meet a demonstrate that recreational land is surplus greenspace apply to the whole length of recreational need in the area. to requirements before their proposal can be the Canal. The Canal is important culturally accepted in principle. They should consult the and historically. It also provides a refuge for 2. Exceptions may be made where local community in order to show that their wildlife. The towpath is used for informal either: proposals are widely supported. Developers recreation by anglers, walkers, cyclists and should also take into account proposals to those of limited mobility. However, scope for (a) the proposed development is for facilities ancillary to the principal use enhance recreation provision that may be water-based recreation other than angling is set out in strategies to which the Council are currently limited. of the site and the development will enhance the recreational function of committed, such as through the Local Leisure Plans or Community Strategy. 13.37 The Council is committed to the site; or the economic, social and environmental (b) an equivalent, and equally convenient, 13.47 Developers should use the standards regeneration of the Canal and the land area is provided before development set out in figure 13.3 to determine whether around it, and is working with other agencies begins. there is enough recreational open space to to achieve this. meet all informal and formal recreational Procedures needs in the area. For instance, in some areas 13.38 The protection of the Canal and there may be a surplus in one form of open towpath, and the enhancement of the Canal 3. A planning condition or legal space (for example, informal open space) but and its environment, will assist regeneration. agreement will be used to ensure that a shortage of another (for example, playing Maintaining a nd increasing public use of the compensatory land required to satisfy 2(b) fields). In some cases it may be appropriate Canal and towpath is important because of is provided. to use surplus recreational open space for its recreation value. another recreational purpose to reduce or eliminate any shortages. 13.39 The Canal goes through the heart of the urban area in the south of the Borough 13.48 The standards set out in figure 13.3 and links it to the rural area. For this reason 1A place where a canal widens out to allow boats or barges to turn around. are based on the National Playing Field

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 115

Association’s recommended 2.4 ha standard widely supported. They should also take into POLICY G6 for the provision of formal recreation account strategies relating to built provision BUILT RECREATIONAL space and children’s play space provision. to which the Council are committed, such FACILITIES An additional 0.1ha has been added to as the Local Leisure or Community Strategy. the recommended standard for children’s The policy does not refer to clubhouses, small Protection of Existing Facilities play space provision to reflect the need for ancillary buildings or structures associated informal recreational open space for the with open space uses. 1. Planning permission will be refused for population as a whole. The enhanced level of any development that would lead to the provision gives greater scope for good design. 13.53 If it is found that a built recreational loss of built recreational facilities for which facility is of value to the local community, there is a recreational need. 13.49 To save delays in processing development will only be permitted if an applications, developers should submit the equivalent recreational facility is provided in 2. Exceptions will be made where an assessment at the same time as any planning an equally convenient location. Equivalent equivalent recreational facility is provided application for the re-development of a means at least the same in terms of size, in an equally convenient location as recreational open space. usefulness, attractiveness, quality and public compensation. Planning conditions or legal accessibility. An equally convenient location agreements will be used to ensure that 13.50 If it is found that an open space is of means one which is at least as accessible to this is provided. value to the local community development current and potential users as that of the will only be permitted if an equivalent existing built recreational facility. Provision of new facilities and equally convenient open space can be provided as compensation. Equivalent Provision of new facilities 3. New built recreation facilities will be means at least the same in terms of size, permitted within Town, District or Local usefulness, attractiveness and quality. An 13.54 Built recreational facilities have similar Centres. equally convenient site should be available for land use characteristics to retailing outlets. the public to use and in a location which is They make intensive use of land and attract 4. Where there are no suitable sites at least as accessible to current and potential large numbers of visitors. To reduce the within a defined Centre new built new users as the existing open space. number of car journeys, such facilities should recreation facilities will be permitted in be located within either Town, District or out-of-centre locations where it can be Local Centres. This will also help to sustain FIGURE 13.3 demonstrated that: Standards for Recreation Provision and enhance the vitality and viability of such in Sefton (a) there is a recreational need for the centres. facility; and Pitch Sports 1.2 ha per 1000 population 13.55 First preference for locating new (b) they are accessible by a choice of Non-pitch sports 0.4 ha per 1000 population built recreational facilities should therefore be travel, including by walking, cycling and General Open Space 0.9 ha per 1000 population within a defined centre (i.e. town, district or public transport. provision (including local centre), followed by edge-of centre and children’s play space) finally out-of-centre locations accessible by a choice of travel, including by walking, cycling Implementation Explanation and public transport. Developers are required 13.51 This policy will be implemented to demonstrate that they have followed this through the development control process. Protection of existing facilities ‘sequential test’.

Sustainability Appraisal 13.52 Built recreational facilities, such as 13.56 Where built recreational facilities Policy not changed as it is considered indoor sports courts and swimming pools, are proposed outside a defined centre, inappropriate to protect recreational buildings are a valuable community resource. Those developers will need to demonstrate that associated with open space. facilities that are valued by the community there is a need for the facility and that there and for which there is recreational need must are no suitable or viable sites within a better Policy Link be protected. Therefore, where development location in relation to the approach set out in G1 ‘Protection of Urban Greenspace’ proposals could affect a built recreational the previous paragraph. facility, developers will need to demonstrate Background documents through a robust assessment of recreational Implementation Planning Policy Guidance Note 17 ‘Planning for needs that either 13.57 The policy will be implemented through the development control process. Open Space, Sport and Recreation’ 2002. • the facility is surplus to requirements, or ‘The Six Acre Standard: Minimum Standards for • an equivalent recreational facility can Sustainability Appraisal Outdoor Playing Space’, National Playing Fields be provided in an equally convenient No changes made, as location of facilities will Association, 2001; location as compensation for the loss of be subject to paragraphs 13.55 and 13.56 ‘Sefton MBC Playing Pitch Demand Assessment’, the existing facility. above, and the future recreation study results. Sefton MBC, 1998. Developers will need to consult the local community to show that their proposals are

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 116 PAGE 117

Policy Links Countryside Recreation 13.59 In recognition of this role key areas of None the wider countryside have been designated 13.58 Planning Policy Guidance Note as Countryside Recreation Areas. Background documents 17 ‘Planning for Open Space, Sport and Planning Policy Guidance Note 17 ‘Planning for Recreation’ recognises the importance of 13.60 Particular footpath and/or cycling Open Space, Sport and Recreation’, 2002. informal open spaces and green networks in routes form important links between the meeting informal recreation needs of local urban areas and the coast and countryside. residents. In Sefton, with its concentration These are designated as Strategic Paths of population within densely built-up urban for Countryside Recreation. Both the areas, the role of the coast and the wider Countryside Recreation Areas and the countryside in meeting recreational needs Strategic Paths are shown on the Proposals is particularly important. Indeed, the Sefton Map and in figure 13.4. coast is a regional resource for informal and countryside recreation. 13.61 Recreational use of the countryside and coast includes enjoyment of nature, Figure 13.4 escape from the urban environment and Countryside Recreation enjoyment of tranquillity. Walking and, to a lesser extent, cycling are the most common forms of recreation. Opportunities to enhance the linkages between the urban area, Strategic Paths and Countryside Recreation Areas will be encouraged.

Southport POLICY G7 STRATEGIC PATHS FOR COUNTRYSIDE RECREATION

1. The following have been identified on the Proposals Map as Strategic Paths, subject to detailed route alignments being satisfactory:

(a) Leeds and Liverpool Canal towpath (b) Trans Pennine Trail (including the Cheshire Lines Path) (c) Coastal Path (Crosby to Crossens) Strategic Paths (Policy G7) (d) Hall to Hall Road, Crosby Countryside Recreation (e) River Alt Path Formby Areas (Policy G8) (f) Rimrose Valley Paths (g) New Opportunities Fund Path (Coastal Path to Trans Pennine Trail) (h) Greenways (i) Links to strategic cycle or walking routes in West , Liverpool and Knowsley.

Maghull 2. Development that would make it difficult to establish or retain a Strategic Path will not be permitted unless provision is made for an Crosby acceptable alternative route.

3. Development on or adjacent to a Strategic Path shall enhance the existing route or shall help implement the proposed route. A planning condition or legal agreement may be used to © Crown copyright secure this. Bootle

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 117

Explanation Greenway Strategy Draft For Consultation, and location of the development being Sefton Council, June 2002. proposed. They may include new visitor 13.62 Strategic Paths are the key links for facilities (for example picnic tables and areas) information boards, landscape enhancements countryside recreation. All completed Paths POLICY G8 or other measures which help people to can be used by walkers, many stretches are COUNTRYSIDE RECREATION enjoy countryside recreation. accessible to those of limited mobility, and on AREAS some Paths cycling is allowed. The Strategic 13.69 Designation as Countryside Paths provide the linkages between: 1. The following sites, as shown on Recreation Areas reflects existing land uses, • urban areas the Proposals Map, are designated as existing public access and/or past investment Countryside Recreation Areas : • the Coastal Park and other Countryside in countryside recreation facilities and Recreation Areas (a) Rimrose Valley, Crosby/Litherland environmental improvements. Part of the • Sefton’s wider Rights of Way and walking (b) Wango Lane, Aintree Wango Lane Countryside Recreation Area and cycling networks (c) Sefton Meadows, Maghull does not fully satisfy the above criteria at • people and paths in neighbouring (d) Town Lane, Southport present. However there have been past authority areas such as West Lancashire, initiatives to implement environmental Knowsley and Liverpool. 2. Planning permission will not be improvements and secure public access Some of these paths are regionally or granted for development within or to the site and it is considered to be a key nationally important recreation routes, as well adjacent to a Countryside Recreation Area part of the wider Wango Lane Countryside as being important for local people. that would significantly harm: Recreation Area. (a) existing or proposed informal 13.63 The policy aims to protect the Implementation recreational use or routes of the Paths, and to promote their 13.70 This policy will be implemented implementation and enhancement. The River (b) public access to or within the through the development control process. Alt Path and some greenways and links to Countryside Recreation Area or routes in West Lancashire, Knowsley and Sustainability appraisal (c) the tranquillity and quiet enjoyment Liverpool have not yet had their routes Policy not changed to refer to importance of of the Countryside Recreation Area. finalised or implemented. Other routes are nature, as Chapter 11 policies deal with this. in place. Enhancements to the Strategic Paths 3. Development within a Countryside should relate to the scale and location of Policy Links: Recreation Area shall enhance its informal the development being proposed. They may GBC6 Landscape Character; recreational use. A planning condition or include sign-posting, new links, information GBC9 Landscape Renewal Areas. legal agreement may be used to secure boards or landscape enhancements. this. Background documents 13.64 Severance or potential severance Planning Policy Guidance Note17 ‘Planning for of a route would be harmful and will not be Open Space, Sport and Recreation’, ODPM, permitted unless a satisfactory alternative Explanation 2002. route is agreed, and provided by the developer. It should be noted that a Strategic 13.66 The aim of the policy is to protect Path is not necessarily a public Right of Way. the informal recreation function of the POLICY G9 Public Rights of Way are recorded on a countryside within existing or potential AINTREE RACECOURSE Definitive Map held by Sefton Council. Countryside Recreation Areas and, where RECREATIONAL AREA possible, enhance it. Such areas will provide Implementation informal countryside-based recreation for 1. Within the part of Aintree 13.65 This policy will be implemented people in Sefton or who live nearby. This Racecourse Recreational Area which through the development control process. includes opportunities both for enjoying lies within the Green Belt, as defined on nature and for environmental education. the Proposals Map, planning permission Sustainability appraisal will not be granted for any development Policy not changed. Explanation changed to 13.67 Whether harm is significant will that would significantly harm existing or clarify position on new routes. depend on the combination of the size of the potential outdoor recreational uses in the impact and the value of the resource being area. Policy Links affected. The need to avoid harm to nature GBC2 Development in the Green Belt; is also important. The Town Lane, Sefton 2. In the remainder of the Aintree GBC6 Landscape Character. Meadows and Wango Lane Countryside Racecourse Recreational Area, as defined Recreation Areas are also within the Town on the Proposals Map, built development Background documents Lane and the Alt and Rimrose Valleys which enhances the recreational and Landscape Renewal Areas. tourism functions of the Racecourse Planning Policy Guidance Note 17 ‘Planning for Recreational Area will be permitted. Open Space, Sport and Recreation’, ODPM, 13.68 Enhancements to the Countryside 2002; Recreation Areas should relate to the scale

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 118

Explanation

13.71 Aintree Racecourse is a unique and valuable national recreational and tourism resource that attracts many visitors. The majority of the site is within the Green Belt.

13.72 It is important that development does not harm existing or potential outdoor recreation uses in the area of the Racecourse within the Green Belt, due to the special character and function of the Racecourse. This is in addition to the restrictions on development within the Green Belt. How significant harm is depends on the combination of the size of the impact and the value of the recreational resource.

13.73 In the area of the Racecourse which is outside the Green Belt (i.e. the Ormskirk Road frontage), there are opportunities for development related to tourism or recreation, such as hotel and conference facilities.

Implementation 13.74 This policy will be implemented through the development control process.

Sustainability appraisal Paragraph 1 of policy strengthened to clarify type of recreation.

Policy Links GBC2 Development in the Green Belt; G5 Protection of Recreational Open Space.

Background documents None.

Chapter 13 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 14 Heritage Conservation PAGE 119

CONSERVATION AREAS can be adapted to accommodate new uses ensure that where they do take place, they HC1 and lifestyles without harming their essential preserve or enhance the essential character Development in Conservation Areas character. of the area. To achieve this, rigorous design HC2 standards will be applied in addition to Demolition of Listed Buildings and 14.3 In this way the Borough’s heritage will policy DQ1 ‘Design’. Applicants will need Demolition in Conservation Areas be able to be enjoyed by future generations, to demonstrate that their proposals are which will make an important contribution sensitive to the contextG of the area. Works to sustainable development. It is increasingly to the highway and other public spaces within LISTED BUILDINGS accepted that the conservation and Conservation Areas (Conservation Area HC3 enhancement of the historic environment also Appraisals) will be expected to meet the Development or Change of Use has a significant role to play in regenerating same standard of design. Affecting a Listed Building urban areas POLICY HC1 HC4 14.4 The most important elements of DEVELOPMENT IN CONSERVATION Development Affecting the Setting of Sefton’s heritage are identified by the AREAS a Listed Building following statutory designations: • Conservation Areas 1. Development within or adjacent to Conservation Areas will be permitted where PARKS AND GARDENS OF SPECIAL • Listed Buildings HISTORIC INTEREST the appearance and character of the area will • Historic Parks and Gardens be preserved or enhanced. HC5 • Scheduled Ancient Monuments Historic Parks and Gardens 2. Where proposals involve new buildings, 14.5 However, there may be areas and structures or extensions to existing properties, buildings of historic importance that are not applicants will need to demonstrate that their ARCHAEOLOGY currently protected through any designation, proposals are of a high standard and that: HC6 but which may have historic significance. The (a) the scale, form, massing, height, materials Sites and Areas of Archaeological historic significance of these undesignated and architectural detail of development Importance buildings and areas will need to be taken into respects the character of surrounding account when making development control buildings; decisions e.g. in relation to developments (b) the layout of the site, including the use of Objective affecting: hard and soft landscaping, respects the • areas of local distinctiveness; To ensure that the historic and character of the area; archaeological resource of the Borough • archaeological sites and areas; and (c) historically significant boundaries, or other is protected, preserved and, where • areas of historic landscape importance. elements contributing to the established appropriate, enhanced. pattern of development, are retained; Conservation Areas (d) open spaces and street patterns, Indicators important to the character or historic  14.6 The Council has a duty to declare value of the area, are protected; 14.1 The number of Listed Buildings on as Conservation Areas those areas of the (e) important views and vistas within, into the ‘Buildings at Risk’ register. Borough that have special architectural or and out of the area are protected; historic interest, and whose character or Key partners appearance it is desirable to preserve or (f) trees and landscape features, including historic street furniture and paving that English Heritage enhance. contribute to the character of the area, Merseyside Archaeology Service 14.7 Twenty five Conservation Areas cover are protected. approximately 5% of the Borough. These are 3. Proposals for change of use should help Introduction shown on the Proposals Map and in figure 14.1. maintain the area’s established type or mix of uses. 14.1 Sefton has a diverse heritage which 14.8 The designation reports for most plays an important role in forming its identity. of the Conservation Areas provide Procedures The quality and distinctiveness of the historic an assessment of their character and environment can be easily eroded by ill appearance. Detailed character statements 4. Applications for outline planning conceived and short sighted actions. Once for Conservation Areas are being produced permission will not be accepted within lost, the historic environment is difficult to which explain the value of each area. Conservation Areas. restore.

14.9 Conservation Areas are not intended 5. Design Statements shall accompany 14.2 The policies of this chapter will help to prevent change or development but to planning applications. protect historic buildings and environments 1 and, where appropriate, ensure that they Section 69 of the Planning (Listed Building and Conservation Areas) Act 1990

Chapter 14 Urban Greenspace and Recreation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 120 PAGE 121

Figure 14.1 1. Hightown Cross, Implementation Sites of Historic Importance Hightown 14.13 This policy will be implemented 2. Standing Cross, through the development control process. Harkirk, Sustainability Appraisal 3. Wayside Cross, No changes made to policy but explanation Little Crosby now covers improvement and management of 4. Standing Cross, Conservation Areas. 5. Wayside Cross, Policy Links Ince Blundell DQ1 Design. 6. Standing Cross, Thornton Background documents 7. Brooms Cross, ‘Conservation Area Character Statements’, Thornton Sefton MBC (various dates) 8. Sefton Old Hall, Moated Site, POLICY HC2 Maghull DEMOLITION OF LISTED 10. St Katherine’s Chapel, BUILDINGS AND DEMOLITION Lydiate IN CONSERVATION AREAS 11. Standing Cross, Melling 1. Proposals involving the demolition of 12. Cross Base, a Listed Building, or an unlisted building or Melling structure in a Conservation Area, in whole 13. Cunscough Hall, or in part, will not be permitted unless it Moated Site, can be demonstrated that: Melling (a) the cost of repairing and maintaining the building outweighs both the building’s importance and the economic value that can be derived from its continued use; and (b) efforts have been made to continue the building’s present use or to find compatible alternative uses for the building.

2. Proposals involving the demolition of an unlisted building or structure in a Conservation Area will only be Conservation Area permitted where the building makes no Historic Parks & Gardens positive contribution to the character or © Crown copyright appearance of the Conservation Area. Scheduled Ancient Monuments

Procedures Explanation accompany proposals to show how they will affect the character or appearance of the 3. Detailed proposals for the re-use of 14.10 The Conservation Area’s designation area. the site shall accompany applications for report and character statement (see Conservation Area Consent. paragraph 14.8) will be used to help 14.12 The policy also seeks to control the determine the effect of a proposal on the type and mix of uses within a Conservation 4. An uninterrupted, phased programme character or appearance of a Conservation Area because of the impact that different for demolition and development shall Area. In the long run this will help to ensure land uses can have on the character of an be agreed, and a contract for the that Conservation Areas are improved area. Proposals for change of use should be redevelopment works signed, before the and will allow them to be managed in an consistent with the existing type or mix of building or structure is demolished. appropriate way. uses so as to maintain an Area’s vitality and viability. New uses may be permitted where 14.11 A Design Statement should there will be no harm to the viability of the area or to the amenity of neighbouring uses. 1 Design Statements will not be required for house extensions and other minor domestic development

Chapter 14 Heritage Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 121

Explanation Implementation alteration or extension, it is essential to 14.20 This policy will be implemented assess the elements that make up the special 14.14 Listed Buildings should be retained. through the development control process. interest of the building in question. The demolition of a Listed Building requires Listed Building Consent. This is distinct Sustainability Appraisal 14.22 Extensions or alterations to Listed from planning permission. The criteria for Policy not changed as demolition of unsafe Buildings or buildings within the curtilage of controlling the demolition of a Listed Building structures in Conservation Areas is covered by a Listed Building should be designed to take has been included in this policy because such other legislation. account of the: proposals could affect a related planning • massingG, height and layout of the Listed Policy Links application for the redevelopment of the site. Building and existing curtilageG buildings; DQ1 Design; G 14.15 The demolition of unlisted buildings HC4 Development Affecting the Setting of a • scale, proportion, relief and rhythm and structures within Conservation Areas Listed Building. of features and openings within the requires Conservation Area Consent. This is facade of the Listed Building and existing also different from planning permission. Background documents curtilage buildings; Planning Policy Guidance Note 15 ‘Planning and • nature, quality, colour and texture of the Historic Environment’, 1994. 14.16 This policy sets out the criteria which materials used in the construction of must be met when a planning application the Listed Building and existing curtilage is received for the redevelopment of a site buildings; which also requires the demolition of a Listed Listed Buildings Building or an unlisted building or structure • roofscape and outlines of the Listed Building or existing curtilage buildings; in a conservation area. In these instances an POLICY HC3 application for Listed Building Consent or DEVELOPMENT OR CHANGE • impact on the setting of the Listed Conservation Area Consent will need to be OF USE AFFECTING A LISTED Building, on the grounds, gardens and considered together with an application for BUILDING landscaping and on important views of planning permission. The reason for this is that the Listed Building; and the Listed Building Consent or Conservation 1. Proposals to extend or alter a Listed Area Consent could affect the decision on • streetscape, road layouts, building Building, to change the use of part or the patterns and grainG of an area. the related planning application. whole of a Listed Building, will not be permitted unless the building, its setting 14.23 Access may be required during 14.17 Buildings or structures which make and any features of the building of special a positive contribution to the character or works to alter or extend a Listed Building architectural or historic interest are or curtilage building to record features of appearance of a Conservation Area should preserved. be retained. In exceptional cases, where it can interest that may be revealed. be demonstrated that a building is incapable 2. Proposals affecting curtilage buildings Implementation of accommodating an appropriate and viable and structures relating to the Listed beneficial use, Conservation Area Consent 14.24 This policy will be implemented Building will be subject to the same through the development control process. may be granted for its demolition. considerations as those affecting the principal building. 14.18 The process of demolition and Sustainability Appraisal Policy not changed but explanation now deals redevelopment needs to be carefully Procedures controlled. Unattractive gap sites can be with detail of demolition and sensitivity of alterations. created where demolition takes place long 3. Proposals for the change of use of before re-development. This damages the part or the whole of a Listed Building appearance or character of a Conservation Policy Links should include details of all intended None Area. This is because it is the layout, form and alterations to the building and curtilage arrangement of buildings and spaces that give to show how they affect the appearance, Background Documents Conservation Areas their special character or character and setting of the Listed Building. appearance. Planning Policy Guidance Note 15 ‘Planning and the Historic Environment’,1994; 14.19 Policy HC4 ‘Development Affecting ‘The Planning (Listed Building and Conservation the Setting of a Listed Building’ will apply in Explanation Areas) Act’, 1990; instances where the demolition of an unlisted ‘Sefton Building Conservation Directory’ , SMBC, 14.21 It is important to balance alterations building or structure within a Conservation 2001. Area, and the subsequent redevelopment and extensions to Listed Buildings with the of the site, will affect the setting of a Listed need to secure the buildings in the long- Building. term. Many Listed Buildings can sustain some degree of careful alteration or extension, while others are sensitive to even slight alterations. In judging the effect of any

Chapter 14 Heritage Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 122 PAGE 123

• how well the design and form of POLICY HC4 Parks and Gardens Of buildings or structures proposed as part DEVELOPMENT AFFECTING Special Historic Interest of the development complement the THE SETTING OF A LISTED features of the park or garden; BUILDING 14.27 A register of parks and gardens of special historic interest has been compiled • the impact of development on trees, 1. Development will not be permitted by English Heritage. In Sefton five parks are landscape or other features that which would harm the setting of a Listed registered: contribute to the setting of the park or Building. • Botanic Gardens, Churchtown - Grade II garden; • the impact of development on important 2. In assessing proposals likely to • Hesketh Park, Southport - Grade II views and vistas within, out of and into affect the setting of a Listed Building the • Ince Blundell Estate, Crosby - Grade II* the park or garden. following will be taken into account: • Kings Gardens and South Marine (a) the scale, massing and siting of the Gardens - Grade II 14.29 Proposals should be accompanied proposed development; by a design statement to show how the • Derby Park, Bootle – Grade II development takes account of the features, (b) the extent to which the design and (Botanic Gardens, Ince Blundell and Kings layout and structure of the park or garden. form of structures complement the Gardens, Derby Park and South Marine Materials used for the construction of any features of the Listed Building and Gardens are also within Conservation Areas). buildings, structures or enclosures must be make a positive contribution to its These Historic Parks and Gardens are shown considered carefully to ensure that the quality setting; on the Proposals Map and on figure 14.1. and character of the park or garden are (c) the impact of the proposed retained. development on the grounds, gardens, landscaping or other features POLICY HC5 Implementation surrounding the Listed Building; HISTORIC PARKS AND GARDENS 14.30 This policy will be implemented through the development control process. (d) the impact the development will have 1. Development will only be permitted on important views of the Listed within historic parks and gardens if: Sustainability Appraisal Building. (a) it relates well to the key features No changes needed. of the park or garden and does not Explanation harm the integrity of its historic layout Policy Links and structure; DQ1 Design. 14.25 The setting of a Listed Building is (b) its design, including the type and often an essential part of its character. The Background Documents quality of materials used, respects the economic viability as well as the character historic character and quality of the Planning Policy Guidance Note 15 ‘Planning and of a historic building may suffer, and the park or garden. the Historic Environment’,1994; contribution they make to the townscape or ‘The Planning (Listed Building and Conservation countryside may be harmed, if they become 2. Development will not be permitted if Areas) Act’, 1990; isolated from their surroundings by other it would harm the setting of a historic park developments. ‘Sefton Building Conservation Directory’, SMBC, or garden. 2001. Implementation Procedures 14.26 This policy will be implemented Archaeology through the development control process. 3. Design Statements shall accompany 14.31 Archaeological remains are planning applications. Sustainability Appraisal irreplaceable assets which are valuable Policy not changed as the explanation now both for their own sake and their role in defines ‘harm’ education, leisure and tourism. They are Explanation often highly fragile and vulnerable to damage Policy Links None and destruction. Care must be taken when 14.28 To minimise the impact of making planning decisions that could affect Background Documents development on a historic park and garden archaeological remains to ensure that they and its settings, the following should be taken are not needlessly destroyed. Planning Policy Guidance Note 15 ‘Planning and into account: the Historic Environment’, 1994; 14.32 Some archaeological remains of ‘The Planning (Listed Building and Conservation national importance enjoy special protection • the scale, massingG and siting of Areas) Act’, 1990; as ‘Scheduled Ancient Monuments’. Details proposed development and its impact of archaeological remains identified in ‘Sefton Building Conservation Directory’, Sefton on the landscaping or other features of Sefton are kept in the Archaeological Sites MBC, 2001. the park or garden; and Monuments Record for Merseyside,

Chapter 14 Heritage Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 123

which is updated as new information Monument. This is distinct from planning POLICY HC6 becomes available. Those Scheduled Ancient permission. SITES AND AREAS OF Monuments identified to date are listed ARCHAEOLOGICAL below and shown in figure 14.1: 14.36 The Merseyside Archaeological IMPORTANCE Service will use the Merseyside Sites and Hightown Cross, Hightown Monuments Record to assist in advising on Nationally important sites and their Standing Cross, Harkirk, Little Crosby those sites and areas, which are known to, or settings: may, contain archaeological remains. Where Wayside Cross, Little Crosby evidence suggests that development could 1. Development will not be permitted Standing Cross, Ince Blundell affect archaeological remains, investigations if it would destroy or harm Scheduled will be required to discover their character, Wayside Cross, Ince Blundell Ancient Monuments and other nationally condition and extent. Standing Cross, Thornton important archaeological remains and their settings. Brooms Cross, Thornton 14.37 Where it is considered that archaeological remains are worthy of Sites and areas of district and local Sefton Old Hall Moated Site & Fishponds, preservation in situ, development proposals importance: Sefton likely to harm them will either be refused or will need to be modified. Maghull Moated Site, Maghull 2. Development must not cause damage to known or presumed sites and areas of St Katherine’s Chapel, Lydiate 14.38 However, where development could archaeological importance. Standing Cross, Melling affect archaeological remains of district and local importance it may not be considered Procedures: Cross Base, Melling necessary to preserve them in situ. In such cases investigations will need to be carried Cunscough Hall Moated Site, Melling. 3. Development is required to take out and provision should be made to into account the presence of known or excavate, record, analyse, and report the 14.33 The archaeological heritage of the presumed archaeological sites and areas. Borough occurs not only as specific sites archaeology. or buildings, such as Scheduled Ancient Therefore: Monuments, Conservation Areas and Listed 14.39 Detailed guidance on how the Buildings, but also as general landforms and (a) sufficient information should development process needs to take account patterns of settlement. Important landscapes accompany planning applications to of archaeology is set out in Supplementary are considered in Policy GBC6 ‘Landscape assess the character, condition and Planning Guidance (SPG) Note ‘Archaeology’. Character’ and in Chapter 12 ‘The Coast’. extent of the archaeological resource; Implementation (b) where the preservation of 14.40 This policy will be implemented archaeological remains in situ is not through the development control process justified, planning conditions will be taking account of the SPG referred to above. used to:

(i) require archaeological Sustainability Appraisal investigations to be completed Policy not changed as it already covers before development begins; and the importance of protecting or recording (ii) ensure the excavation, archaeological remains. recording, analysis and reporting of the archaeological resource. Policy Links GBC6 ‘Landscape Character’

Background documents Explanation Planning Policy Guidance Note 16 ‘Archaeology and Planning’,1990; 14.34 In assessing development proposals ‘The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological the relative importance of archaeology must Areas Act 1979’, Archaeological Sites and be weighed against other factors, including the Monuments Record for Merseyside. need for the proposed development.

14.35 Nationally important sites and their settings should be physically preserved. The preference is also for the preservation in situ of archaeology of less importance. Consent from the Secretary of State must be obtained for any works that affect a Scheduled Ancient

Chapter 14 Heritage Conservation Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 15 Accessible Development PAGE 127

AD1 Introduction Location of Development Objectives 15.1 In the past, the need to travel caused AD2 • to ensure that there is a realistic choice by development has been met simply by Ensuring Choice of Travel of access to all development sites, for providing for car use. Often this has: everyone. AD3 • made it more difficult for those without Transport Assessments • to reduce the adverse traffic impacts access to a car (37% of households of a development by promoting in Sefton) to get to jobs, facilities and AD4 more sustainable alternatives to single services; Green Travel Plans occupancy car use, especially for trips • contributed to increasing emissions from to and from work. AD5 motor vehicles, making local air quality Access onto the Primary Route worse and adding to global warming; Network Indicators • made congestion worse, journey (Combined indicators for Accessible times longer and costs higher for local Development and Transport businesses. This has made out-of-town Infrastructure Chapters) development more attractive and so helped to undermine the vitality of 15.1/8.1 Proportion of travel journeys existing town, district and local centres. made by sustainable means (walking, cycle, bus, rail) for the following purposes: 15.2 This approach is no longer acceptable. - journey to work There is evidence linking global warming with a rise in sea-levels. As a low-lying coastal - journey to school borough, Sefton has a long-term interest in - shopping promoting sustainable forms of transport. - other The aims of policies in this chapter are to ensure that there is a choice of means of 15.2/8.2 Contributions to transport travel to and from development sites, and to improvements secured through planning encourage use of more sustainable means of conditions and planning obligations transport. For people the most sustainable (number of developments and value/type means are, in order, walking, cycling, public of improvement). transport and cars. For movement of freight, rail or water transport is more sustainable (Indicators for Chapter 15 Accessible than movement by road. Development only) 15.3 The policies in this chapter achieve 15.3 Ratio of actual parking provision these aims in two ways. The first way is to approved for major new development make sure that significant development is to the Supplementary Planning Guidance located close to public transport services and Note maximum standard. that development which generates freight movements is located close to the freight 15.4 Proportion of specified types of distribution network. development for which green travel plans are secured as a result of planning 15.4 The second way, which is helped by the conditions and planning obligations. first, is to make sure that the greatest possible choice of means of travel is provided to and Key partners from development sites. This means that Merseytravel development proposals must cater for people with limited mobility, pedestrians, cyclists and those who travel by public transport as well as, or sometimes instead of, car parking.

15.5 This helps to reduce the need to travel and the length of journeys. It makes it safer and easier for people to get to jobs, local facilities and services by public transport, walking and cycling as well as by car.

Chapter 15 Accessible Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 128 PAGE 129

POLICY AD1 Figure 15.1 LOCATION OF DEVELOPMENT Locations within walking distance of high frequency public transport srevices 1. The preferred locations for development which generates a significant number of journeys are on sites which are within: (a) 400m of safe and convenient walking distance of stations on the passenger rail network; or (b) 00m of safe and convenient walking distance of stops and interchanges on high-frequency bus service network.

Higher density development will be encouraged in locations which are within both 400m of rail stations and 200m from the high frequency bus network.

2. The preferred locations for development which generates significant movement of freight are: (a) sites which are served by rail or where rail facilities can be provided as part of the development or, where these options are not available, Train Stations (b) where there is good access to a road 400m from train stations designated as a Freight Priority Route. 15 minutes bus services 200m from bus routes with 15 minute services Explanation Built-up area

15.6 The location of development determines both the number of journeys which are generated and what the transport choices are.

15.7 Development which is likely to generate a significant number of journeys should be located on sites which are accessible by public transport, in order to provide realistic alternatives to the car.

15.8 Development which generates a significant number of journeys is that which falls within the floorspace thresholds set out for Transport Assessments and Green Travel Plans in figure 15.2 below.

15.9 The most accessible locations are generally those where: • there is a good choice of bus or rail services within convenient walking distance (up to 200m for buses and up to 400m for rail services, depending on local factors), and © Crown copyright • the services are of an average frequency of at least every 15 minutes from early morning to early evening, Monday to Saturday.

Chapter 15 Accessible Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 129

15.10 The locations on the high-frequency 15.15 Supplementary Planning Guidance POLICY AD2 transport networks include Southport and Note (SPG) ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ ENSURING CHOICE OF TRAVEL Bootle Central Areas, the majority of Sefton’s sets out how the policy will be applied to District Centres and some Local Centres. individual development proposals of different 1. All development should provide for a The most accessible locations in relation to types and sizes. The policy may not apply realistic choice of means of travel, including the high-frequency passenger rail and bus to some very minor forms of development. access for those of limited mobility. This will networks are shown in Figure 15.1 and in Otherwise, all development will be expected be achieved by ensuring a minimum level greater detail in the Supplementary Planning to comply with the requirement for safe of accessibility for each means of travel as Guidance Note ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’. vehicular access (criterion 1c) and with the follows: Council’s adopted parking standards for new (a) the provision of safe cycle and walking development (criteria 1d and 1e). For larger 15.11 Not all locations within 200m of the facilities within the site, and/or the developments, above the thresholds set out in bus or 400m of the passenger rail networks improvement of routes or facilities SPG, all the criteria will apply. are suitable for development which generates which serve the site; a significant number of journeys. Examples (b) the provision of public transport 15.16 The Council’s car parking standards include: facilities within the site and/or the are set out in Appendix 6. The standards are • Green Belt; improvement of public transport based on those in Regional Spatial Strategy • urban green space; and facilities and services which serve the and Planning Policy Guidance Note 13. They • primarily residential areas. site; have been endorsed in the Local Transport (c) the provision of safe and adequate Plan for application across Merseyside. 15.12 The locations with good access to access and circulation within the site existing or potential rail freight infrastructure and in its connections to the public 15.17 The appropriate amount of parking are sites with access to the Freight highway; for a particular development will not rest Distribution Network as defined in Policy on the parking standards alone, but will take (d) the provision of on-site car parking, T6, and described in more detail in the into account all the accessibility criteria. In which should not exceed the Council’s Supplementary Planning Guidance Note particular, in line with the strategy in the Local adopted maximum standards; ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’. Transport Plan, within the main centres of (e) parking for those of limited mobility, Bootle and Southport there will be a greater Implementation service vehicles, cycles and other emphasis on restricting the amount of car 15.13 This policy will be implemented motor vehicles, which should meet the parking, so that there is no overall increase. through the development control process Council’s minimum guidelines. This is supported by Policy T5. and in particular through the Supplementary Planning Guidance outlined above. 2. Where facilities required to meet 15.18 The minimum level of accessibility the minimum level of accessibility are not required for each means of transport listed Sustainability Appraisal provided within the site, planning conditions in the policy will vary depending on the type Policy not changed. Explanation amended to or legal agreements may be used to of development and where it is. For example, refer to rail station as well as the Core Bus meet the above requirements. Planning a small-scale housing development 100 Network. conditions and/or legal agreements may metres from a bus stop will have a different be used to provide for the maintenance of requirement to a major office development in Policy Links new facilities. Bootle Central Area. T6 Freight Distribution Network; DQ1 Design; Explanation 15.19 Where this minimum level of GBC2 Development in the Green Belt; accessibility cannot be achieved within the H12 Residential Density; 15.14 The policy aims to make sure that development proposal the developer will G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace. there is a realistic choice of means of travel be expected to achieve it off-site through a to all development schemes, including access financial contribution. This will be achieved Background Documents for people with limited mobility. This means through a legal agreement. Planning Policy Guidance Note 3 ‘Housing’, that developers must demonstrate that 2000; this minimum level of accessibilityG will be 15.20 In some cases, the travel demands Planning Policy Guidance Note 6 ‘Town Centres achieved for all development, for each of the generated by the development being and Retail Developments’, 1996; choices listed in the policy. If a conflict occurs proposed will be met by contributions to Planning Policy Guidance Note 13 ‘Transport’, in the provision of facilities for the different the transport networks and pedestrian 2001; means of travel, priority should be given in improvements identified in policies in Chapter ‘Merseyside Freight Strategy’; accordance with the mode hierarchy adopted 8 ‘Transport Infrastructure’ and Policy G7 ‘Merseyside Bus Strategy’; within the Local Transport Plan, i.e ‘Strategic Paths for Countryside Recreation’. ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, 2006. (1) walking; The Council may also seek contributions for (2) cycling; the maintenance of new facilities provided for (3) public transport; an agreed period. (4) essential motor vehicles; 1 Southport and Bootle Central Areas and all District (5) non-essential motor vehicles. and Local Centres are shown on the Proposals Map

Chapter 15 Accessible Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 130 PAGE 131

15.21 Supplementary Planning Guidance Explanation FIGURE 15.2 Note ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ sets out Thresholds for transport more detail about how the minimum level of 15.23 Transport Assessments are necessary assessment and Green Travel Plans accessibility can be achieved. It also provides for large development proposals in order to guidance on: demonstrate that travel demand is met in a Land Use Threshold (gross • accessibilty of different areas by public manner which: floorspace) transport; • gives access by all means of transport Food retail/ non-food 1000m2 following the order of priority set out • areas and/or routes for cycling and retail/ cinemas and in Policy AD2 above; pedestrian and access improvements. conference facilities/ 1 Other initiatives which will be taken • limits the harm from traffic on safety, Class D2 including into consideration in the assessment of noise and air pollution and on the leisure environment or local amenity; and a proposal (e.g. Safe Routes to School, Class B1 including 2500m2 • ensures safe and easy access for all area traffic calming, Controlled Parking offices/ hospitals/ higher users. Zones); and further education • Green Travel Plans. 15.24 How significant the harmful effect Stadia 1500 seats on road safety and any increase in pollution Implementation 2 or noise are, depends on the combination of Class B2 industry 5000m 15.22 This policy will be implemented the size of the impact and the importance 2 through the development control process Class B8 distribution and 10000m of the issue affected. Road safety will be and through the Supplementary Planning warehousing very important next to a primary school for Guidance outlined above. example. Housing Development 100 dwellings Sustainability Appraisal 15.25 Development above the thresholds Development proposals - No change to policy as design standards for outlined in Figure 15.2 and/or which impact which impact on the new or improved provision will be covered in on the Trunk Road Network, for which the primary route network Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes. Highways Agency is the Highway Authority, will be required to consult the Highways POLICY AD4 Policy Links Agency about the Transport Assessment GREEN TRAVEL PLANS AD4 Green Travel Plans. at the earliest opportunity. This is in line with the Memorandum of Understanding 1. Green Travel Plans will be required Background Documents agreed between the Highways Agency, for the following types of development: Planning Policy Guidance Note 13 ‘Transport’, the Merseyside Local Authorities and (a) all major non-residential 2001; Merseytravel (the ‘Partners’) which seeks developments; ‘Merseyside Local Transport Plan’, 2000. to reduce the delay in assessing applications in the Strategic Investment Areas (SIAs), (b) smaller non-residential developments including the Atlantic Gateway SIA, which POLICY AD3 which would generate significant affect the trunk road network. TRANSPORT ASSESSMENTS amounts of travel in locations where there are local initiatives or targets 15.26 Supplementary Planning Guidance Transport Assessments will be required for traffic reduction, or for the Note ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ sets out for any of the following: promotion of public transport, cycling more detailed guidance about the content, or walking; or (a) major development proposals as process and other requirements of Transport (c) where the Green Travel Plan will defined in figure 15.2; Assessments. help address a particular local traffic (b) proposals which are likely to have problem associated with a proposal. a significant harmful effect on road Implementation 15.27 This policy will be implemented safety, access or road capacity; 2. Conditions or legal agreements may through the development control process be used to secure the preparation and (c) proposals which are likely to and the Supplementary Planning Guidance implementation of Green Travel Plans. significantly increase pollution and/ outlined above. or noise. Sustainability Appraisal Policy not changed as explanation and links now Explanation state the purpose of the policy. 15.28 Green Travel Plans aim to reduce Policy Links the numbers of journeys needed where AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel; possible, and to encourage choice and use of sustainable means of transport to 1 AD4 Green Travel Plans. As defined by the Town and Country Planning Use development sites. This includes, for example, Classes (Amendments) Order 2005

Chapter 15 Accessible Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 131

car sharing, working from home, awareness Policy Links 15.36 An assessment of the development’s raising campaigns or subsidised public AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel, impact on the trunk road network and the transport season tickets for employees. AD3 Transport Assessments remainder of the primary route network will need to be undertaken in the transport 15.29 This is particularly important for the POLICY AD5 assessment which is required to be types of development listed in the policy, ACCESS ONTO THE PRIMARY submitted for development which may affect and where a development proposal does ROUTE NETWORK these routes (see Policy AD3 ‘Transport not initially achieve the minimum level of Assessments’). Contributions sought for accessibility required under policy AD2 Access onto the Primary Route Network mitigation measures necessary to ensure the ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’. will be restricted as follows: safe and efficient operation of the trunk road network will be assessed against: 15.30 Green Travel Plans may be submitted (a) direct access onto the Highways • the development’s impact on the trunk before the planning application is considered, Agency’s motorways and strategic road network from 15 years of the or at a later stage. Implementation is likely to core trunk road network will not be occupation of the development; and be phased over a number of years, and this permitted; should be agreed with the Council before • the proposed improvement measures (b) access onto the remainder of the building works start (or, for changes of use, for the trunk road network identified Highways Agency’s trunk road before the development is occupied). via the Memorandum of Understanding network, whether indirectly (by way between the Highways Agency and of an existing access) or directly (via 15.31 Green Travel Plans must include the Merseyside Local Authorities (see a newly built one) will be assessed targets, monitoring methods and timescales. paragraph 15.25) against the development’s impact Where these targets are not achieved the on the trunk road network from developer will be required to fund previously Implementation 15 years of the occupation of the agreed alternatives which achieve the 15.37 This policy will be implemented development. minimum level of accessibilityG. This too may through the development control process. form part of the planning conditions or legal Where development is permitted, agreement. contributions will be sought for Sustainability Appraisal any mitigation measures necessary No changes needed. 15.32 Major non-residential developments to ensure the safe and efficient are defined by the thresholds for Transport operation of the trunk road network; Policy Links Assessments set out in figure 15.2. Local and AD3 Transport Assessments; initiatives may include ‘Safer Routes to EDT3 Strategic Employment Sites in the School’ or traffic management in residential (c) direct access onto the remainder Dunnings Bridge Corridor; areas for example. Local traffic problems of the primary route network, will AD2 Ensuring Choice of Travel; are usually identified through survey or only be permitted if it does not investigation where a problem has been restrict the capacity of the road or T4 Safeguarding the Public Transport noted. its intended purpose. Any junction Network; or capacity improvements shall be T6 Freight Distribution Network. 15.33 The Supplementary Planning completed before the occupation of Guidance Note ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ the development. Background Documents sets out more information about Green Travel ‘A New Deal for Trunk Roads in England’ DETR In all cases, direct access will not be Plans. 1998 permitted where a reasonable alternative exist Implementation 15.34 This policy will be implemented through the development control process and the above Supplementary Planning 15.35 The Primary Route Network consists Guidance. of: • the Highways Agency’s motorways and Sustainability Appraisal strategic core trunk roads (M57, M58 Policy not changed as information on content and A5036) of Green Travel Plans will be set out in the • the remainder of the Highways Supplementary Planning Guidance Note Agency’s trunk road network (A570; ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’. and A59 between Switch Island and the boundary with West Lancashire DC); • ‘A’ roads managed and maintained by 1 Safer routes to Schools schemes is a package of Sefton Council (A565; A5058; A5207 educational and/or physical measures to promote and A59 Switch Island to the boundary travel to school by walking and cycling. In particular it with ) addresses road safety and personal security concerns

Chapter 15 Accessible Development Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 16 Design & Environmental Quality PAGE 133

DQ1 Introduction POLICY DQ1 Design DESIGN DQ2 16.1 There will be no prospect of achieving Renewable Energy in Development sustainable development in Sefton unless 1. Development will not be permitted unless: there is a commitment to high standards of DQ3 In relation to site context: design in development. Good design is also Trees and Development a key factor in ensuring that regeneration (a) the proposal responds positively to the DQ4 schemes are successful. character and form of its surroundings Public Greenspace and Development (b) in areas of lesser quality the development enhances the character of the area rather DQ5 16.2 The Council has in any case a statutory than preserves or reproduces the negative Sustainable Drainage Systems duty to: aspects of the existing environment. • provide for improvements to the Objective physical environment of Sefton; In relation to site design, layout and access: • preserve and enhance the natural (c) the arrangement of buildings, structures and To ensure that all development is beauty and amenity of Sefton; spaces within the site relates positively to well designed and makes a positive the character and form of the surroundings, contribution to Sefton’s environment • ensure that existing trees are protected achieves a high quality of design and meets and to quality of life for residents and and that new planting is provided when all of the following criteria: development takes place. visitors. (i) ensures safe and easy movement into, out of and within the site for everyone, 16.3 All development should make a Indicators including those with limited mobility; positive contribution to Sefton’s environment (ii) protects the amenity of those within 16.1 Positive assessments of the quality and to quality of life for those living or and adjacent to the site; of design and landscaping of development working in, or visiting, Sefton. This may involve arising from: the provision of new or improved public (iii) promotes the safety and security open space in connection with development of those within the site whilst the - Surveys of user and local residents’ and new tree planting, in addition to well- safety and security of those outside it opinions designed buildings and landscapes on should be promoted through natural - Design awards. development sites. surveillance; (iv) creates attractive outdoor areas which 16.2 The percentage of new homes 16.4 Enhancement of the quality of Sefton’s fulfil their purpose well; assessed in accordance with the built and natural environment is particularly (v) follows sustainable development EcoHomes Environmental Ratings for important: Homes scheme which are rated as Good, principles in design and construction Very Good or Excellent. • for infill sites and for development wherever practicable. at high densities or in areas already 16.3 Net increase in number of urban densely developed; In relation to the design of buildings and structures: trees as a result of development. • for sensitive and high-profile sites, areas (d) proposals make a positive contribution to and corridors; 16.4 The percentage of developments their surroundings through the quality of incorporating Sustainable Drainage • to improve areas of lesser quality and their design in terms of scale, form, massing, Systems. poor environment (e.g. Urban Priority style, detailing, use of materials and meet Areas, areas with little tree cover); and criteria (ii) to (v) listed in part (c) above (replace ‘site’ with ‘building’ in ii. and iii.) (Combined indicator for Energy, Minerals • to enhance the strengths of areas and Waste and Design and Environmental in Sefton which are already quality In relation to publicly accessible buildings: Quality Chapters) environments (e.g. urban greenspace, (e) safe and easy access is provided for Conservation Areas), to which other everyone, including those with limited 16.5/9.2 Renewable energy capacity Plan policies also apply. installed: mobility.

- as a result of Policy DQ2 Procedures - in other schemes. 2. Site layout and landscape plans and a site appraisal describing the existing site conditions Key partners and features shall be submitted where relevant. Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment, developers and their 3. Applications for major developments, or for agents. proposals on important or sensitive sites, shall be accompanied by a Design Statement setting out the design principles for the development.

Chapter 16 Design & Environmental Quality Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 134 PAGE 135

Explanation Section 2 of the policy does not apply to 16.15 Publicly accessible buildings include, house extensions. but are not limited to, shops, restaurants, 16.5 Good quality design covers buildings, community buildings, health and leisure the site as a whole and the site within the 16.12 Buildings and structures should facilities. Further guidance on access for context of its surroundings and wider area. make a positive contribution to the overall people with limited mobility is set out in the The main aspects are how the development design of a development. Structures include ‘Design’ and ‘Shopfronts, Security and Signage’ looks and how it works. Places and buildings outbuildings such as garages, garden sheds, SPGs. should also have their own identity, fulfil their glasshouses, boundary walls, fences and gate purpose well, be robust and adapt easily to piers, and swimming pools and any swimming 16.16 A Design Statement is required so changing requirements. pool enclosures. The design of buildings and that the developer can show that design structures can have a major impact on the issues have been properly taken into 16.6 Proposals should respond positively to amenity of adjacent properties, the street account. Design Statements must set out the character and form of their surroundings, scene and the character of the area. the principles for the urban, landscape in terms of density, size, layout, architecture, and architectural design aspects of the design and landscape. Context may mean 16.13 The EcoHomes Environmental Ratings development. any of this, from the architectural detail of for Homes scheme, run by the Building buildings to the general character of the area. Research Establishment, is a widely accepted 16.17 In major developments consideration The purpose of the policy is to ensure that national standard for sustainable housing should be given to enhancing biodiversity good design is achieved in all developments. design. It is recommended, and increasingly through the structural landscape framework. required, by the government and other An example of this would be wetland created 16.7 In areas of lesser quality in Sefton, agencies. EcoHomes assesses development as part of a sustainable drainage system. development should enhance the area rather proposals against issues under 7 themes: than reproduce an existing poor environment. • Energy 16.18 The design policy and the Supplementary Planning Guidance Note For many constrained sites, developers • Water should take the opportunity to create design ‘Design’ have been shaped by a number of • Pollution solutions which are bold, inspiring and long- recent studies in Sefton which have defined lasting. • Materials areas of distinctiveness, character and density. • Transport Implementation 16.8 Sites, streets and other places must be • Ecology and Land Use designed to ensure safe and easy movement 16.19 This policy will be implemented • Health and well being. into, through and out of them for all potential through the development control process. users, including those of limited mobility, for The Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes Within the scheme developers have pedestrians, cyclists, public transport users, ‘Design’, and ‘New Residential Development’ flexibility to focus on the most appropriate cars users, and for servicing, deliveries and set out in detail how this will be achieved. of these issues and areas for their particular collection. The priority given to different types development, subject to reaching an of transport should be in line with that set Sustainability Appraisal acceptable overall standard. The Council out in Policy AD2, ‘Ensuring Choice of Travel’ Safety and security added into policy. Energy will encourage all housing developments and paragraph 15.14. Special consideration efficiency picked up in CS3 ‘Development to achieve a rating of Good, Very Good should be given to pedestrians and people Principles’ and Supplementary Planning or Excellent when assessed in accordance with disabilities, the elderly, the temporarily Guidance Notes. with the EcoHomes scheme. Energy and infirm and parents with young children. The water efficiency, with their long-term benefit layout must be appropriate to the use and Policy Links of lower running costs for residents, are the context. EMW1 Prudent Use of Resources important in Sefton, especially given the DQ3 Trees and Development, amount of housing development expected in 16.9 Safety and security can be promoted DQ4 Public Greenspace and Development. the Pathfinder Areas during the Plan period. through careful design of buildings and spaces, for example through promoting natural Background documents 16.14 Sustainable development principles surveillance. Natural surveillance can take ‘Residential Character Areas Study’, Chesterton / include reducing the use of energy and place in a variety of ways, e.g. overlooking Llewellyn Davies, 1998; resources in the construction and operation from windows and from people passing by on of a building. Examples include using building ‘Urban Character Study’, Austin-Smith: Lord, roads, open spaces and paths. orientation to maximise solar gain, using 2000; massing to minimise heat loss, reducing water ‘By Design’, CABE, 2000; 16.10 The term ‘outdoor area’ includes usage through recycling ‘grey’ water, using gardens, amenity space, car parking areas, and ‘By Design - Better Places to Live: A reclaimed materials in construction and so on. other public spaces. A high quality of detailing Companion Guide to PPG3’, CABE/DTLR, 2001, More guidance on sustainable development and materials is required. ‘EcoHomes – The Environmental Rating for is set out in the Design SPG and paragraph Homes’ information note, Building Research 16.13 on the EcoHomes standard. 16.11 Section 1(c) iv of the policy does Establishment web-site, 2003. not apply to changes of use or other similar proposals that do not create outdoor space.

Chapter 16 Design & Environmental Quality Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 135

16.25 There may be some cases where POLICY DQ2 POLICY DQ3 the achievement of 10% of energy from RENEWABLE ENERGY IN TREES AND DEVELOPMENT on-site renewable sources would make DEVELOPMENT unviable a development proposal which 1. Permission for development will be would otherwise meet the aims, objectives All proposals for major non-residential granted providing that: and strategy of the Plan – for example due development will be expected to to exceptional site circumstances – especially (a) there is no unacceptable loss of, incorporate renewable energy production in Urban Priority Areas. In such cases, a lesser or damage to, existing trees or equipment to provide at least 10% of percentage of energy from on-site renewable woodlands during or as a result of their predicted energy requirements from sources may be acceptable. However, the development; renewable sources. developer must demonstrate that: (b) adequate tree survey information • a variety of renewable energy sources is provided as part of planning applications; Explanation and generation methods have been assessed and costed; and (c) trees not to be retained as a result 16.20 The policy seeks to secure use of • the achievement of 10% of energy of the development are replaced at a renewable energy from on-site sources in from on-site renewable sources would ratio of at least 2:1; and make the proposal unviable; and major non-residential development schemes. (d) additional, new, trees shall be planted The technologies for small-scale generation of • the need for the development proposal at a minimum of: renewable energy make it possible for major and its contribution to the aims, developments to incorporate the production (i) 3 trees for each dwelling for objectives and other policies of the of renewable energy. This will contribute residential development; or Plan outweighs the lesser use of on-site to achieving national and regional targets renewable energy; (ii) for non-residential development, for energy, as set out in the introduction to whichever is the greater of: Chapter 9 ‘Energy, Minerals and Waste’. The Council would usually expect some 1 tree for each parking space; or percentage of on-going energy use to be 16.21 The Building Research Establishment 2 from on-site renewable sources. 1 tree per 50m of gross can advise on the typical energy consumption floorspace of different types and sizes of development. 16.26 The Renewable Energy Information Developers will be encouraged to make 2. Where it is not possible to secure Note sets out more information about schemes as energy efficient as possible. This this new or replacement tree planting renewable energy, total energy use and the will reduce the total energy used and thus within the site, the trees should be planted achievement of this policy, including any the total amount of energy required from at a suitable location outside the site. exemptions as set out in paragraph 16.25 renewable sources. above. 3. Planning conditions or legal 16.22 Major non-residential development agreements will be used to secure the Implementation is defined as having a gross floorspace of above. 16.27 This policy will be implemented 1,000sq m2 or more, and includes both new through the development control process. buildings and conversions. Explanation Sustainability Appraisal 16.23 For the purpose of this policy No changes needed. renewable energy technologies are set 16.28 The aim of the policy is to protect out in the Renewable Energy Information existing trees and woodlands and to increase Policy links Note and include photovoltaic energy (PV the number of trees in Sefton. Some parts UP1 Urban Priority Areas cells), solar-powered and geo-thermal water of urban Sefton have very few trees. In these EMW1 Prudent Use of Resources heating, energy crops and biomass, small-scale areas it is particularly important to retain wind generation and hydro-power. Energy existing trees and plant new ones. Tree Background documents production from domestic or industrial planting and retention throughout Sefton also waste is not included. Grants are likely to be ‘Energy White Paper’, Department of Trade and contributes to the Mersey Forest Plan and its available that will cover a proportion of the Industry, February 2003; objectives. cost of any renewable energy scheme. ‘From Power to Prosperity’, Sustainability Northwest, 2001. 16.29 Trees have a visual appeal, and 16.24 Renewable energy production contribute to design and environmental equipment covered by this policy will not be quality and a sense of well-being for all. expected to meet the requirements of Policy They have wildlife value and their role as the EMW2 ‘Renewable Energy Infrastructure’, ‘green lungs’ of the urban areas improves air unless they are large scale infrastructure quality. New trees in development schemes schemes in their own right. link proposals into the existing urban fabric. Trees are important to Sefton’s environment especially in urban areas.

Chapter 16 Design & Environmental Quality Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 136

16.30 The policy sets out the principles in recognition of the potential visual and POLICY DQ4 against which development will be assessed environmental impact of such facilities. PUBLIC GREENSPACE AND with respect to new and existing trees. DEVELOPMENT 16.36 Tree Preservation Orders may be 16.31 Tree surveys must be able to show made where this is the best way of protecting Residential development that there is no unacceptable loss of, or trees, including those on development sites. damage to, existing woodlands or trees during 1. For proposals consisting of five or as a result of development. Surveys must Implementation dwellings or more developers shall provide be provided for all proposals where there 16.37 The Supplementary Planning urban greenspace in accordance with the are trees within the development site, or Guidance Note ‘Trees and Development’ standard of 55m2 per dwelling. where trees on adjacent sites are likely to be provides detailed guidance on how this policy affected. will be put into action. 2. Where new urban greenspace is provided within the development site as 16.32 This policy applies to new-build Sustainability Appraisal part of any residential development it residential development and to conversions Policy not changed, as nature conservation and should fulfil all of the following criteria. It to residential use. For conversions, the Mersey Forest issues are matters of detail dealt should: number of new trees required should be with in other Plan policies and Supplementary based on the overall gain of units within the Planning Guidance Notes. (a) be greater than 0.1 ha; site. For non-residential development the (b) be accessible to the public; policy applies only to new-build development Policy Link including extensions. The requirement for DQ1 Design. (c) contribute to the visual amenity additional new tree planting is in addition to and quality of the urban any planting required as compensation for Background documents environment; loss of existing trees or greenspace. Planning Policy Guidance Note 12 ‘Development (d) contribute to local biodiversity. Plans’, 1999; 16.33 Usually trees should be planted Circular 36/78 ‘Trees and Forestry’, 1978; 3. Where the required greenspace within development sites. Where sites ‘Urban Tree Strategy’, SMBC, 1999; cannot be provided within the have insufficient space for all trees, or development site, planning conditions or ‘Survey of Tree Poor Areas’, SMBC, unpublished, where the resulting development would be legal agreements will be used to ensure 1999; inappropriate in terms of the character or provision outside the site through the density of surrounding areas, tree planting ‘Mersey Forest Plan’, Mersey Forest Partnership, enhancement or expansion of existing should take place at suitable locations, 2001. public urban greenspaces within the outside the site. This is explained in the locality. Supplementary Planning Guidance Note ‘Trees and Development’. Commercial, Industrial and Leisure Development 16.34 Where it can be demonstrated that the application of this requirement would 4. Proposals for major new commercial, make it difficult to secure regeneration, a industrial or leisure developments flexible approach may be taken. This will be shall include public greenspace as part assessed case by case. Further guidance on of a comprehensive development or the circumstances where this applies will contribute towards the enhancement of be set out in the Supplementary Planning greenspace in the locality. Guidance Note ‘Trees and Development’.

16.35 Park and Ride facilities which are part of an approved Council transport strategy aim to reduce the length and number of Explanation journeys by private car. As such they make an 16.38 Over the Plan period all development important contribution towards improving will take place within the urban area. This will air quality and environmental quality and put considerable pressure on the Borough’s to meeting the aims and objectives of existing recreational facilities. other strategies to which the Council are committed, such as the Air Quality Strategy 16.39 This is the case both for the needs and Community Strategy. The Council may generated by new dwellings, and for major therefore be more flexible in its requirements commercial and industrial developments for trees in connection with park and ride whose employees and visitors also have facilities. However, it is important that the public greenspace needs. agreed number of trees provide and form part of a good quality structural landscape

Chapter 16 Design & Environmental Quality Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 137

16.40 New public greenspace should be of establishing and maintaining greenspace, ensuring that through the planning system a positive element in the landscape and it whether within or beyond the site. proper provision is made to meet the should provide for the recreational needs of recreational requirements of those people those who are intended to use the space. This 16.47 The redevelopment of older urban working in and visiting an area, as well as may be formal recreational open space, such areas will also provide opportunities to create those living there. as playing pitches, or informal recreational new urban greenspace. open space, such as children’s playspace or 16.53 The policy will apply to major nature space. Residential development commercial, industrial and leisure development proposals. These may provide 16.41 Providing nature space will contribute 16.48 The Plan’s housing strategy is that scope to secure new greenspace in the to meeting the targets for ‘accessible nature the Borough’s need for new homes can be middle of densely built-up areas where space’ as recommended by English Nature, met within the built-up area. As few sites access by the public to greenspace is and to meeting the wider objectives of the are allocated for housing, the majority of most constrained. Such developments North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan development is likely to be on relatively small will only be asked to contribute to public and the Mersey Forest Plan. sites. greenspace provision where a clear shortage of greenspace has been identified in the 16.42 In the absence of an up to date open 16.49 Developers of five or more locality of the development within a Council- space and recreation study, developers may dwellings shall contribute to the provision of approved Greenspace Strategy. carry out an assessment of whether the public urban greenspace. This includes new public greenspace needs of future occupiers dwellings, and conversions. The standard of Implementation or users of a development would be met by 55m2 per dwelling is based on an average 16.54 The Supplementary Planning existing facilities in the area in terms of quality, household size of 2.2 people. It is derived Guidance Note ‘Public Greenspace and quantity and accessibility. from the Sefton standards set out in Table Development’ and development briefs will 13.3 in chapter 13 and covers both provision provide further detailed guidance on how this 16.43 Where new urban greenspace for formal outdoor sports and informal policy will be put into practice. is provided it will be afforded the same recreation, including children’s playspace. protection as greenspace defined under Supplementary Planning Guidance Note Sustainability Appraisal Policy G1 ‘Protection of Urban Greenspace’. ‘Public Greenspace and Development’ No changes made, as wider recreation/ green explains this in more detail. network, Mersey Forest and Biodiversity 16.44 The Council will use ‘planning Action Plan issues will be mentioned in the obligations’2 to secure greenspace off-site. 16.50 New urban greenspaces should Supplementary Planning Guidance Note ‘Public The guiding principles are set out in Circular preferably be provided at a suitable location Greenspace and Development’. 1/97; that is, planning obligations should be: within the development site. However it would not be practicable to provide public Policy Links • necessary; greenspace (particularly children’s playspace) G1 Protection of Urban Greenspace. • relevant to planning; of less than 0.1ha within a development. (This is the area of greenspace which would be Background documents • directly related to the proposed required for a development of 20 dwellings). development; Planning Policy Guidance Note 17 ‘Planning for In smaller developments, therefore, a financial Open Space, Sport and Recreation’ July 2002; • fairly and reasonably related in scale contribution will be accepted towards new or ‘The Six Acre Standard: Minimum Standards for and kind to the development; and improved greenspace in the locality. Outdoor Playing Space’, National Playing Fields

• reasonable in all other respects. Association, 1993; 16.51 The Supplementary Planning Circular 1/97 ‘Planning Obligations’; 16.45 As with policy DQ3, where it can Guidance Note ‘Public Greenspace ‘Sefton MBC Playing Pitch Demand Assessment’, be demonstrated that the application of and Development’ sets out the level of Sefton MBC, 2003; this requirement would make it difficult to contributions from developers, usually secure regeneration, a flexible approach through commuted sums, and provides ‘Mersey Forest Plan’, Mersey Forest Partnership, may be taken. This will be assessed case by guidance on how the money will be spent. 2001; The key principles are that provision outside case. Further guidance on the circumstances ‘North Merseyside Biodiversity Action Plan’, the site must be in the same locality as the where this applies will be set out in the North Merseyside Biodiversity Group, 2001. development, and that it should be guided by Supplementary Planning Guidance Note ‘Public Greenspace and Development’. the Council’s approved priorities for sport, recreation and greenspace. 16.46 A contribution will usually be sought from developers towards the costs Commercial, Industrial and Leisure Development

1 English Nature recommend that all homes should be 16.52 Planning Policy Guidance Note within 300m of an accessible nature space, to allow 17 ‘Planning for Open Space, Sport and people contact with nature Recreation’ stresses the importance of 2 These are a form of legal agreement

Chapter 16 Design & Environmental Quality Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 138

16.57 A number of different types of POLICY DQ5 SuDS are available, for example, soakaways, SUSTAINABLE DRAINAGE porous pavings, swales and basins, ponds SYSTEMS and wetlands, and filter drains. The type of technique that is used, however, will depend 1. Proposals for new residential, on a number of factors, such as: commercial, industrial or leisure development will not be permitted • existing land-use; unless a Sustainable Drainage System is • proposed and existing topography; incorporated into the overall design. • past rainfall data; 2. Exceptions may be made where it can • site hydrology, soil type and infiltration be demonstrated that: potential; (a) the Sustainable Drainage System • type of development proposed; would be likely to cause either significant land or water pollution; • health and safety considerations. or (b) the site’s ground conditions would 16.58 SuDS may be inappropriate in areas preclude the use of a Sustainable which comprise soils with low infiltration Drainage System; or rates or where there may be an increased risk of polluting land or water. For example, SuDS (c) the size of the site precludes the may not be suitable for use on contaminated use of a Sustainable Drainage sites or where industrial development is System; or proposed that uses or stores hazardous (d) the proposed Sustainable materials. It will be the responsibility of the Drainage System could cause applicant to demonstrate why it may be damage to adjacent buildings or inappropriate to incorporate SuDS into the sites. overall design of their scheme.

Procedures 16.59 Further information on the use of SuDS is provided in Supplementary Planning 3. Where appropriate planning Guidance ‘Sustainable Drainage Systems’ conditions or legal agreements will be prepared by the Merseyside Authorities. used to ensure that Sustainable Drainage Systems are provided and maintained. Implementation 16.60 Through the development control Explanation process and the Supplementary Planning Guidance Note mentioned in paragraph 16.55 Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) 16.59 above. are designed to manage surface water run- off in a more sustainable way than traditional Sustainability Appraisal piped drainage methods. Development tends No changes needed. to extend the area of impermeable ground which increases surface water run-off. This Policy Links can cause flooding, pollution and disrupt EP2 ‘Pollution’ the water cycle to the detriment of water EP8 ‘Flood Risk’ resources and the natural environment. Background Documents 16.56 This policy aims to complement None Part H of the Building Regulations 2000 by ensuring that SuDS are incorporated into the overall design of the development. This will include paved areas that provide access to the principal entrance of the building, a place for bin storage, yards or other forms of access used in common by more than one building. The policy will apply to developments comprising one dwelling or more and also to applications for new retail and industrial premises.

ChapterSefton UDP 16 Design2006 & Environmental Quality Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 17 Environmental Protection PAGE 139

EP1 Introduction 17.7 The planning system can control Managing Environmental Risk these risks by regulating the location of (Part 1 Policy) 17.1 Some development can cause development and controlling the way in pollution and pose a risk to the environment. which development operates. The planning EP2 A rigorous approach to such development system can also regulate what happens Pollution is needed in order to protect ecological after uses have ceased, so that sites can be systems, cultural assets and amenity, and to restored to a suitable standard. EP3 improve people’s quality of life and health. Development of Contaminated land 17.8 The purpose of these policies is to 17.2 A number of organisations share reduce the impact of development on the EP4 responsibility for managing environmental risk. quality of land, water and air, and to limit Development on or near to landfill Pollution control regimes are concerned with environmental risk. sites determining appropriate levels of emissions from different sources, and ensuring that POLICY EP1 EP5 ambient air and water quality meets the MANAGING ENVIRONMENTAL Development and Hazardous relevant standards. The appropriate pollution RISK Substances control authority, either the Environment Agency or Sefton Council, can impose Development proposals should EP6 conditions, through Pollution Prevention demonstrate that environmental risks Noise and Vibration and Control permits, to achieve the highest have been evaluated and appropriate level of protection for the environment as a measures have been taken to minimise EP7 whole taking into account the Best Available the risks of harm or damage to people, Light Nuisance Techniques (BAT). property and the natural environment, from: EP8 17.3 The role of the planning system in (a) pollution of land, surface water, Flood Risk relation to environmental risk is to ensure ground water and the air; that the development itself is an acceptable Objective use of land. To minimise delays that (b) previously contaminated land; developers may experience from negotiating (c) hazardous substances; To reduce the impact of development separate applications for planning approval on the environment and people, and to and pollution permits, parallel applications (e) noise, vibration and light nuisance; minimise environmental risk. should be made where possible. (d) flooding.

Indicators 17.4 Sefton has a number of important This is a Part 1 policy ecological assets - e.g. nature conservation 17.1 The percentage of residents who sites of international importance - that need experience problems with different types to be protected from pollution and other of noise in their area: environmental risks. The features that support Explanation • Road traffic these habitats also need to be protected, such 17.9 Environmental risks may be caused • Other transport as streams and groundwater. because development is not in an appropriate • Industry and commerce 17.5 Sefton has two important sources of location or because it causes the release • Pubs, clubs and entertainment groundwater - the dune aquiferG and the of harmful substances through the way it premises major aquifer under the south of the Borough. operates. These may damage the environment • Neighbours. Once this groundwater becomes polluted it is and affect people’s quality of life. difficult to clean it up again. 17.2 Number of planning applications 17.10 It is essential that any risks are where the Environment Agency 17.6 Additional risk can be posed to people fully assessed and that steps are taken recommend that planning permission is and wildlife in a number of ways, for example to reduce those risks to an acceptable refused on: through: level. A precautionary approach will be applied to manage environmental risk. (a) flood risk grounds; • the poor siting of developments that Development should avoid causing a risk to store or use hazardous substances; (b) water quality grounds; the environment. Where a risk cannot be • the inappropriate development of avoided, measures should be incorporated and the percentage of these where contaminated land and flood plains; into the proposal so that risk can be reduced permission is granted. or controlled. • excessive exposure to noise and poorly

designed lighting schemes. Key partners Implementation Environment Agency, 17.11 This policy will be implemented United Utilities through the development control process.

Chapter 17 Environmental Protection Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 140 PAGE 141

or groundwaters could harm important POLICY EP3 Sustainability Appraisal ecological areas and could affect the social DEVELOPMENT OF Policy not changed but explanation now refers to and economic well being of the Borough. CONTAMINATED LAND precautionary approach and standard hierarchy Significant risk could be posed by locating of risk management. potentially polluting developments close to 1. Where there is evidence that a ponds, water courses and the Environment site may be affected by contamination, Policy Links Agency’s Source Catchment Areas or Source proposals shall be accompanied by a site None Protection Zones of an aquiferG. investigation report and a schedule of remedial measures. Background documents 17.16 To treat surface water run-off Planning Policy Guidance Note 23 ‘Planning and at source developers are encouraged, 2. Development will not be permitted Pollution Control’, 2001. where possible, to incorporate sustainable where the remedial measures will not deal drainage systems into their proposals. The effectively with the level of contamination requirements are set out in Policy DQ5 POLICY EP2 and will place the occupiers of the ‘Sustainable Drainage Systems’. POLLUTION proposed development and neighbouring land uses at risk. 17.17 Planning conditions or legal 1. Development will not be permitted if agreements will be used to control aspects it significantly affects any of the following: 3. Where proposals are acceptable of development that are not covered by in principle, planning permission will be (a) local air quality; pollution permits. For instance, a planning granted subject to conditions requiring: (b) the quality of surface water and condition may be used to control the (a) where appropriate, a full site groundwater; hours of working and legal agreements may be used to secure the preparation and investigation and assessment to be (c) soil quality. implementation of Green Travel Plans where carried out before the development air pollution could be a problem. begins; and 2. Planning conditions or legal (b) the development to incorporate all agreements will be used to ensure that Implementation the remedial measures found to be appropriate measures are incorporated 17.18 This policy will be implemented necessary. into proposals to reduce pollution. through the development control process, taking account of the Air Quality Strategy. 4. Where remedial measures are required to deal effectively with Sustainability Appraisal Explanation contamination, a validation report must be Policy not changed but policy link to DQ5 submitted to verify that remedial works 17.12 In making decisions on planning ‘Sustainable Drainage Systems’ added. have been carried out. applications consideration will be given to the risk of pollution and the likely effect of Policy Links 5. Where appropriate, ecological surveys pollution on neighbouring land uses. DQ5 Sustainable Drainage Systems must accompany applications that involve the development of contaminated land. 17.13 Air pollution can be caused by extra Background documents traffic generated by development or through Planning Policy Guidance Note 23 ‘Planning and industrial processes. Developments that Pollution Control’ Consultation Paper July 2002; are likely to cause air pollution will not be ‘Breathing Space’, SMBC, 1999. permitted if they could affect the Borough’s Explanation ability to meet national air quality targets.

These are reflected in Sefton’s Air Quality 17.19 Previously developed or used land Strategy, ‘Breathing Space’. This contains that is contaminated must be brought into proposals for the creation of Local Air Quality beneficial use wherever possible so that Priority Areas. Such Areas will be closely land is used effectively. This will reduce the monitored by the Council. Applicants who amount of derelict land and support urban propose development within these Areas will regeneration. need to demonstrate that their proposal will not contribute to air pollution. 17.20 Many sites in the Borough are known to be contaminated, for example, through 17.14 Soil quality and the quality of surface historical industrial uses and former landfill water and groundwater could be affected sites. by uncontrolled industrial processes, waste disposal, mineral extraction and through 17.21 The purpose of this policy is to inadequate foul or surface water drainage. ensure that measures to remove or treat contaminated land do not endanger public 17.15 The pollution of surface water health or the environment. This policy

Chapter 17 Environmental Protection Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 141

applies to land that is suspected of being Implementation POLICY EP4 contaminated. 17.28 This policy will be implemented through DEVELOPMENT ON OR NEAR TO the development control process. LANDFILL SITES 17.22 The policy requires developers to find out the nature, degree and extent of any Sustainability Appraisal Development proposals on land liable harmful materials on their sites by carrying Policy not changed but explanation now refers to be affected by the migration of gas or out site investigations and to come up with to Environment Agency’s recommendations other harmful substances from a nearby proposals for dealing with any contamination. in relation to development within 250m of a landfill site will only be permitted: landfill site. 17.23 Where there is evidence that the level of contamination is slight, planning (a) if proposals are accompanied by a Policy Links permission may be granted subject to further site investigation report containing None. site investigations and assessments being information on the nature and carried out. extent of landfill gas and any other Background documents harmful mobile substances; None. 17.24 Conditions will be used to require (b) if proposals are accompanied by a the necessary remedial measuresG. A schedule of remedial measures; validation report will also be required to POLICY EP5 verify that remedial measures have been (c) if suitable precautions are taken DEVELOPMENT AND carried out. Occupation of built development to prevent migrating gas or other HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES will not be permitted until a validation report harmful substances causing a is received. hazard either during the course Development: of development or during the (a) which involves the storage or use of 17.25 Contaminated land may have subsequent use of the site; and hazardous substances; or nature conservation value. In such cases (d) where appropriate, adequate (b) which involves modifications to an assessment of the potential nature provision has been made for the existing establishments where conservation value of a contaminated site continued monitoring of gas on site. hazardous substances are used or may be required. This will ensure that, as far stored; or as possible, this interest can be protected and Procedures enhanced as part of an overall scheme to (c) within the vicinity of existing sites develop contaminated land. Planning conditions or legal agreements where hazardous materials are will be used to ensure that appropriate stored or used Implementation measures are incorporated into proposals will not be permitted where there would 17.26 This policy will be implemented to control the migration of gas or other be unacceptable risk to the users of the through the development control process. mobile substances. site, occupiers of neighbouring land or the environment. Sustainability Appraisal Policy not changed as it is considered to be acceptable. Explanation Policy Links Explanation 17.27 Significant risk can be posed by the None. migration of harmful substances including 17.29 The purpose of this policy is to gases from landfill waste disposal sites. As a Background documents reduce the risk posed by the storage and guide, an assessment of migrating gas or other Planning Policy Guidance Note 23 ‘Planning and use of hazardous substances. This is done by harmful substances will need to accompany Pollution Control’, Consultation Paper, July 2002; maintaining appropriate distances (defined development proposals within 250m of a by the Health and Safety Executive) between Circular 02/2000 ‘Contaminated Land’, DETR, landfill site. Planning permission will not establishments where hazardous substances 2000. ‘Sefton Contaminated Land Inspection be granted where there is considered to are present, and sensitive areas. These include Strategy’, June 2001. be a substantial risk to the development. residential areas, sites or buildings that are In particular residential development with used by the public, natural features such gardens within 50 metres of a boundary with as watercourses and aquifers, and areas of a landfill site and the provision of garden ecological interest. areas within 10 metres of a boundary with a landfill site are likely to be resisted. 17.30 This policy only covers applications for planning permission where the storage and use of hazardous substances is likely to affect uses nearby. Separate permission 1 This is regardless of whether or not it is statutorily 2This is in accordance with the advice contained - Hazardous Substances Consent - is needed defined as being contaminated under Part 11A of the within Waste Management Paper No.27, DoE 1989. for the storage and use itself. Environmental Planning Act 1990 This document is currently being revised.

Chapter 17 Environmental Protection Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 142 PAGE 143

Implementation development is restricted to a Explanation 17.31 This policy will be implemented reasonable level; through the development control process. • users and occupiers of property are 17.37 Flood-lighting is important for security not exposed to unacceptable levels of and safety. It has other important uses, such as Sustainability Appraisal noise. extending the times when recreational sites Policy not changed as radioactivity is dealt with can be used and lighting key buildings within under other legislation. 17.35 Where the levels of noise would town centres. However, poorly designed be unacceptable, developers will need to or badly directed lighting is responsible for Policy Links demonstrate that adequate measures can be sky glow and glare, which can harm wildlife, None. incorporated into proposals to reduce noise residential amenity and the character of an and disturbance. Planning Policy Guidance area. Background documents Note 24 ‘Planning and Noise’ provides further ‘EC Directive 96/82/EC (the Seveso II guidance on such measures and on how to 17.38 To assess the likely impact of flood- Directive)’; carry out noise assessments. lighting it is essential that planning applications ‘The Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act’, are accompanied by details of the number 1990 Implementation of floodlights proposed, their location and 17.36 This policy will be implemented their luminance level (i.e. the amount of light through the development control process. emitted). POLICY EP6 NOISE AND VIBRATION Sustainability Appraisal Implementation No changes made. This policy will be implemented through the 1. Development that is likely to development control process. generate significant levels of noise or result Policy Links in new noise-sensitive developments being None. Sustainability appraisal located close to an existing noise source Policy not changed but explanation now refers to will only be permitted where: Background documents safety and lighting of key town centre buildings. Planning Policy Guidance Note 24 ‘Planning and (a) a noise assessment has been carried Noise’, 1994. Policy Links out and submitted as part of the None. planning application; and POLICY EP7 (b) the impact of the noise and LIGHT NUISANCE POLICY EP8 vibration will not be significant or FLOOD RISK can be reduced to an acceptable 1. Development, including that containing level. flood-lighting, will only be acceptable 1. Where development is likely to where it can be demonstrated that: be at risk of flooding or increase the risk of flooding elsewhere, a flood risk (a) light spillage, glare and sky glow can assessment shall be submitted as part of Explanation be minimised; the planning application. 17.32 Noise or vibration can be generated (b) the scheme will not harm road 2. Development which would be at through development in many different ways, safety or wildlife. unacceptable risk of flooding or would for example: 2. Proposals for flood-lighting within the be likely to increase the risk of flooding • road and rail traffic; rural areas will not be permitted unless it elsewhere will not be permitted, unless • by users of pubs, hot food takeaways can be demonstrated that the lighting will the proposal contains adequate flood and recreation facilities; not detract from the character of the rural protection or mitigation measures. • through the operation of industrial and areas. commercial premises. 3. Development will not be permitted Procedures if it increases the need for additional civil 17.33 Problems can arise where engineering or other works to prevent development which generates noise is 3. Details of flood-lighting schemes flooding. Exceptions may be made where proposed near a development which is shall be submitted as part of a planning the developer pays for the capital and sensitive to noise, such as housing, hospitals application. maintenance costs of the necessary works. or schools. There is also concern where a development which is sensitive to noise is 4. Where flood-lighting is permitted Procedures proposed near an existing source of noise. conditions may be imposed to limit their level of luminance and hours of use. 4. Planning conditions or legal 17.34 The purpose of this policy is twofold. agreements will be used to ensure that It will help to ensure that: development is not at risk of flooding or likely to cause flooding elsewhere. • the level of noise generated by

Chapter 17 Environmental Protection Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 143

Explanation Background documents Planning Policy Guidance Note 25 ‘Development 17.39 In Sefton there is a threat from tidal and Flood Risk’, 2001; flooding, river flooding and a combination ‘Shoreline Management Plans for Sub-Cell of the two. Areas known to be at risk of 11A (Llandudno to Formby Point)’ and ‘11B flooding include those areas defined by the (Formby Point to Fleetwood)’, both Shoreline Environment Agency, which are shown in Management Partnership, 1999. figure 17.1, and those areas which have a history of flooding. Figure 17.1 provides only a snapshot and developers should obtain up- to-date information from the Environment Agency. Development in other areas (not Figure 17.1 specifically highlighted on figure 17.1) may Flood Zones in Sefton (2006) also be at risk of flooding or would be likely to increase the risk of flooding elsewhere.

17.40 The risk of flooding can be increased through development which: • reduces the capacity of the flood plain; • increases surface run-off; • affects the structural integrity and continuity of flood defences; • obstructs access to watercourses or flood defences for maintenance purposes; or • requires the extensive culverting of watercourses.

17.41 It is the developer’s responsibility to provide an assessment of whether their proposals are likely to be affected by flooding, or whether they will increase flood risk elsewhere.

17.42 Developers will need to demonstrate that any risk can be reduced to an acceptable level by, for instance: • providing flood defences; • re-designing developments; or • incorporating Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) within developments.

17.43 Conditions or agreements will be used to make sure that these are provided where agreed.

Implementation 17.44 This policy will be implemented through the development control process.

Sustainability Appraisal Policy not changed as detailed explanations are more appropriate to supplementary guidance.

Policy Links © Crown copyright CPZ2 Coastal Protection DQ5 Sustainable Drainage Systems

Chapter 17 Environmental Protection Sefton UDP 2006 CHAPTER 18 Miscellaneous Development PAGE 145

MD1 POLICY MD1 POLICY MD2 House Extensions HOUSE EXTENSIONS CONVERSION TO FLATS

MD2 Proposals for house extensions will only 1. Development involving the Conversion to Flats be permitted where all of the following conversion of buildings to flats will be criteria are met: permitted where all the following criteria MD3 are met: Houses in Multiple Occupation (a) they are of a size, scale and mass (a) if the building is a residential MD4 that is minor in relation to the dwelling, it has 4 or more bedrooms; Caravan Sites For Gypsies And existing dwelling; (b) development would not cause Travelling Showpeople (b) the design and external appearance significant harm to the character of harmonises with the existing the area; MD5 dwelling; Commercial Frontages and Security (c) development will not cause Shutters (c) adequate parking space remains significant harm to the residential within the curtilage of the dwelling; amenity of occupiers of the proposed dwellings or neighbouring MD6 (d) they would not cause significant occupiers, in terms of overlooking, Food and Drink Uses harm to the character of the area; noise or disturbance. MD7 (e) they would not cause significant Advertisements harm to the amenities of 2. Floor plans specifying the arrangement neighbours. of rooms shall be submitted with all MD8 applications. Telecommunications Development Explanation Explanation 18.3 Whilst often small in scale, house Objective extensions can have a significant impact 18.6 The conversion of buildings to flats can on the street scene, as well as the help to provide new dwellings and investment To ensure that development does individual building, if poorly designed. They in an area. However, such changes should not harm amenity, and enhances the can also adversely affect the amenity of be controlled to protect the amenity of visual and other character of the adjoining properties through overlooking, occupants and neighbours and the character surroundings. overshadowing, overbearing, noise, etc. The of the surrounding area. ‘House Extensions’ Supplementary Planning Guidance note provides advice on this. 18.7 The character of an area can be Introduction changed by a large number of properties 18.4 For the purpose of this policy, house being converted from single dwellings to 18.1 The most frequent forms of means every type of dwelling, including flats in a small area. Physical alterations to a development are small in scale. These bungalows and flats. number of buildings and the increase in the developments generally do not have a number of people living in those buildings can significant effect on the wider area, but can Implementation eventually harm the character of the area. In have a major impact on the immediate 18.5 This policy will be implemented deciding if this is the case, regard will be paid locality. They tend therefore to be the most through the development control process to the impact caused by: with particular reference to the ‘House controversial types of development within • external staircases local communities. Extensions’ Supplementary Planning Guidance note. • the availability of off-street parking 18.2 Given the frequency with which • the design of car parking areas, some of these developments occur and the Sustainability appraisal especially to the front of the building particular issues they raise, this chapter sets No change to policy. Due to the large number • alterations to walls and fences of applications for house extensions a separate out the specific factors which will be used to • bin stores. assess them. policy is needed. 18.8 In addition, the increase in the intensity Policy Link of use of several buildings in a street can GBC2 Development in the Green Belt cause a significant increase in comings and goings. This disturbance may lead to a loss of amenity.

18.9 The relationship of rooms should not result in noise disturbance between units. For

Chapter 18 Miscellaneous Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 146 PAGE 147

this reason, applications must be accompanied taken into account in deciding whether to movement of vehicles to and from the by full floor plans. allow a House in Multiple Occupation. sites • keeping vehicles within the site, and the Implementation Implementation type of business activities which take 18.10 This policy will be implemented 18.12 This policy will be implemented place within the site. through the development control process. through the development control process. For this reason the preferred location for this Sustainability appraisal Sustainability appraisal use is outside the existing residential areas, Policy not changed as level of detail is Policy has been changed to make it consistent but within a reasonable distance of local considered to be acceptable. with conversion to flats policy. services and facilities.

Policy Links Policy Links 18.16 Caravan sites can also be visually None None. intrusive. Proposals will only be approved where there is substantial natural screening or POLICY MD3 POLICY MD4 the proposal includes adequate landscaping HOUSES IN MULTIPLE CARAVAN SITES FOR to ensure that their visual impact is as small OCCUPATION GYPSIES AND TRAVELLING as possible. SHOWPEOPLE 1. Development involving the conversion Implementation of buildings to houses in multiple The development of caravan sites for 18.17 This policy will be implemented occupation (HMOs) will be permitted gypsies and travelling showpeople will through the development control process. where all of the following criteria are met: be permitted outside the Green Belt provided that: Sustainability Appraisal Policy unchanged but the explanation has (a) if the property is in residential use, it been amended to clarify the meaning of mixed has 4 or more bedrooms; (a) the site is suitable for mixed business and residential use. business and residential use; (b) the property does not share a party wall with another dwelling; (b) the site is within easy reach of Policy Links shops, schools and other community None (c) development would not result in facilities; a dwelling having a HMO on both (c) there is good vehicular access Background documents sides; suitable for large vehicles and DoE Circular No. 1/94 ‘Gypsy Sites and (d) development would not result in caravans; and Planning’; more than 2 adjoining properties (d) the proposal does not make it DoE Circular No. 22/91 ‘Travelling Showpeople’. being used as HMOs; difficult to develop a larger area. (e) development would not cause significant harm to the character of the area; Explanation (f) development would not cause significant harm to the residential 18.13 Gypsies and travelling showpeople amenity of occupiers and have particular accommodation needs neighbours. because they often carry out business activities from where they live. Sites suitable 2. Floor plans specifying the for mixed residential and business uses are arrangement of rooms shall be submitted not a specific land use designation. with all applications. 18.14 In Sefton it is not possible to identify specific sites suitable for this type of use due to the tight Green Belt boundary and the Explanation character of the built up area. This policy sets out the criteria which will be used to assess 18.11 The issues for the conversion of proposals for sites for gypsy and travelling buildings to Houses in Multiple Occupation showpeople. In particular, the policy allows are similar to those for flats. However, as the potential sites to be assessed in terms of their intensity of the use is greater, the effects on impact on the amenity of adjoining areas. the character of the area and the amenity of occupiers and neighbours are often greater 18.15 Caravan sites can harm the amenity too. Consequently, the matters raised in of neighbouring properties due to: paragraphs 18.7 and 18.8 above will also be • noise and other disturbance from the

Chapter 18 Miscellaneous Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 147

external shutters are to be used they should POLICY MD5 POLICY MD6 form part of the overall design of a frontage. COMMERCIAL FRONTAGES AND FOOD AND DRINK USES SECURITY SHUTTERS 18.22 Any shutters should result in the 1. Proposals for food and drink uses in interior of the property still being visible. 1. The design of commercial frontages the town and district and local centres will This adds some life to the street scene after will be required to: be permitted, provided they meet all of business hours and improves security. the following criteria: (a) form an integral part of the whole building; and 18.23 External shutters will not be allowed in Conservation Areas as they would harm (a) they would not cause significant (b) relate well to the street scene their appearance and character. Less obtrusive harm to amenity; in terms of materials, form and security measures should be used, such as proportions. (b) they would not result in a grouping internal shutters or toughened glass. of similar uses which would harm 2. Security shutters and grilles, including the character of the area; 18.24 Supplementary Planning Guidance their associated housing, shall: Note ‘Shopfronts, Security and Signage’ (c) any external ventilation and provides additional advice on the design of extractor systems do not (a) be part of the overall design of the shopfronts including how to build security significantly harm the external frontage; into the overall design. appearance of the building or the street scene. (b) allow some visibility into the premises; Implementation 18.25 This policy will be implemented 2. In addition to meeting all of the above (c) be colour coated to match the through the development control process. criteria for town and district and local frontage; and centres, proposals for food and drink uses in or adjacent to the Primarily Residential (d) be designed to be as unobtrusive as Sustainability Appraisal Area will not be permitted unless all the possible during business hours. No changes made to policy as access for all is covered in DQ1 ‘Design’ and AD2 ‘Ensuring following criteria are met: 3. External shutters will not be allowed Choice of Travel’ and in Supplementary Planning in Conservation Areas. Guidance. (a) they would not cause significant harm to residential amenity; Policy Link DQ1 Design (b) the residential use of upper floors is Explanation limited to the person(s) employed in the proposed food and drink use. 18.18 The design of commercial frontages Procedures (including office, retail and business premises) has a significant impact on the appearance 3. Details of external flues & extractor and image of an area. systems must be submitted with all applications. 18.19 Commercial frontages should be an integral element in the design of a new 4. Conditions may be used to restrict building and in sympathy with the overall opening hours. character of the street scene. The design of replacement frontages should take account of the appearance of the building and the character of the street scene. Explanation

18.20 The craftsmanship and fine detail 18.26 Food and drink uses include of many older shopfronts enrich the street restaurants, cafes, hot food takeaways, public scene. Replacement shopfronts will not houses and wine bars i.e. ‘Classes A3, A4 normally be approved where the existing and A5’ food and drink uses. Such uses can shopfront survives in good condition, and contribute to the vitality of Sefton’s town, dates from the nineteenth or early twentieth district, and local centres. However, food and centuries or was designed as a part of the drink uses should not harm the amenity of original building. the occupiers of neighbouring properties through noise, disturbance or smell, or their 18.21 Security shutters can detract from effect on the appearance of the street scene. the appearance of a frontage and it’s setting. 1 The use of internal shutters is encouraged as As defined by the Town and Country Planning Use Classes (Amendment) Order 2005 they have least impact on appearance. Where

Chapter 18 Miscellaneous Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 148 PAGE 149

the combined effect of a number of signs or POLICY MD8 18.27 Food and drink uses may be adverts. TELECOMMUNICATION acceptable within the Primarily Residential DEVELOPMENT Area, but only if they do not harm residential 18.32 As advertisements or signs amenity. could easily detract from the character 1. Proposals for telecommunication and appearance of Listed Buildings and development will be permitted provided 18.28 In order to protect the amenity of Conservation Areas, they will only be allowed that all the following criteria are met: neighbouring occupiers, conditions will be where the character and appearance is (a) the scale, siting, design and external used to restrict opening hours. preserved or enhanced. appearance of apparatus and any associated structures would not Implementation Implementation have an unacceptable impact on 18.29 This policy will be implemented 18.33 This policy will be implemented the visual amenity and character of through the development control process. through the development control process. the surrounding landscape or street scene; Sustainability Appraisal Sustainability appraisal No changes made to policy as pollution and No changes needed. (b) if on a building, apparatus would, so nuisance are dealt with by other Plan policies. far as practicable, be sited to have Policy Links the least effect on the external Policy Links None appearance of the building. None Procedures POLICY MD7 ADVERTISEMENTS 2. Applications for development by telecommunications code system Advertisements will be granted consent if operators must be accompanied by: all of the following criteria are met: (a) evidence that the apparatus to be installed complies with the (a) they would not be obtrusive or guidelines of the International dominant features in the street Commission on Non-Ionising scene; Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) on public exposure to non-ionising (b) they would not create clutter on a radiation, and building or within the street scene; (b) information on the purpose (c) they would not harm public safety; of and need for the proposed (d) where attached to a building, they development. would respect its scale, proportions and architectural features; 3. Where the proposal is for a free standing mast, evidence should be provided (e) where attached to a Listed Building, to show that the apparatus cannot be or within the grounds of a Listed located on an existing building, structure or Building, they would preserve the at another telecommunications site. special architectural or historic character and appearance of the building; (f) where displayed in Conservation Explanation Areas, they would preserve or enhance the character and 18.34 Telecommunications development appearance of the area. provides the infrastructure for a number of systems including mobile telephone, emergency services communication, Explanation satellite television and radio signals. Telecommunications systems can bring 18.30 Advertisements can have a significant immense social and economic benefits impact on the environment. Proposals for but there is also a need to make sure they advertisement consent are assessed in terms have as little impact on the environment as of their impact on amenity and public safety. possible.

18.31 Advertisements can harm the 18.35 Important factors in considering appearance of an area or building, particularly all telecommunications development

Chapter 18 Miscellaneous Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 149

proposals are the need to protect amenity and reduce visual intrusion. In the case of development by telecommunications code system operators (i.e. development related to mobile telecommunications networks) the implications for subsequent network development will also be taken into account. The height of apparatus, the need for ancillary development and the scope for landscaping and screening will all be taken into account. All development should be sympathetically designed and disguised so that it blends in with the background.

18.36 Proposals in the Green Belt should maintain its openness. They will only be considered in very special circumstances, where there is no suitable alternative.

18.37 The applicant must demonstrate that the apparatus to be installed falls within the agreed guidelines of the International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) on levels of microwave frequency radiation emissions. The Government takes the view that if a proposed telecommunications development meets the ICNIRP guidelines there is no need to consider further the possible impact on health and concerns relating to this matter.

Implementation 18.38 This policy will be implemented through the development control process.

Sustainability Appraisal No changes needed.

Policy Links None

Background Documents ‘Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electro-magnetic fields (up to 300GHz)’, The International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), Health Physics, 1998, 74: 494-522; ‘Mobile Phones and Health’, Independent Expert Group on Mobile Phones, 2000.

1The International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) report “Guidelines for limiting exposure to time varying electric, magnetic and electro-magnetic fields (up to 300GHz)” is currently endorsed by both EU Council Recommendation 1999/519/EC and “Mobile Phones and Health”, a UK government commissioned report by the Independent Expert Group on Mobile Phones.

Chapter 18 Miscellaneous Development Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 155

APPENDIX 1 Supplementary Planning Guidance Notes (SPGs)

1. SPGs published: Key policies or chapter New Housing Development Policies CS3, AD2, Chapter 6 Design Policy DQ1 Ensuring Choice of Travel Policy AD2 Trees and Development Policy DQ3 Public Greenspace and Development Policy DQ4, Policy G5 Landscape Character Policy GBC6 Development in the Green Belt Policy GBC2 Archaeology Policy HC6 House Extensions Policy MD1 Shopfronts, Security and Signage Policy MD5 Regulating the Supply of Residential Land Policy H3 Southport Seafront Policy EDT13, EDT15 Bootle Town Centre Policy EDT10 South Sefton Housing Market Renewal: Policy H8 Bedford Road/ Queens Road South Sefton Housing Market Renewal: Policy H8 Klondyke and Canal Corridor

2. Local Development Documents identified in Local Development Scheme, August 2006: Affordable Housing SPD Policy H2 Managing the Supply of Housing Land SPD Policy H3 South Sefton Housing Market Renewal: Knowsley/Peel SPD Policy H8 South Sefton Housing Market Renewal: LinacreOne SPD Policy H8 Stanley Road, Bootle SPD Policy H8 Southport Town Centre SPD Policy EDT13 Ensuring Choice of Travel SPD Policy AD2 Greenspace and Development DPD Policy DQ4 Canalside Sites, Bootle SPD Seaforth and Litherland Area Action Plan DPD Chapter 7, Policy R10

3. Merseyside-wide LDDs still to be published: Waste DPD Chapter 9

4. Development briefs expected to be published for: Hugh Baird Annex Site, Church Road, Litherland - Former Johnson’s Site, Stanley Road, Bootle - Land to the West of Southport and Formby District and General Hospital Policy H5

5. Information Notes: Renewable Energy Policy DQ2

Appendices Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 156 PAGE 157

APPENDIX 2 Opportunity Sites

Policy Site Proposed Uses Area Notes

EDT12.1 Land at Strand Road / Retail development and Up to 1.2 hectares - Site capable of accommodating either a East of Stanley Road, other uses including offices, single use or mixture of uses. Bootle Town Centre leisure and cultural uses. - Retail development acceptable to help develop Stanley Road as one of the main Housing and community shopping streets in Bootle Town Centre. facilities may also be permitted - Site also suitable for commercial/leisure development. - Development of upper floors and secondary locations for residential use encouraged. - Development must take advantage of canalside location.

EDT12.2 Land adjacent to The Retail development and Up to 0.5 hectares - Site capable of accommodating either a Strand Shopping Centre, other uses including offices, single use or mixture of uses. Bootle Town Centre leisure and cultural uses. - Retail development acceptable. Site also suitable for commercial leisure The site may also be suitable development. for housing and community facilities. - Development of upper floors and secondary locations for residential use encouraged. - Development must take advantage of canalside location.

EDT17.1 Land south of Aintree Suitable in whole or part 3.8 hectares - Triangular site located between the former H6.1 Curve, Netherton for business, industrial, and Aintree Curve railway line (to be reinstated storage and distribution (Use as part of the North Mersey Freight Line), Classes B1, B2 and B8) and recent housing. - A 10-15 metre strip to the west of The site may also be suitable the existing Northern Line must be for housing. safeguarded, to allow any future rail line on the Loop Line alignment to join the Northern Line. - New road bridge required for industrial access, and buffer needed to protect amenities of adjoining residential area. - Site also suitable for housing – access off Ridgewood Way. - Eastern part of site proposed Local Nature Reserve (Policy NC3). Developer required to make financial contribution towards provision. - Contaminated site. Appropriate remediation treatment needed.

Appendices Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 157

Policy Site Proposed Uses Area Notes

EDT17.2 Linacre Lane Depot & Suitable in whole or part 4.7 hectares - Heavily contaminated site – may affect H6.2 Gas Works, Bootle for business, industrial, and suitability for housing, at least until the active storage and distribution (Use gas depot closes. Classes B1, B2 and B8) - Compensatory greenspace, including provision of replacement playing pitch The site may also be suitable required if current sports facilities (1.6 for housing. hectares) relocated. - Development must take advantage of the site’s canalside location.

H6.3 Land bounded by Housing 1.7 hectares - Current use no longer appropriate, as a Waterworks St / result of the redevelopment of adjoining Well Lane / Park St & areas for housing. In long term, area should Litherland Road, Bootle be redeveloped for housing.

H6.4 Land at Virginia St / Back Housing 3.0 hectares - Site located between railway and Virginia Street, Southport residential property on Virginia St. - Area no longer suitable for industry because of increased size and volume of industrial traffic. - Extension of existing premises only permitted providing no adverse impact on nearby residential properties. - In long term, area should be redeveloped for housing.

Appendices Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 158 PAGE 159

APPENDIX 3 Hawthorne Road/ Canal Corridor Sites

Policy Site Proposed Use Area Notes (As at June 2006)

H3.4 Toprain Residential, including replacement for 1.30 Has full planning permission for residential housing clearance

H3.5 Former Tannery Residential, including replacement for 1.40 Has outline planning permission for residential Site housing clearance and a reserved matters application pending.

H3.6 511 Hawthorne Residential, including replacement for 1.60 Has full planning permission for residential Road and Site of housing clearance Mel Inn

H3.7 503-509 Residential, including replacement for 1.62 Has outline planning permission for residential Hawthorne Road housing clearance development and public open space

H3.9 501 Hawthorne Residential, including replacement for 1.90 Has outline planning permission for residential Rd/ Parkside housing clearance development and public open space

H3.1 Penpol Residential, including replacement for 2.19 Has outline planning permission for residential, housing clearance, local shops and retail and community facilities. Has reserved community facilities matters application approved and one pending

H3.8 Orrell School Site Residential, including replacement for 0.54 Has outline planning permission for residential housing clearance, and community facility and community facilities. School moving to new site on Orrell Road.

EDT6.10 Linacre Bridge Employment 0.90 Site designated as Industrial Development Site.

EDT17.3 Land bounded Employment and/or housing opportunity 10.5 Future redevelopment of this site is subject & H6.5 by Linacre Lane/ site. to results of site investigation report. A Vaux Crescent/ development brief will be prepared for this site. Aintree Road and Hawthorne Road

EDT5 & Land adjacent to Employment 3.63 Retained within Primary Industrial Area (EDT5) EDT7.2 Acorn Way and Industrial Improvement Area (EDT7) (part).

EDT17.3 Bootle Gas Works Employment and/or housing opportunity 6.25 Site partly designated as greenspace on & H6.2 site. proposals map, to reflect former use. Remainder suitable for residential or industry, subject to contamination issues. Northern part of site (north of Melling Road) has planning permission for residential. The southern part is currently occupied by gasworks and is likely to remain so for the near future.

Appendices Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 159

APPENDIX 4 Railway - Coastal Road to Ainsdale Station Southport Old Links Golf Course

Sites of Local Biological Interest Kenilworth Road Dunes, Embankment and The Stray, Southport Verges, Ainsdale Site Name Switch Island, South East Section, Maghull Formby Moss Albert Road to Lifeboat Road Open Space and Brook, West of A59, Orrell Hill Wood Maghull Lifeboat Road to St Joseph’s Hospital Birkdale Hills Local Nature Reserve, Weld North Meols Estate, Churchtown National Trust and Associated Fields Road to Shore Road Including Green Beach Ribble Estuary (Including Marshside 1, Range Lane to Albert Road Hillside Golf Club Marshside 2 And Crossens) to Southport Cabin Hill National Nature Reserve Pier Railway - Ainsdale Station to Hillside Station Formby Golf Club Open Space, East of Railway, Between Southport and Ainsdale Golf Club Melling Lane and Poverty Lane, Maghull Altcar Firing Ranges Westcliffe Road, Verge, Southport* Crosby Marine Lake and Park Railway - Freshfield Station to Fisherman’s Ince Blundell and Little Crosby Estates Path Seaforth Nature Reserve Westcliffe Road, Verge, Southport* Ainsdale National Nature Reserve Rimrose Valley and Canal Foreshore, Weld Road to Southport Pier Ainsdale Hills Local Nature Reserve Leeds - Liverpool Canal Railway - Hillside Station to Birkdale Station Coastguard Station, Hall Road to Sniggery Dismantled Railway, Aintree Triangle Farm Track, and Shore Queen’s Jubilee Nature Trail, Southport Fazakerley Sidings, Aintree Hightown Dunes, Meadow and Saltmarsh Southport Marine Lake Land East of Canal, North of Wango Lane, Freshfield Dune Heath, Woodvale Airfield Homer Green Sewage Works (Disused) and Willow Bank Caravan Park Whinny Brook, Maghull Municipal Golf Links, Southport West Lancashire Golf Club Flea Moss Wood and Ponds Hesketh Golf Links and SSSI Wham Dyke Meadows Edge Farm, Rookery Former Sefton Hall, Sefton Village Key Park, Blundellsands Land at Parkhaven Trust, Maghull Lydiate Wood, Lydiate, South West of Sniggery Farm Wood and Pastures Holland’s Farm

Falklands Way Dunes Pond and Open Space, North of Copy * Sites not shown on the Proposals Map Lane, Netherton (too small)

APPENDIX 5 Sites of Local Geological Interest

Site Name Type

Orrell Hill Wood glacial till

Aintree Triangle South railway cutting

Great Crosby Boulder erratic

Crossens Erratic, Banks Road erratic

Ainsdale and Birkdale Foreshore and Dunes beach, dune

Formby Point Foreshore and Dunes beach, dune

Alt Estuary and Hightown Foreshore estuary

Crosby Foreshore and Dunes beach, dune

Harris Drive, Bootle exposures

Southport and Crossens Foreshore tidal flat

Ravenmeols and Altcar Foreshore and Dunes beach, dune

The Dell disused quarry

Appendices Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 160 PAGE 161

APPENDIX 6 Car Parking Standards

‘Use parking policies to promote sustainable transport choices and reduce reliance on the car for work and other journeys’

The supply of car parking is one of the most significant factors in encouraging car use. The Council will apply the following maximum parking standards (taken from Regional Spatial Strategy). Lower levels of parking may be encouraged, in conjunction with the adequate support for alternative modes being in place, according to Local Transport Plan:

• Proximity to public transport nodes and corridors; • High levels of population and development density; • Traffic reduction objectives as expressed in LTP; • Controlled on-street parking; • Good levels of availability of off-street parking; • Levels of walking and cycling; • Regeneration, levels of economic activity and economic development objectives; • Potential for shared use of spaces; and • Mixed use developments.

TABLE A1: PARKING STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL & INSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENTS

USE MAXIMUM STANDARD FOR BOOTLE MAXIMUM STANDARD ELSEWHERE AND SOUTHPORT TOWN CENTRES

A1 - SHOPS

Food Retail 1 space per 16m2 1 space per 14m2

Non-Food Retail 1 space per 22m2 1 space per 20m2

A3 - FOOD AND DRINK

Restaurants 1 space per 7m2 PFA 1 space per 5m2 PFA

Fast Food / Drive-through 1 space per 8.5m2 GFA 1 space per 7.5m2 GFA

B1 - BUSINESS

Stand alone offices 1 space per 35m2 1 space per 30m2

Business Parks 1 space per 40m2 1 space per 35m2

B2 GENERAL INDUSTRY

General Industry 1 space per 60m2 1 space per 45m2

B8 - STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION

Storage and Distribution 1 space per 45m2 1 space per 45m2

C1 - HOTELS AND HOSTELS

Hotels 1 per bedroom including staff 1 per bedroom including staff

C2 - RESIDENTIAL INSTITUTIONS

Residential Homes 1 per 3 staff + 1 visitor space per 6 residents 1 per 3 staff + 1 visitor space per 5 residents

Hospitals 1 space per 4 staff + 1 space per 3 day visitors 1 space per 4 staff + 1 space per 3 day visitors

C3 - DWELLINGHOUSES - see table A2 below

D1 - NON-RESIDENTIAL INSTITUTIONS

Medical or Health facilities 1 space per 2 staff + 3 per consulting room 1 space per 2 staff + 4 per consulting room

Higher and further Education 1 space per 2 staff 1 space per 2 staff

Appendices Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 161

D2 - ASSEMBLY AND LEISURE

Cinemas and Conference Facilities etc 1 space per 8 seats 1 space per 5 seats

D2 including leisure 1 space per 25m2 1 space per 22m2

MISCELLANEOUS

Stadia 1 space per 18 seats 1 space per 15 seats

TABLE A2: PARKING STANDARDS FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS

Type of Accommodation Spaces / unit

Standard Accessible Social / Elderly / Conversions Locations Students

Flats (with communal parking) 1.25 - 1.5 1 0.7 1

1-2 or less bedrooms 1 - 1.5 1 1 n/a

3 bedrooms 1.5 - 2 1-2 1 n/a

More than 3 bedrooms 2 1.5 - 2 n/a n/a

Notes: (1) Lower levels of parking may be requested / appropriate where: • development is an accessible location such as a town centre, • there are on-street parking controls within 100m of the development (2) Car Free Residential Development • may also be required to support a car share facility • should include facilities for service vehicles

TABLE A3: PARKING FOR DISABLED PEOPLE (TAL 5/95)

Car Park Used For: Car Park Size Up to 200 bays Over 200 bays Employees and visitors to business Individual bays for each disabled employee 6 bays plus 2% of total capacity premises plus 2 bays or 5% of total capacity whichever is the greater Shopping, recreation and leisure 3 bays or 6% of total capacity whichever 4 bays plus 4% of total capacity is greater

The provision of disabled spaces is a minimum requirement – with provision being a proportion of the maximum standard rather than the actual number of spaces provided. The provision should be either the minimum number of bays identified in Table A3, or the relevant percentage of the maximum parking standard identified in the table. The number of designated spaces may need to be greater at hotels and sports stadia that specialise in accommodating groups of disabled people.

Accompanying notes from RSS

1. For predominantly drive-through/ take-away establishments. ‘Drive-thru’ restaurants featuring significant seating should be considered as a conventional restaurant

2. To be backed up with a more detailed justification, including Green Transport Plans

3. Additional facilities, such as leisure and conference facilities should be considered separately if appropriate

4. Parking for students should be included within this figure. Separate consideration would be required for any parking related to residential facilities.

Appendices Sefton UDP 2006 Glossary PAGE 151

Accessibility Bio-degradable waste EC Habitats Directive The ability of people to move around an area Organic matter that can be broken down A European Union law which provides a and to reach places and facilities. This includes easily when composted without requiring uniform approach to environmental and people with limited mobility, e.g. elderly further treatment unlike other materials such conservation policies throughout Europe. people and those with young children. as plastics. Edge-of-Centre Accessible development Biodiversity In the context of shopping, a site which is Development which is accessible by a choice The variety of life on earth or any given part within easy walking distance of the main of means of travel - by foot, cycle, public of it. shopping area (about 200-300 metres). transport and car. For freight this means road, rail or water. ‘Called-In’ planning application Evening economy Decisions whether to grant or refuse planning Businesses which are busiest in the evening, Affordable housing permission are usually made by the Council. e.g. public houses, restaurants, clubs, cinemas. Housing which is available to people who However the Secretary of State has the cannot afford to rent or buy houses generally option of ‘calling in’ planning applications if Freeport available on the open market. planning issues of more than local importance A designated area within the Port estate are involved, to make the decision himself or where imported goods can be stored, Aggregates: herself. processed and re-exported, free from normal Primary aggregates import duties, taxes, licenses and quotas. Minerals extracted from the earth’s surface, Coastal ecology mainly consisting of sand, gravel and crushed The inter-relationships between plants and Gas flaring rock which are used within the construction animals and physical processes and products Flaring of gas in association with mineral industry. of change such as winds and waves, for sites deposits or landfill sites in order to safely and places at the coast. manage the emission of gas. Secondary aggregates Reclaimed or recycled materials that are Comparison shopping Geomorphological processes used within the construction industry as Shopping for goods where the customer Natural physical processes that create and a substitute for primary aggregates. They makes comparison between different shops change landforms over time. include: mineral wastes such as china clay, e.g. clothing and footwear, do-it-yourself sand, colliery spoil and slate waste; industrial goods, household goods, recreational goods. Grain wastes such as pulverised fuel ash, blast The pattern of the arrangement and size of furnace slag and demolition materials such as Contaminated land buildings and their plots in a settlement. crushed concrete. Land which is polluted by the presence of radioactive materials or chemical substances Greenspace Allocated site at concentrations which could make it unsafe Open land in either public or private A site identified on the Proposals Map on for development without action to remove ownership used mainly for formal or informal which a particular use is proposed e.g. for the source of contamination. recreation. business or housing. Context Landfill / Landraises Aquifer The setting of a site or area, including factors Disposal of waste by burying it in (landfill) or A large, self-contained area of groundwater. such as traffic, activities and land uses, as well on (landraises) the ground. as landscape and built form. Atlantic Gateway Strategic Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Investment Area Convenience shopping Area The Atlantic Gateway Strategic Investment Shopping for relatively low-value goods, such The Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder Area Area (SIA) is a targeted area for Objective as food or newspapers, which are bought on is an area within which government funding is 1 funds. Key aims within these areas are to a frequent and regular basis and where the being made available to re-structure housing. make improvements to the infrastructure customer therefore requires convenience of It is anticipated that substantial amounts of suitable for job creation within the industrial shopping. clearance will take place within this area. parts of South Sefton and North Liverpool together with major improvements to Bootle Curtilage Massing Town Centre. The area defined around a building containing The combined effect of the height, bulk and land and structures associated with the silhouette of a building or group of buildings. Backland sites building. Sites lying to the rear of development which Material planning considerations has a road frontage. EC Birds Directive Matters relating to the purpose of A European Union law which provides special planning legislation, which is to regulate the guidance for the protection, management and development and use of land in the public control of all species of naturally occurring interest. wild birds.

Glossary Sefton UDP 2006 PAGE 152

Merseyside Local Transport Plan Quantitative need Special Area of Conservation (SAC) A document produced by Sefton, Knowsley, In the context of shopping, refers to the An area of important natural habitat types Liverpool, St Helens, and Wirral Councils actual level of demand for new shopping designated by the UK Government under the together with Merseytravel, which sets out: facilities and is often referred to as retail European Directive “Conservation of Natural • the Merseyside transport strategy for a 10- capacity. This need arises from increased Habitats and Wild Flora”. year period consumer spending. Special Protection Area (SPA) • detailed policies and proposals for Ramsar site An area of important bird habitats designated transport in Merseyside over a 5-year Designated by the UK Government under the by the UK Government under the European period. Ramsar Convention to protect wetlands that Directive “Conservation of Wild Birds”. are of international importance, particularly All SPAs are also Sites of Special Scientific Methane as waterfowl habitats. All Ramsar sites are also Interest. A gas which is produced as organic Sites of Special Scientific Interest. material breaks down. It is one of the main Sites of Special Scientific Interest ‘greenhouse’ gases which is thought to be Remedial measures (SSSIs) contributing to global warming. Ways of restoring contaminated land, for Areas recognised by English Nature as being example by inserting a layer of ‘clean’ material of special interest by reason of their plants, Multiple retailers on top of harmful materials, or removing animals, geological, geomorphological or Shops which operate on a national level and harmful materials from a site. landscape features and which have statutory have branches in many towns and cities. protection to conserve these features. Retail Impact Assessment Non-bulky goods A study which addresses the need for Sterilised (reserves of minerals and Convenience and comparison goods that proposed retail development (over 2,500 aggregates) are not large in size (i.e. not bulky) and can sq m net in Sefton). It should include an This occurs when permanent forms of therefore be conveniently sold from town assessment of alternative sites, likely impacts development e.g. road construction, make it centres. on existing town, district and local centres, impossible to extract mineral and aggregate accessibility by a choice of means of transport reserves. Non-food floorspace and impact of travel patterns. Shops selling comparison goods. Vitality and viability (town centres) Retail Statement This relates to the economic health of a town Objective 1 funding This is less detailed than a full Retail Impact or district centre. Relevant factors in assessing Funding through the European Union’s Assessment but should address, in summary the vitality and viability of a centre include: Objective 1 Programme for the regeneration form, the matters raised above. range and quality of shops and other facilities; of its most disadvantaged regions. The current attractiveness of the centre; Objective 1 Programme for Merseyside runs Rhythm ease of access to and within the centre. from 2000 to 2006. The grouping or spacing of building elements - windows, doors, bays or columns within Windfall sites Out-of-Centre the elevation or facade of the building. On Sites not specifically allocated for In the context of shopping, a site that is a larger scale it refers to the width and development but which become available clearly separated from a town centre but not proportion of individual buildings and their for development or are granted permission necessarily outside the urban area. elements in relation to other buildings in the during the lifetime of the Plan. street. Permitted Development Certain types of development which do not Sequential test require planning permission. They are set out The process of assessing alternative sites for in the Town and Country Planning (General retail development, giving priority to town Permitted Development) (Amendment) centres, followed by edge-of-centre, followed Order 2005 and the Town and Country by district and local centre and then out-of- Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987. centre sites accessible by a choice of means of transport. Public realm The parts of a town (whether publicly or Single Regeneration Budget privately owned) which are available, without A grant programme to support a range of charge, for everyone to use or see, including improvements (e.g. physical, environmental, streets, parks and gardens. education and training) in specific urban areas. Qualitative need In the context of shopping, refers to the need for new facilities due to the existing facilities being of a poor quality or offering little choice.

GlossarySefton UDP Sefton 2006 UDP 2006 Andy Wallis Planning & Economic Regeneration Director

Planning & Economic Regeneration Department is part of the Regeneration Directorate